Commit Graph

24773 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
John Crispin
cfbda66279 realtek: add zyxel_gs1900-10hp support
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2020-12-02 07:54:14 +01:00
John Crispin
1dc5d56ca0 realtek: cleanup package selection
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2020-12-02 07:53:52 +01:00
John Crispin
9aa4490502 realtek: clean up board.json generation
In this new setup the switch is treated as wan, lan1.100 is used as
our mgmt vlan.

The board mac is applied to eth0, switch and switch.1

The board mac is assigned with the LA bit set to all lan ports while
incrementing it.

Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2020-12-02 07:53:21 +01:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
760952ad02 ath79: restore sysupgrade support for ja76pf2 and routerstations
Because the bug described in FS#2428 has been fixed with bf2870c1d9
("kernel: fix mtd partition erase < parent_erasesize writes") these
devices can now safely do sysupgrade.

Restore sysupgrade support disabled in:

0cc87b3bac ("ath79: image: disable sysupgrade images for routerstations
and ja76pf2")

cc5256a8bf ("ath79: base-files: disable sysupgrade for routerstations
and ja76pf2")

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
[move Build block, remove check-size argument, wrap sysupgrade line,
make commit message easier to read]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-12-01 20:03:15 +01:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
474aa3237c ath79: wlr-7100: remove device variant indicator
As reported by user, the same image works on both device variants which
are v1 001 and v1 002.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
2020-12-01 19:43:18 +01:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
59130180ec tegra: sysupgrade: write additional information to log output
This will explain what is actually occuring on dd invocations.
Additionally remove comments for steps which are described by printed
statements anyway.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
2020-12-01 19:40:22 +01:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
1f6bec2288 tegra: sysupgrade: use v function for writing logs
Sync with x86 target changes.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
2020-12-01 19:39:29 +01:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
1ac3b53278 mvebu: sysupgrade: write additional information to log output
This will explain what is actually occuring on dd invocations.
Additionally remove comments for steps which are described by printed
statements anyway.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
2020-12-01 19:39:08 +01:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
b5036569aa mvebu: sysupgrade: use v function for writing logs
Sync with x86 target changes.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
2020-12-01 19:38:43 +01:00
David Bauer
f64496f30f generic: ipeth: fix iOS 14 tethering
This fixes tethering with devices using iOS 14. Prior to this patch,
connections to remote endpoints were not possible while data transfers
between the OpenWrt device and the iOS endpoints worked fine.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-11-30 09:31:25 +01:00
Aleksander Jan Bajkowski
fcea027df6 lantiq: fix build of squashfs images
This patch fixes build of squashfs image on lantiq. Currently the FEATURE
variable is overwritten by the subtarget.

Fixes: FS#3480
Fixes: f1c6523376 ("lantiq: clean up target/subtarget features")

Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
[reformat Fixes:]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-29 00:53:44 +01:00
Pavel Chervontsev
6d98c098e4 ramips: add support for ASUS RT-N56U B1
Specifications:

SoC: MediaTek MT7621ST (880 MHz)
FLASH: 16 MiB (Macronix MX25L12835FM2I-10G)
RAM: 128 MiB (Nanya NT5CB64M16FP-DH)
WiFi: MediaTek MT7603EN bgn 2x2:2
WiFi: MediaTek MT7612EN an 2x2:2
BTN: Reset, WPS
LED: - Power
- WiFi 2.4 GHz
- WiFi 5 GHz
- WAN
- LAN {1-4}
- USB {1-2}
UART: UART is present as pin hole next to the aluminium capacitor.
3V3 - RX - GND - TX / 115200-8N1
3V3 is the nearest on the aluminium capacitor and nut hole (pin1).
USB: 2 ports
POWER: 12VDC, 1.5A (Barrel 5.5x2.1)

Installation:

Via TFTP:
    Set your computers IP-Address to 192.168.1.75
    Power up the Router with the Reset button pressed.
    Release the Reset button after 5 seconds.
    Upload OpenWRT sysupgrade image via TFTP:
    tftp -4 -v -m binary 192.168.1.1 -c put IMAGE

MAC addresses:

0x4     *:98  2g/wan, label
0x22    *:9c
0x28    *:98
0x8004  *:9c  5g/lan

Though addresses are written to 0x22 and 0x28, it appears that the
vendor firmware actually only uses 0x4 and 0x8004. Thus, we do the
same here.

Signed-off-by: Pavel Chervontsev <cherpash@gmail.com>
[add MAC address overview, add label-mac-device, fix IMAGE_SIZE]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-28 20:51:50 +01:00
Klaus Kudielka
485ce5bbe5 mvebu: fixup Turris Omnia U-Boot environment
Fixup dfa357a3de "mvebu: base-files: Update Turris Omnia U-Boot
environment" which should have included this file as well.

By rebasing the initial patch this file somehow disappeared.

Signed-off-by: Klaus Kudielka <klaus.kudielka@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Tested-by: W. Michael Petullo <mike@flyn.org> (Turris Omnia "2020")
Tested-by: Klaus Kudielka <klaus.kudielka@gmail.com> (Turris Omnia)
[explain fixup in commit message]
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
2020-11-27 17:36:10 -10:00
Klaus Kudielka
dfa357a3de mvebu: base-files: Update Turris Omnia U-Boot environment
Move the update procedure from sysupgrade to first boot, which is much
more convenient in the sysupgrade case (otherwise the environment is
always one generation behind).

Check whether we have an old U-Boot release installed, and update the
environment only if necessary.

Some notes on the U-Boot environment:

The first 9 lines are a copy of the default environment of the old U-Boot
release - only modified, to run "distro_bootcmd", in case "mmcboot" fails
to boot the factory OS.

The remaining 16 lines are a backport of the default environment of the
new U-Boot release (shipped with CZ11NIC23). The main entry point is
"distro_bootcmd", which eventually sources boot.scr. This way, we have
a unified boot protocol for all Turris Omnia revisions so far.

This commit also fixes a shortcoming of previous Turris Omnia support:

Users may install OpenWrt with the Turris Omnia in factory state
(i.e. invalid environment store). In that case, neither fw_setenv, nor
U-Boot itself, would import the default environment from the image -
screwing up the rescue system, at least!

Signed-off-by: Klaus Kudielka <klaus.kudielka@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Tested-by: W. Michael Petullo <mike@flyn.org> (Turris Omnia "2020")
Tested-by: Klaus Kudielka <klaus.kudielka@gmail.com> (Turris Omnia)
2020-11-26 21:55:59 -10:00
Klaus Kudielka
afd4375a33 mvebu: Add turris-omnia.bootscript
In contrast to the U-Boot version shipped with older versions of Turris
Omnia (CZ11NIC13, CZ11NIC20), the version shipped with Turris Omnia 2019
(CZ11NIC23) relies on the existence of /boot.scr.

Consequently, add a suitable boot script to the sysupgrade image.

Flash instructions for Turris Omnia 2019:
- Download openwrt-...-sysupgrade.img.gz, gunzip it, and copy the resulting
  .img file to the root of a USB flash drive (FAT32 or ext2/3/4).
- Enter a rescue shell: Either via 5-LED reset and ssh root@192.168.1.1
  on LAN port 4, or via 7-LED reset and the serial console.
- Insert the USB drive and mount it:
  mkdir /mnt; mount /dev/sda1 /mnt
- Flash the OpenWrt image to eMMC:
  dd if=/mnt/openwrt-...-sysupgrade.img of=/dev/mmcblk0 bs=4096 conv=fsync
- Reboot.

Flash instructions using a temporary "medkit" installation were written for
the older versions of Turris Omnia, and will *not* work on the Turris Omnia
2019.

Signed-off-by: Klaus Kudielka <klaus.kudielka@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Tested-by: W. Michael Petullo <mike@flyn.org> (Turris Omnia "2020")
2020-11-26 21:52:04 -10:00
Daniel Golle
7fd3c68137 initramfs: switch to tmpfs to fix ujail
Hauke wrote:
> We want to run some processes in the procd-ujail, this works when we
> use a SquashFS image and an overlay file system, but when we use an
> initramfs it does not work.
> [...]
> When we switch from initramfs to tmpfs, it is working, we added this
> code to target/linux/generic/other-files/init to make [it] work.

Move files to newly mounted tmpfs and then use switch_root to chroot
into new rootfs and free initramfs.

Suggested-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2020-11-27 01:23:43 +00:00
Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant
4420ddaa58 kernel: clean up patch fuzz
Recent kernel bumps & target patch refactors have left some patch fuzz
around.  Refreshed kernel patches using update_kernel script.

Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
2020-11-26 17:32:43 +00:00
John Crispin
18a53d43d6 kernel: add GS110TPPV1 support to mtdsplit_uimage
The ID is used be a Realtek based switch made by Netgear.

Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2020-11-26 13:29:42 +01:00
John Crispin
2b88563ee5 realtek: update the tree to the latest refactored version
* rename the target to realtek
* add refactored DSA driver
* add latest gpio driver
* lots of arch cleanups
* new irq driver
* additional boards

Signed-off-by: Bert Vermeulen <bert@biot.com>
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <mail@birger-koblitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2020-11-26 13:29:27 +01:00
John Audia
4e39949dd1 kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.80
Removed since could be reverse-applied by quilt and found to be
included upstream:
  backport-5.4/789-net-usb-qmi_wwan-Set-DTR-quirk-for-MR400.patch

All modifications made by update_kernel.sh

Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, bcm27xx/bcm2711, ath79/generic
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800

No dmesg regressions, everything functional

Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
Tested-by: Curtis Deptuck <curtdept@me.com> [x86_64 build/run]
2020-11-26 11:17:55 +01:00
Sander Vanheule
f29231ece7 ramips: mt7621: replace missing custom-initramfs-uimage
custom-initramfs-uimage was replaced by calls to uImage, but apparently
mtc_wr1201 was missed in the transistion. Use uImage for this device
too.

Fixes: 9f574b1b87 "ramips: mt7621: drop custom uImage function"

Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
2020-11-26 09:12:57 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
b69c21738e treewide: add space before SPDX identifier
Strictly, an SPDX identifier requires a space between the comment
marker and the identifier itself. The choice of the comment marker
itself is irrelevant.

Correct:

// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later OR MIT

Wrong:

//SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later OR MIT

Fix that in the whole tree (actually, only ramips contained wrong
uses).

Found by checkpatch.pl

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-25 19:34:13 +01:00
Ataberk Özen
4287f73989 ramips: add support for Xiaomi Mi Router 4C
This commit adds support for Xiaomi's Mi Router 4C device.

Specifications:

- CPU: MediaTek MT7628AN (580MHz)
- Flash: 16MB
- RAM: 64MB DDR2
- 2.4 GHz: IEEE 802.11b/g/n with Integrated LNA and PA
- Antennas: 4x external single band antennas
- WAN: 1x 10/100M
- LAN: 2x 10/100M
- LEDs: 2x yellow/blue. Programmable (labelled as power on case)
                      - Non-programmable (shows WAN activity)
- Button: Reset

How to install:

1- Use OpenWRTInvasion to gain telnet and ftp access.
2- Push openwrt firmware to /tmp/ using ftp.
3- Connect to router using telnet. (IP: 192.168.31.1 -
   Username: root - No password)
4- Use command "mtd -r write /tmp/firmware.bin OS1" to flash into
   the router..
5- It takes around 2 minutes. After that router will restart itself
   to OpenWrt.

Signed-off-by: Ataberk Özen <ataberkozen123@gmail.com>
[wrap commit message, bump PKG_RELEASE for uboot-envtools, remove
dts-v1 from DTS, fix LED labels]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-25 19:34:13 +01:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
30c95c4d26 tegra: sysupgrade: use get_image_dd wrapper
This function eliminates false-positive errors emitted by dd.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
[drop argument check changes]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-25 18:42:59 +01:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
fa9e8a008a tegra: sysupgrade: remove redundant MBR check
This is already done by get_partitions.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
[add "redundant" to title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-25 18:39:12 +01:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
456f5680db mvebu: sysupgrade: use get_image_dd wrapper
This function eliminates false-positive errors emitted by dd.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
2020-11-25 18:18:54 +01:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
f06adb64bf mvebu: sysupgrade: remove redundant MBR check
This is already done by get_partitions.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
[add "redundant" to title, remove declaration of magic variable]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-25 18:13:54 +01:00
Sander Vanheule
8582e15616 rtl838x: drop custom mkimage build function
UIMAGE_MAGIC is now supported by Build/uImage, in addition to
UIMAGE_NAME. This removes the need for a custom mkimage call, so let's
remove it.

Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
2020-11-25 16:34:56 +01:00
Sander Vanheule
ab1584a797 ath79: netgear: trim down uImage customisations
Replace NETGEAR_KERNEL_MAGIC by UIMAGE_MAGIC to better match the
variable's purpose. This allows to drop the custom
Build/netgear-uImage.

Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
[keep UIMAGE_MAGIC definitions even for default value]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-25 16:33:49 +01:00
Sander Vanheule
9f574b1b87 ramips: mt7621: drop custom uImage function
Use the mkimage argument overrides provided by uImage to implement the
customisations required for the initramfs, instead of the near-identical
custom function.

Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
2020-11-25 15:51:22 +01:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
4a243ae332 mvebu: base-files: move additional files to subtargets
Both of these scripts are only relevant to cortexa9, therefore move them
there.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
2020-11-25 13:58:29 +01:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
92b3efec54 mvebu: sort patches
Sort patches according to target/linux/generic/PATCHES. Additionally:
- replace hashes in backported patches with the ones from main Linux tree
- add descriptions to some patches

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
[remove 004-add_sata_disk_activity_trigger.patch separately]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-25 13:57:50 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
bffb30603c mvebu: remove redundant patch for Linksys LED trigger
Remove 004-add_sata_disk_activity_trigger.patch, as the trigger is
already added in shared dtsi.

Suggested-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-25 13:48:01 +01:00
Filip Moc
b641eb6ecf ramips: add support for TP-Link MR6400 v5
TL-MR6400v5 is very similar to TL-MR6400v4. Main differences are:
  - smaller form factor
  - different LED GPIOs
  - different switch connections

You can flash via tftp recovery:
 - serve tftp-recovery image as /tp_recovery.bin on 192.168.0.225/24
 - connect to any ethernet port
 - power on the device while holding the reset button
 - wait at least 8 seconds before releasing reset button

Flashing via OEM web interface does not work.

LTE module does not support DHCP so it must be configured via QMI.

Hardware Specification (v5.0 EU):
 - SoC: MT7628NN
 - Flash: Winbond W25Q64JVS (8MiB)
 - RAM: ESMT M14D5121632A (64MiB)
 - Wireless: SoC platform only (2.4GHz b/g/n, 2x internal antenna)
 - Ethernet: 1NIC (4x100M)
 - WWAN: TP-LINK LTE MODULE (2x external detachable antenna)
 - Power: DC 9V 0.85A

Signed-off-by: Filip Moc <lede@moc6.cz>
2020-11-25 13:23:06 +01:00
Michael Pratt
b31aaa0580 ath79: add support for Senao Engenius EAP300 v2
FCC ID: A8J-EAP300A

Engenius EAP300 v2 is an indoor wireless access point with a
100/10-BaseT ethernet port, 2.4 GHz wireless, internal antennas,
and 802.3af PoE.

**Specification:**

  - AR9341
  - 40 MHz reference clock
  - 16 MB FLASH			MX25L12845EMI-10G
  - 64 MB RAM
  - UART at J1			(populated)
  - Ethernet port with POE
  - internal antennas
  - 3 LEDs, 1 button		(power, eth, wlan) (reset)

**MAC addresses:**

  phy0  *:d3   art 0x1002 (label)
  eth0  *:d4   art 0x0/0x6

**Installation:**

  - if you get Failsafe Mode from failed flash:
      only use it to flash Original firmware from Engenius
      or risk kernel loop or halt which requires serial cable

  Method 1: Firmware upgrade page:

  OEM webpage at 192.168.1.1
  username and password "admin"
  Navigate to "Firmware" page from left pane
  Click Browse and select the factory.bin image
  Upload and verify checksum
  Click Continue to confirm and wait 3 minutes

  Method 2: Serial to load Failsafe webpage:

  After connecting to serial console and rebooting...
  Interrupt uboot with any key pressed rapidly
  execute `run failsafe_boot` OR `bootm 0x9fdf0000`
  wait a minute
  connect to ethernet and navigate to
  "192.168.1.1/index.htm"
  Select the factory.bin image and upload
  wait about 3 minutes

**Return to OEM:**

  If you have a serial cable, see Serial Failsafe instructions

  *DISCLAIMER*
  The Failsafe image is unique to Engenius boards.
  If the failsafe image is missing or damaged this will not work
  DO NOT downgrade to ar71xx this way, can cause kernel loop or halt

  The easiest way to return to the OEM software is the Failsafe image
  If you dont have a serial cable, you can ssh into openwrt and run

  `mtd -r erase fakeroot`

  Wait 3 minutes
  connect to ethernet and navigate to 192.168.1.1/index.htm
  select OEM firmware image from Engenius and click upgrade

**TFTP recovery** (unstable / not reliable):

  rename initramfs to 'vmlinux-art-ramdisk'
  make available on TFTP server at 192.168.1.101
  power board while holding or pressing reset button repeatedly

  NOTE: for some Engenius boards TFTP is not reliable
  try setting MTU to 600 and try many times

**Format of OEM firmware image:**

  The OEM software of EAP300 v2 is a heavily modified version
  of Openwrt Kamikaze. One of the many modifications
  is to the sysupgrade program. Image verification is performed
  simply by the successful ungzip and untar of the supplied file
  and name check and header verification of the resulting contents.
  To form a factory.bin that is accepted by OEM Openwrt build,
  the kernel and rootfs must have specific names
  and begin with the respective headers (uImage, squashfs).
  Then the files must be tarballed and gzipped.
  The resulting binary is actually a tar.gz file in disguise.
  This can be verified by using binwalk on the OEM firmware images,
  ungzipping then untaring.

  The OEM upgrade script is at /etc/fwupgrade.sh.

  OKLI kernel loader is required because the OEM software
  expects the kernel size to be no greater than 1536k
  and otherwise the factory.bin upgrade procedure would
  overwrite part of the kernel when writing rootfs.

Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
[clarify MAC address section, bump PKG_RELEASE for uboot-envtools]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-25 13:23:06 +01:00
Rui Salvaterra
f1c6523376 lantiq: clean up target/subtarget features
The feature "squashfs" is defined for target and all subtargets
individually. Remove the redundant entries in the subtargets.

Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
[split patch, adjust commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-25 13:23:06 +01:00
Rui Salvaterra
8e8fcce609 apm821xx: clean up target/subtarget features
Move features common to all subtargets to the parent target.

Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
[split patch to make it target-specific, adjust commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-25 13:23:06 +01:00
Filip Moc
4f4f6def0e ramips: add license to TP-Link MR6400 v4's DTS
Signed-off-by: Filip Moc <lede@moc6.cz>
2020-11-25 13:23:06 +01:00
Matthew Gyurgyik
aab36200e7 imagebuilder: fix partition signature
When building images with the imagebuilder, the partition signature
never changes. The signature is generated by hashing SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH
and LINUX_VERMAGIC which are undefined. Prepopulate these variables, as
done by the SDK.

Signed-off-by: Matthew Gyurgyik <matthew@gyurgyik.io>
2020-11-24 14:46:05 -10:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
bc64b9c32e treewide: update email address of Tomasz Maciej Nowak
Replace my o2.pl email address.

I'm still available at the old address.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
[rephrase commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-24 15:39:07 +01:00
John Audia
9100566267 kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.79
Manually rebased patches:
  ath79/patches-5.4/910-unaligned_access_hacks.patch
  bcm27xx/patches-5.4/950-0135-spi-spi-bcm2835-Disable-forced-software-CS.patch
  bcm27xx/patches-5.4/950-0414-SQUASH-Fix-spi-driver-compiler-warnings.patch
  ipq806x/patches-5.4/093-4-v5.8-ipq806x-PCI-qcom-Use-bulk-clk-api-and-assert-on-error.patch

Removed since could be reverse-applied by quilt and found to be included upstream:
  ipq806x/patches-5.4/096-PCI-qcom-Make-sure-PCIe-is-reset-before-init-for-rev.patch

All modifications made by update_kernel.sh

Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2711
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800

No dmesg regressions, everything functional

Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
[refresh altered targets after rebase]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-24 15:36:59 +01:00
Yanase Yuki
cba79b1de2 ath79: move device specific nodes to DTS files for Devolo 1xxx
qca9558_devolo_dvl1xxx.dtsi contains device specific nodes which
are inherited for some DTS files and overwritten for others.

This is considered confusing, so move the relevant nodes/properties
to the devices and only keep the shared stuff in the DTSI.

Signed-off-by: Yanase Yuki <dev@zpc.sakura.ne.jp>
[clarify commit title/message, move &gmac_config in DTS]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-24 14:40:55 +01:00
Sander Vanheule
b0ecae504b ath79: support for TP-Link EAP225 v3
TP-Link EAP225 v3 is an AC1350 (802.11ac Wave-2) ceiling mount access
point. Serial port access for debricking requires fine soldering.

Device specifications:
* SoC: QCA9563 @ 775MHz
* RAM: 128MiB DDR2
* Flash: 16MiB SPI-NOR
* Wireless 2.4GHz (SoC): b/g/n, 3x3
* Wireless 5Ghz (QCA9886): a/n/ac, 2x2 MU-MINO
* Ethernet (AR8033): 1× 1GbE, 802.3at PoE

Flashing instructions:
* ssh into target device and run `cliclientd stopcs`
* Upgrade with factory image via web interface

Debricking:
* Serial port can be soldered on PCB J3 (1: TXD, 2: RXD, 3: GND, 4: VCC)
    * Bridge unpopulated resistors R225 (TXD) and R237 (RXD).
      Do NOT bridge R230.
    * Use 3.3V, 115200 baud, 8n1
* Interrupt bootloader by holding CTRL+B during boot
* tftp initramfs to flash via LuCI web interface
    setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1 # default, change as required
    setenv serverip 192.168.1.10 # default, change as required
    tftp 0x80800000 initramfs.bin
    bootelf $fileaddr

MAC addresses:
MAC address (as on device label) is stored in device info partition at
an offset of 8 bytes. ath9k device has same address as ethernet, ath10k
uses address incremented by 1.
From OEM boot log:

    Using interface ath0 with hwaddr b0:...:3e and ssid "..."
    Using interface ath10 with hwaddr b0:...:3f and ssid "..."

Tested by forum user blinkstar88

Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
2020-11-23 22:53:15 +01:00
Sander Vanheule
4f86edf477 ath79: support for TP-Link EAP225-Outdoor v1
TP-Link EAP225-Outdoor v1 is an AC1200 (802.11ac Wave-2) pole or wall
mount access point. Debricking requires access to the serial port, which
is non-trivial.

Device specifications:
* SoC: QCA9563 @ 775MHz
* Memory: 128MiB DDR2
* Flash: 16MiB SPI-NOR
* Wireless 2.4GHz (SoC): b/g/n 2x2
* Wireless 5GHz (QCA9886): a/n/ac 2x2 MU-MIMO
* Ethernet (AR8033): 1× 1GbE, PoE

Flashing instructions:
* ssh into target device with recent (>= v1.6.0) firmware
* run `cliclientd stopcs` on target device
* upload factory image via web interface

Debricking:
To recover the device, you need access to the serial port. This requires
fine soldering to test points, or the use of probe pins.
* Open the case and solder wires to the test points: RXD, TXD and TPGND4
  * Use a 3.3V UART, 115200 baud, 8n1
* Interrupt bootloader by holding ctrl+B during boot
* upload initramfs via built-in tftp client and perform sysupgrade
    setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1 # default, change as required
    setenv serverip 192.168.1.10 # default, change as required
    tftp 0x80800000 initramfs.bin
    bootelf $fileaddr

MAC addresses:
MAC address (as on device label) is stored in device info partition at
an offset of 8 bytes. ath9k device has same address as ethernet, ath10k
uses address incremented by 1.
From stock ifconfig:

    ath0      Link encap:Ethernet  HWaddr D8:...:2E
    ath10     Link encap:Ethernet  HWaddr D8:...:2F
    br0       Link encap:Ethernet  HWaddr D8:...:2E
    eth0      Link encap:Ethernet  HWaddr D8:...:2E

Tested by forum user PolynomialDivision on firmware v1.7.0.
UART access tested by forum user arinc9.

Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
2020-11-23 22:53:15 +01:00
Sander Vanheule
b11ad48764 ath79: support for TP-Link EAP245 v1
TP-Link EAP245 v1 is an AC1750 (802.11ac Wave-1) ceiling mount access point.

Device specifications:
* SoC: QCA9563 @ 775MHz
* RAM: 128MiB DDR2
* Flash: 16MiB SPI-NOR
* Wireless 2.4GHz (SoC): b/g/n, 3x3
* Wireless 5Ghz (QCA9880): a/n/ac, 3x3
* Ethernet (AR8033): 1× 1GbE, 802.3at PoE

Flashing instructions:
* Upgrade the device to firmware v1.4.0 if necessary
* Exploit the user management page in the web interface to start telnetd
  by changing the username to `;/usr/sbin/telnetd -l/bin/sh&`.
* Immediately change the malformed username back to something valid
  (e.g. 'admin') to make ssh work again.
* Use the root shell via telnet to make /tmp world writeable (chmod 777)
* Extract /usr/bin/uclited from the device via ssh and apply the binary
  patch listed below. The patch is required to prevent `uclited -u` in
  the last step from crashing.
* Copy the patched uclited programme back to the device at /tmp/uclited
  (via ssh)
* Upload the factory image to /tmp/upgrade.bin (via ssh)
* Run `chmod +x /tmp/uclited && /tmp/uclited -u` to install OpenWrt.

    --- xxd uclited
    +++ xxd uclited-patched
    @@ -53796,7 +53796,7 @@
     000d2240: 8c44 0000 0320 f809 0000 0000 8fbc 0010  .D... ..........
     000d2250: 8fa6 0a4c 02c0 2821 8f82 87b8 0000 0000  ...L..(!........
    -000d2260: 8c44 0000 0c13 45e0 27a7 0018 8fbc 0010  .D....E.'.......
    +000d2260: 8c44 0000 2402 0000 0000 0000 8fbc 0010  .D..$...........
     000d2270: 1040 001d 0000 1821 8f99 8374 3c04 0058  .@.....!...t<..X
     000d2280: 3c05 0056 2484 a898 24a5 9a30 0320 f809  <..V$...$..0. ..

Debricking:
* Serial port can be soldered on PCB J3 (1: TXD, 2: RXD, 3: GND, 4: VCC)
    * Bridge unpopulated resistors R225 (TXD) and R237 (RXD).
      Do NOT bridge R230.
    * Use 3.3V, 115200 baud, 8n1
* Interrupt bootloader by holding CTRL+B during boot
* tftp initramfs to flash via the LuCI web interface
    setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1 # default, change as required
    setenv serverip 192.168.1.10 # default, change as required
    tftp 0x80800000 initramfs.bin
    bootelf $fileaddr

Tested on the EAP245 v1 running the latest firmware (v1.4.0). The binary
patch might not apply to uclited from other firmware versions.

EAP245 v1 device support was originally developed and maintained by
Julien Dusser out-of-tree. This patch and "ath79: prepare for 1-port
TP-Link EAP2x5 devices" are based on that work.

Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
2020-11-23 22:53:15 +01:00
Sander Vanheule
7a875d155e ath79: prepare for 1-port TP-Link EAP2x5 devices
TP-Link has developed a number of access points based on the AP152
reference board. In the EAP-series of 802.11ac access points, this
includes the following devices with one ethernet port:
* EAP225 v1/v2
* EAP225 v3
* EAP225-Outdoor v1
* EAP245 v1

Since the only differences between these devices are the ath10k wireless
radios and LEDs, a common base is provided for the overlapping support
requirements.

Hardware commonalities:
* SoC: QCA9563-AL3A MIPS 74kc v5.0 @ 775MHz, AHB @ 258MHz
* RAM: 128MiB DDR2 @ 650MHz
* Flash: 16MiB SPI NOR
* Wi-Fi 2.4GHz: provided by SoC
* Wi-Fi 5Ghz: ath10k chip on PCIe
* Ethernet: AR8033-AL1A, one 1GbE port (802.3at PoE)

Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
2020-11-23 22:53:15 +01:00
Julien Dusser
87627b2d76 ath79: add QCA956x SERDES init workaround
This commit add a workaround for non working SGMII link observed on some
QCA956x SoCs. The workaround originates part from the U-Boot source code
from QCA, part from the implementation from TP-Link found in the GPL
tarball for the EAP245v1.

Extends commit 0d416a8d3b for QCA956x.
Note that reset is the same on QCA955x and QCA956x, same register offset
and values.

Auto calibration is done on u-boot, but always fall back to default value
0x7. Add a DTS entry serdes-cal in case a device require another value.

Signed-off-by: Julien Dusser <julien.dusser@free.fr>
[Sander Vanheule:
    Minor code style fixes,
    Remove hunk adding qca956x-serdes-fixup to a missing DTS,
    Remove variable err that was only assigned,
    Rename function to sgmii_serdes_init,
    Lower priority of serdes call message to pr_debug]
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
2020-11-23 22:53:15 +01:00
Sander Vanheule
8dd2a1715b ath79: ensure QCA956x gmac0 mux selects sgmii
Some bootloaders do not set up gmac0 properly, leaving it disconnected
from the sgmii interface. If the user specificies phy-mode sgmii, then
use the gmac-config/device node to ensure the mux is configured
correctly.

Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
2020-11-23 22:53:15 +01:00
Vladimir Vid
c0af4a0ca2 mvebu: add initial support for Globalscale ESPRESSObin-Ultra
This patch adds support for Globalscale ESPRESSObin-Ultra. Device uses
the same Armada-3720 SoC with extended hardware support.

- SoC: Armada-3720
- RAM: 1 GB DDR4
- Flash: 4MB SPI NOR (mx25u3235f) + 8 GB eMMC
- Ethernet: Topaz 6341 88e6341 (4x GB LAN + 1x WAN with 30W PoE)
- WiFI: 2x2 802.11ac Wi-Fi marvell (88w8997 PCIe+USB)
- 1x USB 2.0 port
- 1x USB 3.0 port
- 1x microSD slot
- 1x mini-PCIe slot (USB [with nano-sim slot])
- 1x mini-USB debug UART
- 1x RTC Clock and battery
- 1x reset button
- 1x power button
- 4x LED (RGBY)
- Optional 1x M.2 2280 slot

** Installation **

Copy dtb from build_dir to bin/ and run tftpserver there:
$ cp ./build_dir/target-aarch64_cortex-a53_musl/linux-mvebu_cortexa53/
linux-5.4.65/arch/arm64/boot/dts/marvell/armada-3720-espressobin-ultra.dtb
bin/targets/mvebu/cortexa53/
$ in.tftpd -L -s bin/targets/mvebu/cortexa53/

Connect to the device UART via microUSB port on the back side and power on the device.

Power on the device and hit any key to stop the autoboot.

Set serverip (host IP) and ipaddr (any free IP address on the same subnet), e.g:
$ setenv serverip 192.168.1.10 # Host
$ setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.15 # Device

Ping server to confirm network is working:
$ ping $serverip
Using neta@30000 device
host 192.168.1.15 is alive

Tftpboot the firmware:
$ tftpboot $kernel_addr_r openwrt-mvebu-cortexa53-globalscale_espressobin-ultra-initramfs-kernel.bin
$ tftpboot $fdt_addr_r armada-3720-espressobin-ultra.dtb

Set the console and boot the image:
$ setenv bootargs $console
$ booti $kernel_addr_r - $fdt_addr_r

Once the initramfs is booted, transfer openwrt-mvebu-cortexa53-globalscale_espressobin-ultra-squashfs-sdcard.img.gz
to /tmp dir on the device.

Gunzip and dd the image:
$ gunzip /tmp/openwrt-mvebu-cortexa53-globalscale_espressobin-ultra-squashfs-sdcard.img.gz
$ dd if=/tmp/openwrt-mvebu-cortexa53-globalscale_espressobin-ultra-squashfs-sdcard.img of=/dev/mmcblk0 && sync

Reboot the device.

Signed-off-by: Vladimir Vid <vladimir.vid@sartura.hr>
2020-11-23 22:53:15 +01:00
Pawel Dembicki
cdff729b27 layerscape: enable spi-uart in LS1012A-FRDM
This patch add missing support of SC16IS740 serial controller, installed
on LS1012A-FRDM board.

It was required to change RCW bits, because SPI was disabled by default.

Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
2020-11-23 22:53:15 +01:00
Pawel Dembicki
4dc27a026b layerscape: add i2c peripherials on LS1012A-RDB
LS1012A-RDB equipped in some i2c devices:
  - 3x GPIO Expander: PCAL9555A (NXP)
  - Gyro: FXAS21002 (NXP)
  - Accelerometer: FXOS8700 (NXP)
  - Current & Power Monitor: INA220 (TI)

This patch enables i2c peripherials installed on LS1012A-RDB.

Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
2020-11-23 22:53:15 +01:00
Pawel Dembicki
65f8d7360c layerscape: make initramfs kernel fit packed
This will make developing process easier, because dtb will be included
into image.
Not need to enable initramfs image by default.

Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
2020-11-23 22:53:15 +01:00
René van Dorst
6e1a4496f5 ramips: phy: at803x: Select SFP interface mode that both sides supports.
Currently sfp_select_interface() return the fastest interface that
the sfp modules supports even if the phy don't support that mode.

For example an GPON module that support both 2500basex and 1000basex.
Currently sfp_select_interface() picks 2500basex instead of 1000basex.

So limit the interfaces which both sides supports before calling
sfp_select_interface() or return an error if we don't have match.

Reviewed-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
Tested-by: Braihan Cantera <bcanterac@gmail.com> [MikroTik RB760iGS + Nokia G-010S-A 3FE46541AA SFP]
Tested-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au> [Mikrotik rb760igs + SFP SM/LC, SFP base1000T, SFP+ passive DAC]
Signed-off-by: René van Dorst <opensource@vdorst.com>
2020-11-23 22:53:15 +01:00
Sven Eckelmann
223eec7e81 kernel: mtd: parser: cmdline: Fix parsing of part-names with colons
Some devices (especially QCA ones) are already using hardcoded partition
names with colons in it. The OpenMesh A62 for example provides following
mtd relevant information via cmdline:

  root=31:11 mtdparts=spi0.0:256k(0:SBL1),128k(0:MIBIB),384k(0:QSEE),64k(0:CDT),64k(0:DDRPARAMS),64k(0:APPSBLENV),512k(0:APPSBL),64k(0:ART),64k(custom),64k(0:KEYS),0x002b0000(kernel),0x00c80000(rootfs),15552k(inactive) rootfsname=rootfs rootwait

The change to split only on the last colon between mtd-id and partitions
will cause newpart to see following string for the first partition:

  KEYS),0x002b0000(kernel),0x00c80000(rootfs),15552k(inactive)

Such a partition list cannot be parsed and thus the device fails to boot.

Avoid this behavior by making sure that the start of the first part-name
("(") will also be the last byte the mtd-id split algorithm is using for
its colon search.

Fixes: d6a9a92e32 ("kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.69")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
2020-11-23 22:53:15 +01:00
Sven Eckelmann
8231994d3f ipq40xx: DTS style updates for OpenMesh devices
The OpenMesh related files were not updated since a while and the new
coding style requirements weren't integrated. This can cause problems
for new devices when an author uses these files as starting point.

* use SPDX-License-Identifiers instead of full license texts
* drop linux,default-trigger with value default-off for LEDs
* led nodes with label "abc:xyz" should have name "xyz_abc"
* led DT labels for "xyz_abc" should be "led_xyz_abc"
* "m25p80@0" flash node should be renamed to "flash@0"
* drop unnecessary empty lines

Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
[minor commit title and message adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-23 13:44:47 +01:00
Rui Salvaterra
eb087ae4f4 ath79: move the squashfs feature to the parent target
All subtargets define it. Move it to the parent target and remove
it from all subtargets.

Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
2020-11-23 13:20:53 +01:00
Paulo Machado
b19a684f46 imagebuilder: fix main entry makefile
Remove a syntax error from ImageBuider Makefile

Acked-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Signed-off-by: Paulo Machado <pffmachado@yahoo.com>
2020-11-23 03:13:46 +00:00
Filip Moc
0d65177658 ramips: add support for TP-Link MR6400 v4
You can flash via tftp recovery:
 - serve tftp-recovery image as /tp_recovery.bin on 192.168.0.225/24
 - connect to any ethernet port
 - power on the device while holding the reset button
 - wait at least 8 seconds before releasing reset button

Flashing via OEM web interface does not work.

LTE module does not support DHCP so it must be configured via QMI.

Hardware Specification (v4.0 EU):
 - SoC: MT7628NN
 - Flash: Winbond W25Q64JVS (8MiB)
 - RAM: ESMT M14D5121632A (64MiB)
 - Wireless: SoC platform only (2.4GHz b/g/n, 2x internal antenna)
 - Ethernet: 1NIC (4x100M)
 - WWAN: TP-LINK LTE MODULE (2x external detachable antenna)
 - Power: DC 9V 0.85A

Signed-off-by: Filip Moc <lede@moc6.cz>
2020-11-23 00:46:40 +00:00
Filip Moc
1e69106e34 generic: add DTR quirk patch for MR400 LTE
This is required for LTE module MR400 in TL-MR6400 v4.

Signed-off-by: Filip Moc <lede@moc6.cz>
2020-11-23 00:45:44 +00:00
Paul Spooren
418362b1cc imagebuilder: add package signature verification
The ImageBuilder downloads pre-built packages and adds them to images.
This process uses `opkg` which has the capability to verify package list
signatures via `usign`, as enabled per default on running OpenWrt
devices.

Until now this was disabled for ImageBuilders because neither the `opkg`
keys nor the `opkg-add` script was present during first packagelist
update.

To harden the ImageBuilder against *drive-by-download-attacks* both keys
and verification script are added to the ImageBuilder allowing `opkg` to
verify downloaded package indices.

This commit adds `opkg-add` to the ImageBuilder scripts folder. The keys
folder is added to ImageBuilder $TOPDIR to have an obvious place for users to
store their own keys. The `option check_signature` is appended to the
repositories.conf file. All of the above only happens if the Buildbot
runs with the SIGNATURE_CHECK option.

The keys stored in the ImageBuilder keys/ are the same as included in
the openwrt-keyring package. To avoid the chicken-egg problem of
downloading and verifying a package, containing signing keys, the keys
are added during the ImageBuilder generation. They are same as in
shipped images (stored at `/etc/opkg/keys/`).

To allow a local package feed in which the user can add additional
packages, a local set of `usign` and `ucert` keys is generated, same as
building OpenWrt from source. The private key signs the local repository
inside the packages/ folder. The local public key is added to the keys/
folder to be considered by `opkg` when updating repositories. This way a
local package feed can be modified while requiring `opkg` to check
signatures for remote feed, making HTTPS optional.

The new option `ADD_LOCAL_KEY` allows to add the local key inside the
created images, adding the advantage that sysupgrades can validate the
ImageBuilders local key.

Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
2020-11-19 22:15:00 +00:00
Marc Egerton
f276395cda ramips: add support for the Hak5 WiFi Pineapple Mark 7
This patch adds support for the WiFi Pineapple Mark 7, a wireless
penetration testing tool.

Specifications:
    * SoC: MediaTek MT7628 (580MHz)
    * RAM: 256MiB (DDR2)
    * Storage 1: 32MiB NOR (SPI)
    * Storage 2: 2GB eMMC
    * Wireless 1: 802.11b/g/n 2.4GHz (Built In)
    * Wireless 2: 802.11b/g/n 2.4GHz (MT7601)
    * Wireless 3: 802.11b/g/n 2.4GHz (MT7601)
    * USB: 1x USB Type-A 2.0 Host Port
    * Ethernet: 1x USB Type-C AX88772C Ethernet
    * UART: 57600 8N1 on PCB
    * Inputs: 1x Reset Button
    * Outputs: 1x RGB LED
    * FCCID: 2AA52MK7

Flash Instructions:
    Original firmware is based on OpenWRT.
    Use sysupgrade via SSH to flash.

Signed-off-by: Marc Egerton <foxtrot@realloc.me>
[pepe2k@gmail.com: set only required/used gpio groups to gpio function]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2020-11-18 23:49:34 +01:00
Piotr Dymacz
a92d55efcf ath79: fix reset button support on 8devices Lima
This fixes 'linux,code' property name and value for the 'reset' key node
in 8devices Lima DTS file.

Problem and solution were reported on the forum, see:
https://forum.openwrt.org/t/resetbutton-not-working-ath79-8devices-lima/78810

Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2020-11-18 23:49:34 +01:00
Piotr Dymacz
6d65e3af9b ath79: calculate Eth MACs from WLAN on ALFA Network R36A
New batches of the R36A board series might no longer keep separated
Ethernet MAC addresses stored in flash. Use same approach as on the
N2Q and calculate Ethernet MACs from WLAN one which is kept in ART.

Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2020-11-18 23:49:34 +01:00
Piotr Dymacz
64a6f4a9c1 ath79: add support for ALFA Network Pi-WiFi4
ALFA Network Pi-WiFi4 is a Qualcomm QCA9531 v2 based, high-power 802.11n
WiFi board in Raspberry Pi 3B shape, equipped with 1x FE and 4x USB 2.0.

Specifications:

- Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 v2
- 650/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16+ MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi with Qorvo RFFM8228P FEM
- 2x IPEX/U.FL connectors on PCB
- 4x USB 2.0 Type-A
- Genesys Logic GL850G 4-port USB HUB
- USB power is controlled by GPIO
- 5x LED (3x on PCB, 2x in RJ45, 4x driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- external h/w watchdog (EM6324QYSP5B, enabled by default)
- 1x micro USB Type-B for power and system console (Holtek HT42B534)
- UART and GPIO (8-pin, 1.27 mm pitch) header on PCB

Flash instruction:

You can use sysupgrade image directly in vendor firmware which is based
on LEDE/OpenWrt. Alternatively, you can use web recovery mode in U-Boot:

1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.2/24.
2. Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, press the reset button, power up
   device, wait for first blink of all LEDs (indicates network setup),
   then keep button for 3 following blinks and release it.
3. Open 192.168.1.1 address in your browser and upload sysupgrade image.

Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2020-11-18 23:49:34 +01:00
Piotr Dymacz
d44463b087 ath79: add label MAC address for ALFA Network N5Q
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2020-11-18 23:49:34 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
e0cc68daad ramips: use m25p,fast-read on Xiaomi Mi Router 4A Gb/3G v2
The Xiaomi Mi Router 4A Gigabit model has a race condition on bootup
causing the SQUASHFS data errors to appear and create a bootloop
scenario.

Adding the m25p,fast-read property resolves this issue.

Suggested-by: David Bentham <db260179@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-18 21:13:46 +01:00
John Audia
667f6c7f49 kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.77
Manually rebased patches:
 bcm27xx/patches-5.4/950-0135-spi-spi-bcm2835-Disable-forced-software-CS.patch
 generic-backport/744-v5.5-net-sfp-soft-status-and-control-support.patch
 layerscape/patches-5.4/819-uart-0005-tty-serial-fsl_lpuart-enable-dma-mode-for-imx8qxp.patch
 mvebu/patches-5.4/521-arm64-dts-marvell-espressobin-Add-ethernet-switch-al.patch

Removed:
 layerscape/patches-5.4/819-uart-0012-tty-serial-lpuart-add-LS1028A-support.patch

All modifications made by update_kernel.sh

Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2711,
              lantiq/Easybox 904 xDSL, x86_64
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800, lantiq/Easybox 904 xDSL, x86_64

No dmesg regressions, everything functional

Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
Co-developed-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-18 21:13:46 +01:00
Nick Hainke
79f3f1358b ath79: Add support for Ubiquiti NanoBeam AC Gen2
CPU:         Atheros AR9342 rev 3 SoC
RAM:         64 MB DDR2
Flash:       16 MB NOR SPI
WLAN 2.4GHz: Atheros AR9342 v3 (ath9k)
WLAN 5.0GHz: QCA988X
Ports:       2x GbE

Flashing procedure is identical to other ubnt devices.
https://openwrt.org/toh/ubiquiti/common

Flashing through factory firmware
1. Ensure firmware version v8.7.0 is installed.
   Up/downgrade to this exact version.
2. Patch fwupdate.real binary using
   `hexdump -Cv /bin/ubntbox | sed 's/14 40 fe 27/00 00 00 00/g' | \
    hexdump -R > /tmp/fwupdate.real`
3. Make the patched fwupdate.real binary executable using
   `chmod +x /tmp/fwupdate.real`
4. Copy the squashfs factory image to /tmp on the device
5. Flash OpenWrt using `/tmp/fwupdate.real -m <squashfs-factory image>`
6. Wait for the device to reboot
(copied from Ubiquiti NanoBeam AC and modified)

To keep it consistent, we will add the gen1 variant to
the nanobeam ac gen1.

Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
2020-11-18 21:13:46 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
aafbfc6ac3 ath79: fix missing ";;" in 11-ath10k-caldata
This adds a missing ";;" in the switch-case in 11-ath10k-caldata.

Fixes: 4d36569b9c ("ath79: fix ath10k caldata extraction on some
D-Link DIR-842 C3 devices")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-16 19:26:25 +01:00
Paul Fertser
4d36569b9c ath79: fix ath10k caldata extraction on some D-Link DIR-842 C3 devices
According to forum threads [0][1] and a report on IRC by Doc-Saintly
some of those boards have calibration data in a different place. Only
one alternative location is known.

Without proper board calibration data (board.bin having all 0xff bytes)
ath10k firmware still tries to load but crashes on startup with a
confusing error message.

If you're applying this patch manually on your device do not forget to
remove /lib/firmware/ath10k/pre-cal-pci-0000:00:00.0.bin and reboot to
force caldata re-extraction.

[0] https://forum.openwrt.org/t/support-for-d-link-dir842-rev-c3/41654
[1] https://forum.openwrt.org/t/d-link-dir-842-cant-access-firmware-upload-form/65454

Signed-off-by: Paul Fertser <fercerpav@gmail.com>
2020-11-16 14:05:24 +01:00
DENG Qingfang
03d178727a kernel: remove mvsw61xx swconfig driver
All targets that used mvsw61xx have switched to upstream mv88e6xxx DSA
driver, so it can be removed.

Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
2020-11-16 13:55:05 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
7661b83768 mediatek: fix mixed indent in DTS files
mediatek frequently had mixed indent (tabs vs. spaces) in DTS files
and DTS file kernel patches (probably due to careless copy/paste).

The harmonizes these cases to tabs-only, as usual for DTS(I).

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-16 13:43:39 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
2658008a2a treewide: remove default-state off for LEDs
default-state = "off" is default for LEDs, no need to specify it
explicitly.

https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.yaml

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-16 13:43:39 +01:00
Daniel González Cabanelas
4e885dd90a mvebu: LS421DE: improve the HDD leds
Improve the HDD LEDs used for disk activity:
 - Use the trigger activity per ata channel

Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
2020-11-16 13:43:39 +01:00
DENG Qingfang
fe1f11ce32 ramips: mt7621: fix Telco X1 GPIO switches
The GPIO base of MT7621 GPIO 0~31 is 480 on kernel 5.4
Fix the GPIO numbering.

Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
2020-11-16 13:43:39 +01:00
Paul Spooren
47e089e30e bcm27xx: add bit variant to redundant RaspberryPi
Both bcm2709 and bcm2710 firmware can run on the same RaspberryPi
models, varying however in 32 and 64 Bit architectures. The model name
alone does not include the architecture information, which becomes
problematic if looking at a overview that only contains the names. By
adding a variant it is possible to tell the architecture.

Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
2020-11-15 00:24:12 +00:00
Adrian Schmutzler
95b0751d0f ipq40xx: do not remove pci@40000000 for ap.dk04.1
This pci@40000000 node from upstream was dropped when the device
was converted from local DTS(I) files to kernel patches in [1] to
ensure that change was purely cosmetic.

However, the DK04.1 has a PCI-E slot by default, so let's keep
(i.e. not remove) the kernel definition now.

[1] c4beac9ea2 ("ipq40xx: use upstream DTS files for IPQ4019/AP-DK04.1")

Suggested-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-13 18:34:41 +01:00
Robert Marko
4f277b4da5 ipq40xx: 5.4: update and reorder patches
A lot of patches are outdated versions of upstreamed patches and
drivers.

So lets pull in the upstreamed patches and reorder remaining ones.

This drops the unnecessary 721-dts-ipq4019-add-ethernet-essedma-node.patch
which adds nodes for not yet in OpenWrt IPQESS driver.

Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
[do not touch 902-dts-ipq4019-ap-dk04.1.patch here]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-13 16:08:58 +01:00
Felix Fietkau
a8fb12a7d6 build: filter out more autogenerated kernel config options
Define wildcard patterns for filtering in target/linux/generic/config-filter
Preparation for supporting newer kernels

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-11-13 13:18:20 +01:00
Felix Fietkau
f307684ab2 kernel: rename mtdpart_get_master to mtd_get_master
Preparation for supporting newer kernels

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-11-13 13:16:51 +01:00
Felix Fietkau
92b707f61b kernel: ip17xx: use pr_warn instead of pr_warning
Fixes build with newer kernels

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-11-13 13:16:31 +01:00
Thibaut VARÈNE
41b867165d generic: platform/mikrotik: implement multi caldata
MikroTik recently changed again the way they store wlan calibration data
on devices. Prior to this change, ERD calibration data for all available
radios was stored within a single identifier node ("tag" in RouterBoot
parlance).

Recent devices have been seen with calibration (and BDF) data stored in
separate identifiers within LZOR packing for each radio: this patch
addresses this by:
1) ensuring that both variants are properly supported,
2) preserving backward compatibility with existing data consumers,
3) allowing for more than 2 calibration blobs to be exposed via sysfs.

Specifically, before this patch, the driver would provide a single sysfs
file named /sys/firmware/mikrotik/hard_config/wlan_data that contained
whatever calibration data found on the device's flash. After this patch,
when executed on a device that uses the old style storage, this behavior
is unchanged, but when executed on a device that uses new style storage
(for either traditional "ERD" packing or "LZOR" packing), the driver
replaces that single file with a folder containing one or more files
each containing the data encoded within individual identifiers.

As far as OpenWRT is concerned, this means that for devices which are
known to exist with both styles of data storage, a suitable hotplug stub
could look like this for e.g. the second radio:

wdata="/sys/firmware/mikrotik/hard_config/wlan_data"
( [ -f "$wdata" ] && caldata_sysfsload_from_file "$wdata" 0x8000 0x2f20 ) || \
( [ -d "$wdata" ] && caldata_sysfsload_from_file "$wdata/data_2" 0x0 0x2f20 )

This patch has been tested with LZOR old and new style packing on ipq4019,
and with old style on ath79.

Tested-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
Tested-by: Шебанов Алексей <admin@ublaze.ru>
Tested-by: Alen Opačić <subixonfire@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Tested-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
2020-11-12 18:21:55 +01:00
Alberto Bursi
ccddc3470c x86: generic: disable CONFIG_EFI_VARS
CONFIG_EFI_VARS has been disabled in 
64bit x86 target in 2018 by the following commit
b0a51dab8c
the same reasons apply to Generic target, so
now it's disabled here too.
Leaving it enabled is also blocking compile as 
a new symbol was added
EFI_CUSTOM_SSDT_OVERLAYS 
that depends from CONFIG_EFI_VARS
and the build system stops and waits for
user input on what to do about it.

The Legacy and Geode targets never
had any EFI_xxx configs enabled so they 
don't have this issue

Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <bobafetthotmail@gmail.com>
2020-11-12 18:21:55 +01:00
Birger Koblitz
fba69a5a30 rtl838x: Add switch and ethernet driver support for RTL839x SoCs
This adds support for RTL839x SoCs in the ethernet and switch
drivers of the rtl838x architecture.

Reviewed-by: Andreas Oberritter <obi@saftware.de>
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
2020-11-12 18:21:55 +01:00
Roman Kuzmitskii
02e8182d87 sunxi: add support for Libre Computer ALL-H3-CC H5
Specification:

- CPU: Allwinner H5, Quad-core Cortex-A53 Up to 1GHz
- DDR3 RAM: 2GB
- Network:
    10/100M Ethernet x 1
- IR: x1 (Receive)
- USB (Host) Type-A x3
- USB (OTG) Type-A x1
- MicroSD Slot x 1
- eMMC Slot x1
- MicroUSB power input
- GPIO 40pin header
- UART 3pin header
- Leds:
    - librecomputer:blue:status
    - librecomputer:green:pwr
- Buttons:
    - uboot button (used to enter fel mode)
    - power button (can trigger power on)
- Power Supply via MicroUSB or GPIO 5V/2A

Installation:

- Write the image to SD Card with dd
- Boot from the SD Card

Signed-off-by: Roman Kuzmitskii <damex.pp@icloud.com>
[Fixed Signed-off-by]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-11-12 18:21:17 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
a51e46e543 ramips: add Xiaomi Mi Router 4A Gigabit explicitly
This device has previously been supported by the image
for Xiaomi Mi Router 3G v2. Since this is not obvious, the
4A is marketed as a new major revision and it also seems to
have a different bootloader, this will be both more tidy and
more helpful for the users.

Apart from that, note that there also is a 100M version of
the device that uses mt7628 platform, so a specifically named
image will also prevent confusion in this area.

Specifications:

- SoC:      MediaTek MT7621
- Flash:    16 MiB NOR SPI
- RAM:      128 MiB DDR3
- Ethernet: 3x 10/100/1000 Mbps (switched, 2xLAN + WAN)
- WIFI0:    MT7603E 2.4GHz 802.11b/g/n
- WIFI1:    MT7612E 5GHz 802.11ac
- Antennas: 4x external (2 per radio), non-detachable
- LEDs:     Programmable "power" LED (two-coloured, yellow/blue)
            Non-programmable "internet" LED (shows WAN activity)
- Buttons:  Reset

Installation:

Bootloader won't accept any serial input unless "boot_wait" u-boot
environment variable is changed to "on".

Vendor firmware won't accept any serial input until "uart_en" is
set to "1".

Using the https://github.com/acecilia/OpenWRTInvasion exploit you
can gain access to shell to enable these options:

To enable uart keyboard actions - 'nvram set uart_en=1'
To make uboot delay boot work - 'nvram set boot_wait=on'
Set boot delay to 5 - 'nvram set bootdelay=5'

Then run 'nvram commit' to make the changes permanent.

Once in the shell (following the OpenWRTInvasion instructions) you
can then run the following to flash OpenWrt and then reboot:

'cd /tmp; curl https://downloads.openwrt.org/...-sysupgrade.bin
  --output firmware.bin; mtd -e OS1 -r write firmware.bin OS1'

Suggested-by: David Bentham <db260179@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-12 17:18:26 +01:00
张鹏
448de2e2e5 ath79: add support for Qxwlan E600G v2 / E600GAC v2
E600G v2 based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531

Specification:

 - 650/600/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
 - 128/64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
 - 8/16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
 - 2T2R 2.4 GHz
 - 2 x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet(RJ45)
 - 1 x MiniPCI-e
 - 1 x SIM (3G/4G)
 - 5 x LED , 1 x Button(SW2-Reset Buttun), 1 x power input
 - UART(J100) header on PCB(115200 8N1)

E600GAC v2 based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 + QCA9887

Specification:

 - 650/600/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
 - 128/64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
 - 8/16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
 - 2T2R 2.4 GHz
 - 1T1R 5 GHz
 - 2 x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet(RJ45)
 - 6 x LED (one three-color led), 2 x Button(SW2-Reset Buttun),1 x power input
 - UART (J100)header on PCB(115200 8N1)

Flash instruction:

1.Using tftp mode with UART connection and original OpenWrt image
 - Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.10 and tftp server.
 - Rename "openwrt-ath79-generic-xxx-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin"
   to "firmware.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
 - Connect PC with one of LAN ports, power up the router and press
   key "Enter" to access U-Boot CLI.
 - Use the following commands to update the device to OpenWrt:
   run lfw
 - After that the device will reboot and boot to OpenWrt.
 - Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.

2.Using httpd mode with Web UI connection and original OpenWrt image
 - Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.xxx(2-255) and tftp server.
 - Connect PC with one of LAN ports,press the reset button, power up
   the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
   leds flashing.
 - Open your browser and enter 192.168.1.1,You will see the upgrade
   interface, select "openwrt-ath79-generic-xxx-squashfs-
   sysupgrade.bin" and click the upgrade button.
 - After that the device will reboot and boot to OpenWrt.
 - Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.

Signed-off-by: 张鹏 <sd20@qxwlan.com>
[rearrange in generic.mk, fix one case in 04_led_migration, update
commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-12 17:18:26 +01:00
Piotr Jurkiewicz
75401550c3 sunxi: fix board.d/01_leds permissions and drop include
The file lacks executable permissions, which makes it not being applied
during the first boot.

While at it, drop unneeded include.

Signed-off-by: Piotr Jurkiewicz <piotr.jerzy.jurkiewicz@gmail.com>
[do not touch board name handling, update commit message/title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-12 17:18:26 +01:00
James McGuire
de768829a5 ramips: add support for D-Link DIR-2640 A1
This patch adds support for D-Link DIR-2640 A1.

Specifications:
* Board: AP-MTKH7-0002
* SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT
* RAM: 256 MB (DDR3)
* Flash: 128 MB (NAND)
* WiFi: MediaTek MT7615N (x2)
* Switch: 1 WAN, 4 LAN (Gigabit)
* Ports: 1 USB 2.0, 1 USB 3.0
* Buttons: Reset, WPS
* LEDs: Power (blue/orange), Internet (blue/orange), WiFi 2.4G (blue),
        WiFi 5G (blue), USB 3.0 (blue), USB 2.0 (blue)

Notes:
* WiFi 2.4G and WiFi 5G LEDs are wired directly to the wireless chips

Installation:
* D-Link Recovery GUI: power down the router, press and hold the reset
  button, then re-plug it. Keep the reset button pressed until the power
  LED starts flashing orange, manually assign a static IP address under
  the 192.168.0.xxx subnet (e.g. 192.168.0.2) and go to http://192.168.0.1

* Some modern browsers may have problems flashing via the Recovery GUI,
  if that occurs consider uploading the firmware through cURL:

    curl -v -i -F "firmware=@file.bin" 192.168.0.1

MAC addresses:

lan   factory 0xe000     *:a7 (label)
wan   factory 0xe006     *:aa
2.4   factory 0xe000 +1  *:a8
5.0   factory 0xe000 +2  *:a9

Seems like vendor didn't replace the dummy entries in the calibration data.

Signed-off-by: James McGuire <jamesm51@gmail.com>
[fix device definition title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-11 17:35:10 +01:00
Yousong Zhou
c02096361c x86: upgrade: make code comment appear as log lines
The comment content can be useful for readers of both the log and code

Previously when dd command "records in/out" messages are not filtered
like now with get_image_dd, it's not clear that these messages are for
extracting boot sectors.  E.g.

Before

  == upgrade: Reading partition table from bootdisk...
  37+26 records in
  37+26 records out
  == upgrade: Reading partition table from image...

After

  == upgrade: Reading partition table from bootdisk...
  == upgrade: Extract boot sector from the image
  37+26 records in
  37+26 records out
  == upgrade: Reading partition table from image...

Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
2020-11-11 21:29:55 +08:00
Yousong Zhou
2e34cfbca7 x86: upgrade: use get_image_dd
Ref: https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=3140
Reported-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
2020-11-11 21:29:55 +08:00
Yousong Zhou
31a34076ed x86: upgrade: use v function for writting logs
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
2020-11-11 21:29:55 +08:00
John Audia
a47279154e kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.75
Manually rebased patches:
  bcm27xx:
    patches-5.4/950-0267-xhci-add-quirk-for-host-controllers-that-don-t-updat.patch
  bcm53xx:
    patches-5.4/180-usb-xhci-add-support-for-performing-fake-doorbell.patch
  layerscape:
    patches-5.4/802-can-0025-can-flexcan-add-LPSR-mode-support-for-i.MX7D.patch
    patches-5.4/808-i2c-0002-MLK-10893-i2c-imx-add-irqf_no_suspend.patch
    patches-5.4/820-usb-0016-MLK-16735-usb-host-add-XHCI_CDNS_HOST-flag.patch

Removed since could be reverse-applied by quilt:
  mediatek:
    patches-5.4/0700-arm-dts-mt7623-add-missing-pause-for-switchport.patch

All modifications made by update_kernel.sh

Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2711, x86_64
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800, x86_64

No dmesg regressions, everything functional

Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
Tested-by: Curtis Deptuck <curtdept@me.com> [x86_64]

Rebase of 802-can-0025-can-flexcan-add-LPSR-mode-support-for-i.MX7D.patch
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
2020-11-10 13:11:32 +01:00
Petr Štetiar
fe302d472a rtl838x: fine tune default package set
Althought most of the switches aren't routers, they can be used as such,
so let's add some of the packages from the router's DEVICE_TYPE. While
at it, remove swconfig package which is not needed on DSA targets.

Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-11-09 21:50:06 +01:00
Paul Spooren
2e282537d0 imagebuilder: fix sstrip
Without an absolute path to staging_dir/host/bin/sstrip the Makefile
tries to run a host installed version of sstrip, which is likely not
available.

Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
2020-11-09 10:54:30 +00:00
Petr Štetiar
e267445510 rtl838x: dts: use macros for phy and switch definitions
It's quite more readable, saves some tedious copy&pasting, not so
error prone etc.

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-11-09 09:14:02 +01:00
Petr Štetiar
0516aa398c rtl838x: rtl838x.dtsi: fix missing interrupt-parent for uart0
Fixes following dtc warning:

 Warning (interrupts_property): /uart@b8002000: Missing interrupt-parent

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-11-09 09:14:02 +01:00
Petr Štetiar
2ab6add9b9 rtl838x: rtl838x.dtsi: remove reg property from root node
Fixes following dtc warning:

 ../dts/rtl838x.dtsi:38.3-145.3: Warning (reg_format): /: Root node has a "reg" property

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-11-09 09:14:02 +01:00
Petr Štetiar
b5bd945733 rtl838x: add support for D-Link DGS-1210-28
Hardware specification
 ----------------------

 * RTL8382M SoC, 1 MIPS 4KEc core @ 500MHz
 * 128MB DRAM
 * 32MB NOR Flash (MX25L25635E)
 * 24 x 10/100/1000BASE-T ports
    - Internal PHY with 8 ports (RTL8218B)
    - Two external PHYs with 8 ports each (RTL8218B)
 * 4 x Gigabit RJ45/SFP Combo ports
    - External PHY with 4 SFP ports (RTL8214FC)
 * Power LED
 * Reset button on front panel
 * UART (115200 8N1) via unpopulated standard 0.1" pin header marked J6

 UART pinout
 -----------

  [oooo]J3 [o]ooo|J6
    |       ^ ||`------ GND
    |       | |`------- RX
    |       | `-------- TX
    |       `---------- Vcc (3V3)
    |
    `------------------ J3 is power input connector nearby J6 UART

 Boot initramfs image from U-Boot
 --------------------------------

  1. Press Escape key during `Hit Esc key to stop autoboot` prompt
  2. Press CTRL+C keys to get into real U-Boot prompt
  3. Init network with `rtk network on` command
  4. Load image with `tftpboot 0x8f000000 openwrt-rtl838x-generic-d-link_dgs-1210-28-initramfs-kernel.bin` command
  5. Boot the image with `bootm` command

To install, upload the sysupgrade image to the OEM webpage or sysupgrade
from the system running from initramfs image.

It has been developed and tested on device with F1 revision.

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-11-09 09:14:02 +01:00
Petr Štetiar
aeb26f8434 rtl838x: d-link_dgs-1210: refactor common family bits
So the common bits can be easily shared with other boards in the family
and while at it add missing SPDX license identifiers into the DTS files
and fixed alphabetic sorting of the devices in the images.

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-11-09 09:14:02 +01:00
Petr Štetiar
b1b8abaf58 rtl838x: clean whitespace issues in rtl8382_d-link_dgs-1210-16.dts
So it's tidy.

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-11-09 09:14:02 +01:00
Roman Kuzmitskii
dd651e54cc octeon: add support for Ubiquiti EdgeRouter 4
Ubiquiti EdgeRouter 4 is 4 port Octeon Cavium 7130 powered router.
It has internal power supply and needs c13 power cord.
There are three 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45/Copper ports and
one 1000 Mbps SFP port connected directly to a SoC.

SoC:
  Octeon Cavium 7130 (Cavium 3)
  Clocked at 1000Mhz

Memory:
  1 GiB (SK hynix H5TQ4G63CFR-RDC × 2)
  DDR3, clocked at 533 Mhz (1066Mhz effective)
Flash:
  - mtd:
    8 MiB (Macronix MX25L6408EMI-12G)
    used for uboot/eeprom
  - emmc:
    4 GiB (SanDisk SDIN7DP2-4G)
    used for kernel+rootfs
Leds: 1x for power status (white/blue, controllable)
  and 4x for ethernet and sfp ports (no control over them)
Buttons: 1x Reset (from SOC)
Serial: 1x RJ45 port on front panel. 115200 baud, 8N1 (from SoC)
USB: 1x USB3.0 on front panel (from SoC)
MII: 1x QSGMII from SoC is used
PHY: 1x Vitesse VSC8504 of which 4x ports is used

All physical port numbers are properly mapped inside OS and
named by lanX instead of ethX.

There is also special purpose four(4) loopX ports available.
That loopX ports are currently hardcoded by linux kernel
and exact use case of them is currently unknown. We leave them
to the linux kernel and octeon board defaults.

All four (4) physical ports are connected to the same QSGMII.
vsc8504 is used for phys and only 4, 5, 6 and 7 phys are used.

Phy mapping:
 - Phy5 is connected to physical eth0 port
 - Phy6 is connected to physical eth1 port
 - Phy7 is connected to physical eth2 port
 - Phy4 is connected to physical eth3 port

Why this device needs external dts:
 - faster boot time since need to initialize less device tree nodes.
 - to add actual indication with LED about boot/failure/upgrade.
   i.e. user could know when to enter failsafe mode or if upgrade is done
 - reset button support so user can reset their device in case off failure
 - sfp port indication in dmesg with information about sfp module
   it also indicates when module inserted or removed

Octeon quirks:
 - There is no port status available before it interface brought up
 - SFP port can not be tied to actual phy due to octeon-ethernet state
   and currently we can only get reports a about SFP state in dmesg

How to flash the firmware:
  - copy openwrt-octeon-ubnt_edgerouter-4-initramfs-kernel.bin and
    openwrt-octeon-ubnt_edgerouter-4-squashfs-sysupgrade.tar to
    USB flash drive that is formatted to vfat/fat32
  - connect USB flash drive to edgerouter 4 front USB port
  - connect serial cable using front RJ45 port (115200 baud, 8N1)
  - connect power to cable to edgerouter 4
  - connect terminal to the console to see uboot boot process
  - interrupt boot by pressing button(s) on your keyboard to log in to the uboot
  - detect usb connected flash drives by typing to the console:
    usb start
  - after drive is detected load initramfs+kernel to the memory by typing:
    fatload usb 0:1 0x20000000 openwrt-octeon-ubnt_edgerouter-4-initramfs-kernel.bin
  - after initramfs+kernel is loaded to the memory load it by typing:
    bootoctlinux 0 numcores=4 endbootargs mem=0
  - boot process should finish and you will be greeted with console after pressing enter
  - create directory to mount usb flash drive to by typing:
    mkdir /tmp/sda
  - mount flash drive to that directory by typing:
    mount /dev/sda1 /tmp/sda
  - flash firmware to router internal storage by typing:
    sysupgrade /tmp/sda/openwrt-octeon-ubnt_edgerouter-4-squashfs-sysupgrade.tar
  - device will reboot and after it gets up you will have edgerouter 4 running openwrt

Reviewed-by: Johannes Kimmel <fff@bareminimum.eu>
Tested-by: Johannes Kimmel <fff@bareminimum.eu>
Signed-off-by: Roman Kuzmitskii <damex.pp@icloud.com>
2020-11-05 19:29:48 +00:00
Roman Kuzmitskii
577ac8ce84 octeon: honor disabled sgmii device tree nodes
adds patch to octeon ethernet driver that lets sgmii interface
device tree node to be disabled and that disabled interface
won't be unnecessarily initialized.

It solves the problem with octeon boards that have 8 sgmii or more ports
initialized but have nothing connected to them.

Tested-by: Johannes Kimmel <fff@bareminimum.eu>
Signed-off-by: Roman Kuzmitskii <damex.pp@icloud.com>
2020-11-05 19:29:48 +00:00
Roman Kuzmitskii
a8ceda752c octeon: implement interface rename by label from device tree
adds patch to octeon ethernet driver that to rename interface
name by label from device tree

Tested-by: Johannes Kimmel <fff@bareminimum.eu>
Signed-off-by: Roman Kuzmitskii <damex.pp@icloud.com>
2020-11-05 19:29:48 +00:00
Roman Kuzmitskii
b9898cd78a generic: add support for vsc8504 phy
adds support for vsc8504 phy.
patch have use on 5.4 kernel and has
to be dropped after since phy is supported by
CONFIG_MICROSEMI_PHY on newer LTS kernels.

Tested-by: Johannes Kimmel <fff@bareminimum.eu>
Signed-off-by: Roman Kuzmitskii <damex.pp@icloud.com>
2020-11-05 19:29:48 +00:00
David Bauer
22be18effb ath79: streamline image-generation for OCEDO boards
Use the default sysupgrade generation procedure provided
by the target. The previously generated images had the rootfs not
aligned to an eraseblock.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-11-05 00:00:37 +01:00
David Bauer
6f1b8c652f rockchip: remove unused config symbols
Remove MDIO and I2C bitbangig support from the kernel.

These functionalities are currently not used by any board in the target.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-11-04 23:58:27 +01:00
David Bauer
3f05b5fda3 rockchip: fix NanoPi R2S GMAC clock name
This commit fixes the name for the GMAC clock to gmac_clkin, as this is
the name of the clock provided by the rk3328-clk driver.

Without this commit, the GMAC will not work in TX direction.

Suggested-by: Tobias Waldvogel <tobias.waldvogel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-11-04 23:58:13 +01:00
Anton Ryzhov
df469befdc ramips: fix kernel oops in mt7621_nfc_write_page_hwecc
`mt7621_nfc_write_page_hwecc` may be called with `buf=NULL`, but
`mt7621_nfc_check_empty_page` always tries to read it.
That caused Oops:
`Unable to handle kernel paging request at virtual address 00000000`

Fixes: FS#3416
Signed-off-by: Anton Ryzhov <anton@ryzhov.me>
2020-11-04 22:08:11 +08:00
Adrian Schmutzler
df9ee254aa ath79: remove redundant setup of wmac for ubnt WA devices
Several Ubiquiti WA devices set up &wmac again in their DTS files,
although this is already done in ar9342_ubnt_wa.dtsi.

Fixes: fa3c2676ab ("ath79: Add support for Ubiquiti Nanostation AC")
Fixes: cf5a1abe46 ("ath79: define 2.4GHz radio for nanostation ac loco")
Fixes: 09804da80a ("ath79: define 2.4GHz radio for litebeam ac gen2")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-03 18:34:10 +01:00
Nick Hainke
28a211808a ath79: create DTSI files for ubnt WA 1-/2-port devices
The ar9342 Ubiquiti WA devices appear to only have two different
network setups, based on the number of ethernet ports.
Create DTSI files for them to consolidate duplicate definitions.

Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
[rephrase commit message/title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-03 18:34:10 +01:00
Nick Hainke
50a76208bc ath79: fix nanobeam ac ethernet interface
In 4.14 the delays were not cleared, so setting "rgmii" as phy-mode
did not affect delays set by the bootloader. With 5.4 kernel the
situation changed and the ethernet interface stopped working.

"rgmii" requires rx and tx delays depending on the hardware circuit
and wiring. The mac or the phy can add these delays.
- "rgmii":  delays are controlled by the mac
- "rgmii-id": delays are controlled by the phy
More Information in Linux Kernel Tree:
Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet-controller.yaml

"rgmii" should be the preferred mode, which allows the mac layer to
turn off the dealys completely if they are not needed. However, the
delays are not set correctly, which causes the ethernet interface
to be broken. Just taking the ethernetpart from the litebeam ac gen2
will fix the issue.

Explained-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
2020-11-03 18:34:04 +01:00
John Crispin
f5772d71a4 rtl838x: remove the swconfig setup from the board.d code
the code currently sets up uci for swconfig which we do not use.

Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2020-11-03 17:46:40 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
54fad3f32b kernel: add disabled CONFIG_IP6_NF_TARGET_MASQUERADE
In kernel commit adf82accc5f5 ("netfilter: x_tables: merge ip and
ipv6 masquerade modules") the config symbols IP_NF_TARGET_MASQUERADE
and IP6_NF_TARGET_MASQUERADE have been demoted to simple backwards-
compat options for NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_MASQUERADE.

In netfilter.mk, this has already been updated in OpenWrt commit
d1592306cc ("netfilter.mk: use CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_MASQUERADE"),
having us use the new config symbol.

However, enabling IP_NF_NAT or IP6_NF_NAT still makes the relevant
legacy options selectable, so we need to disable them in generic
config (and forget about them afterwards).
Since CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_MASQUERADE is already present there, this
just adds the missing CONFIG_IP6_NF_TARGET_MASQUERADE.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-02 18:14:20 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
89a2a6c870 kernel: drop obsolete symbol CONFIG_NF_NAT_IPV6
Kernel has removed the symbols CONFIG_NF_NAT_IPV4 and
CONFIG_NF_NAT_IPV6 in favor of CONFIG_NF_NAT in commit
3bf195ae6037 ("netfilter: nat: merge nf_nat_ipv4,6 into nat core").

This drops the obsolete symbol CONFIG_NF_NAT_IPV6 from generic
config-5.4.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-02 17:27:05 +01:00
Lech Perczak
52d3b027ec ath79: ubnt-unifi: make u-boot-env partition read-only
This partition isn't normally modified during boot process. Make it
read-only to prevent accidental overwrite.
If needed this can be overriden with installing kmod-mtd-rw; the same
way as for installing modified U-boot.

Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
2020-11-02 16:33:25 +01:00
Lech Perczak
7d93473eff ath79: ubnt-xm: make u-boot-env partition read-only
This partition isn't normally modified during boot process. Make it
read-only to prevent accidental overwrite.
If needed this can be overriden with installing kmod-mtd-rw; the same
way as for installing modified U-boot.

Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
2020-11-02 16:33:25 +01:00
John Audia
71b2b32f98 kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.74
Removed upstreamed patches:
 mvebu/patches-5.4
   409-phy-marvell-comphy-Convert-internal-SMCC-firmware-re.patch

All modifications made by update_kernel.sh

Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2711, x86_64
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800, x86_64, lantiq/Easybox 904 xDSL

No dmesg regressions, everything functional

Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
Tested-by: Curtis Deptuck <curtdept@me.com> [x86_64 build/run]
[added lantiq test report]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-02 16:33:25 +01:00
Yousong Zhou
bd0b820068 x86: fix touching bootloader "upgraded" mark
The mount point is "/tmp/boot", the path in the boot partition is
"/boot/grub/upgraded".

Origin of this mark b9c1cf16 ("x86: add preinit hook for bootloader
upgrade")

Fixes 32f675ca ("x86: fix grub-bios-setup fail during sysupgrade")

Ref: https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=3140
Reported-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
2020-11-02 21:09:22 +08:00
Petr Štetiar
ec0ec0428e sdk: fix missing include directories
It's not possible to compile some applications which are using
`-Werror=missing-include-dirs` compiler flags with the SDK as some
target directories are missing in the SDK tarball:

 cc1: error: staging_dir/target/usr/include: No such file or directory [-Werror=missing-include-dirs]
 cc1: error: staging_dir/target/include: No such file or directory [-Werror=missing-include-dirs]

Fix this by adding the missing directories in the SDK.

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-11-02 08:39:49 +01:00
David Bauer
e73d866c6f ipq40xx: enable RX hash / CTAG TX offloading for single-phy
This re-enables offloading features disabled by
commit 9da2b56760 ("ipq40xx: fix ethernet vlan double tagging").

Single-PHY devices use port-based VLANs on the switch, therefore no
S-TAG magic is involved here. Re-enabling these features restores
throughput back to 950 Mbit/s.

Reported-by: Jannis Pinter <jannis@pinterjann.is>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-11-01 15:30:22 +01:00
David Bauer
4c5eb1040f ath79: use correct firmware name for UniFi AP
The Ubiquiti UniFi AP does not have a AHB connected radio but a PCI one.
Also the EEPROM ist only 0x440 bytes of length.

Reported-by: Martin Weinelt <martin@darmstadt.freifunk.net>
Tested-by: Martin Weinelt <martin@darmstadt.freifunk.net>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-11-01 15:30:05 +01:00
David Bauer
d011952d19 ath79: remove AT803X config symbol from subtargets
The AT803X_PHY kernel config symbol is already enabled target-wide. SO
it does not have to be enabled for individual subtargets.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-11-01 15:29:58 +01:00
David Bauer
c741ca5291 ath79: drop upstreamed patch
Patch was upstreamed a long time ago (over 2 years) as commit
a08227a206b8d ("MIPS: ath79: select the PINCTRL subsystem").

When porting this patch to a newer kernel, nobody noticed we now patch a
Broadcom platform. This is clearly not intended. So drop this patch and
pretend nothing ever happened.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-11-01 15:29:06 +01:00
John Audia
b4c02c9998 kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.73
Removed upstreamed patches:
 generic/pending-5.4
   445-mtd-spinand-gigadevice-Only-one-dummy-byte-in-QUA.patch
   446-mtd-spinand-gigadevice-Add-QE-Bit.patch
 pistachio/patches-5.4
   150-pwm-img-Fix-null-pointer-access-in-probe.patch

Manually rebased:
 layerscape/patches-5.4
   801-audio-0011-Revert-ASoC-fsl_sai-add-of_match-data.patch
   801-audio-0039-MLK-16224-6-ASoC-fsl_sai-fix-DSD-suspend-resume.patch
   801-audio-0073-MLK-21957-3-ASoC-fsl_sai-add-bitcount-and-timestamp-.patch
   820-usb-0009-usb-dwc3-Add-workaround-for-host-mode-VBUS-glitch-wh.patch

All modifications made by update_kernel.sh

Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2711,
              mvebu (mamba, rango), x86_64, ramips/mt7621
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800, mvebu (mamba, rango), x86_64, ramips (RT-AC57U)

No dmesg regressions, everything functional

Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
[alter 820-usb-0009-usb-dwc3-Add-workaround-for-host-mode-VBUS-glitch-wh]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-01 14:44:06 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
2aa558c49a target: remove obsolete kernel version switches for 4.19
This removes unneeded kernel version switches from the targets after
kernel 4.19 has been dropped.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-30 19:45:24 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
2785126650 kernel: remove support for kernel 4.19
We use 5.4 on all targets by default, and 4.19 has never been released
in a stable version. There is no reason to keep it.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-30 19:29:59 +01:00
Johannes Kimmel
3824fa26d2 octeon: disable edgerouter image
This patch disables the image for edgerouter devices by default, since
it isn't able to boot at the moment.

Currently the edgerouter image won't boot. Current kernels have an
option CONFIG_CAVIUM_CN63XXP1 that needs to be enabled for this chip.

If the kernel was compiled without this option, following message is
displayed and the machine reboots:

[   36.778028] Kernel panic - not syncing: OCTEON II DCache prefetch workaround not in place (cfa0000c).
[   36.778028] Please build kernel with proper options (CONFIG_CAVIUM_CN63XXP1).
[   36.794398] Rebooting in 1 seconds..

This was last confirmed on 2020-10-29.

The description of this option states, that enabling it will possibly
cause performance issues on other chips.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Kimmel <fff@bareminimum.eu>
2020-10-30 19:26:09 +01:00
Daniel Golle
37ef2197e6 kernel: move kmod-i2c-bcm-iproc to I2C menu
A typo resulted in that module having it's own menu.
Move it into the I2C menu as it was most likely intended.

Fixes: 1291274335 ("kernel: package bcm53xx i2c module")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2020-10-30 15:47:52 +00:00
Paul Spooren
04757f964b build,IB: reload packages/ only if existing
With the fix of external kmod feeds it is possible to ship the
ImageBuilder without any packages except the pseudo packages kernel and
libc. Therefore the local package feeds becomes optional.

This commit adds a check to the package_reload function to only run if
the local feed is existing.

Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
2020-10-30 00:39:09 +00:00
Paul Spooren
2999f810ff build,IB: include kmods only in local builds
The buildbots generate a kmod archive which should be used instead of a
local copy. This is possible due to the introduction of a kernelversion
specific feed.

This commit adds the ability of using only signed package feeds.

Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
2020-10-30 00:39:09 +00:00
John Thomson
e91344776b ath79: mikrotik: use vmlinuz (zBoot ELF)
- minimal built initramfs: 10MB vmlinux ELF -> 6MB vmlinuz
- ~5 seconds for kernel decompression, which was equivalent to the
  additional time to load the uncompressed ELF from SPI NOR.
- Removes requirement for lzma-loader, which may have been causing some
  image builds to fail to boot on Mikrotik mt7621.

Suggested-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Signed-off-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
2020-10-29 21:35:03 +08:00
John Thomson
254f51443d mt7621: mikrotik: use vmlinuz (zBoot ELF)
- minimal built initramfs: 11MB vmlinux ELF -> 4.5MB vmlinuz
- ~5 seconds for kernel decompression, which was equivalent to the
  additional time to load the uncompressed ELF from SPI NOR.
- Removes requirement for lzma-loader, which may have been causing some
  image builds to fail to boot on Mikrotik mt7621.

Fixes: FS#3354
Suggested-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Signed-off-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
2020-10-29 21:35:03 +08:00
Chuanhong Guo
c063e27e02 kernel: mips: zboot: put appended dtb into a section
This will make a separated section for dtb appear in ELF, and we can
then use objcopy to patch a dtb into vmlinuz when RAW_APPENDED_DTB
is set in kernel config.

command to patch a dtb:
objcopy --set-section-flags=.appended_dtb=alloc,contents \
        --update-section=.appended_dtb=<target>.dtb vmlinuz vmlinuz-dtb

Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
2020-10-29 21:34:56 +08:00
Chuanhong Guo
42af05ca1f ramips: add linux zboot support
linux-mips has zboot code which can create a self-extracting kernel
image.
This allows enabling kernel zboot support for ramips targets.

Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
2020-10-29 21:20:10 +08:00
Nuno Goncalves
2a860bf4f4 ramips: add support for Wavlink WL-WN530HG4
Same hardware as Phicomm K2G but different flash layout.

Specification:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7620A
- Flash: 8 MB
- RAM: 64 MB
- Ethernet: 4 FE ports and 1 GE port (RTL8211F on port 5)
- Wireless radio: MT7620 for 2.4G and MT7612E for 5G, both equipped
  with external PA.
- UART: 1 x UART on PCB - 57600 8N1

Flash instruction:
To avoid requiring UART for TFTP a dual flash procedure is suggested
to install the squashfs image:
1. Rename openwrt-ramips-mt7620-wavlink_wl-wn530hg4-initramfs-kernel.bin
   to WN530HG4-WAVLINK.
2. Flash this file with the factory web interface.
3. With OpenWRT now running use standard sysupgrade to install the
   squashfs image.

Signed-off-by: Nuno Goncalves <nunojpg@gmail.com>
[remove dts-v1, remove model from LED labels, wrap commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-27 21:20:16 +01:00
Tony Ambardar
29804086ee malta: relocate CPU_TYPE setting to subtarget makefiles
Move CPU_TYPE:=24kc (32-bit) from the top-level target makefile to the
be/le subtarget makefiles, which is consistent with the 64-bit subtargets.

Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
2020-10-27 21:01:13 +01:00
Leon Maurice Adam
6c85a449a9 lantiq: add support for AVM FRITZ!Box 7430
Hardware:
- SoC: Lantiq VRX 220
- CPU: 2x MIPS 34Kc 500 MHz
- RAM: 128 MiB 250 MHz
- Flash: 128 MiB NAND
- Ethernet: Built-in Fast Ethernet switch, 4 ports used
- Wifi: Atheros AR9381-AL1A b/g/n with 2 pcb/internal and 1 external antennas
- USB: 1x USB 2.0
- DSL: Built-in A/VDSL2 modem
- DECT: Dialog SC14441
- LEDs: 1 two-color, 4 one-color
- Buttons: 1x DECT, 1x WIFI
- Telephone connectors: 1 FXS port via TAE or RJ11 connector

With the exception of FXS/DECT everything works
(there are no drivers for AVM's FXS or DECT implementation),
DSL is yet untested.

Installation:
Boot up the device and wait a few seconds. Run the eva_ramboot.py script
in scripts/flashing/ to load the initramfs image on the device:
$ ./scripts/flashing/eva_ramboot.py 192.168.178.1 <path to your initramfs image>
If the script fails to reach the device, maybe try 169.254.120.1.

Wait until booting is complete. You should now be able to reach your device
under the default ip address 192.168.1.1.

Before flashing, check if linux_fs_start is not set to 1 in the tffs partition:
$ fritz_tffs_nand -d /dev/mtd1 -n linux_fs_start
If linux_fs_start is 1, you will need to reset it to 0, either by FTP,
upgrading FritzOS or doing a recovery.

Now you should be able to flash the device using sysupgrade.

Signed-off-by: Leon Maurice Adam <leon.adam@aol.de>
Acked-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
[drop BOARD_NAME, use wpad-basic-wolfssl, drop 4.19, drop dts-v1,
remove model prefix from LED names]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-27 13:40:09 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
c19c15f330 lantiq: fix indent in vr9_avm_fritz7412.dts
Indent should be tabs.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-27 13:33:21 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
c4ab1b7dd9 bcm63xx: reorganize board patches into fewer files
At the moment, bcm63xx creates one patch for each board to add to
board_bcm963xx.c. While this is not really helpful to get an overview
in the first place, it is particularly painful if you want to change
something for an early file and have to refresh all the later patches
accordingly.

Since it does not look like these board patches are upstreamed either,
this commit consolidates all board additions into one patch per "board".
By this, both adding and editing boards should become much simpler,
and we drop about 1300 lines of "code" from patches as well.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-26 23:48:08 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
8087499ac5 ath79: enable upgrade from ar71xx for Qxwlan devices
This supports upgrade from ar71xx for the recently added Qxwlan
devices E1700AC v2, E558 v2, E750A v4 and E750G v8.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-26 21:07:22 +01:00
Roman Kuzmitskii
733700c652 octeon: use dedicated function to move config backup
All octeon devices use the same or a very similar way to backup
and restore configuration.

We expect to have more devices added and in order to stop
repeating ourselves move the logic to a separate function.

While at it, add a few checks.

Signed-off-by: Roman Kuzmitskii <damex.pp@icloud.com>
[commit message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-26 21:07:22 +01:00
Felix Fietkau
a4c1c169c3 sdk: keep the linux package in the same subdir as in the main build system
Fixes: 953435795d ("build: always build package/kernel/linux")
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-10-26 02:36:02 +01:00
Nick Hainke
c9e9b8c342 ath79: fix block protection clearing
The block protection bits of macronix do not match the implementation.
The chip has 3 BP bits. Bit 5 is actually the third BP but here the
5th bit is SR_TB. Therefore the patch adds SR_TB to the mask. In the
4.19er kernel the whole register was simply set to 0.

The wrong implementation did not remove the block protection. This led
to jffs2 errors in the form of:
"jffs2: Newly-erased block contained word 0x19852003 at offset 0x..."
This caused inconsistent memory and other errors.

Suggested-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
2020-10-26 02:35:55 +01:00
Yangbo Lu
c1130c7a6b layerscape: several kernel fix-ups from NXP linux factory
NXP linux factory unifies one linux kernel for i.MX, Layerscape and
S32 platforms. It provides a common code base for their SDKs.

Add several kernel patches for bug fix from linux factory last release.

Git: https://source.codeaurora.org/external/qoriq/qoriq-components/linux
Tag: LTS-5.4.47-20200828

Signed-off-by: Biwen Li <biwen.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
2020-10-26 00:40:12 +01:00
Biwen Li
3b94a39c14 layerscape: update kernel to LSDK-20.04-V5.4-update-290520
Update kernel from LSDK-20.04-V5.4 to LSDK-20.04-V5.4-update-290520.
Only two patches added for Layerscape.

LSDK kernel link
https://source.codeaurora.org/external/qoriq/qoriq-components/linux/

Signed-off-by: Biwen Li <biwen.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
2020-10-26 00:40:12 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
46fd198338 layerscape: harmonize wrapping for IMAGE/* definitions
Always keep the first line empty for multi-line IMAGE/* definitions.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-26 00:40:12 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
48a634a41f layerscape: create shared definitions for sdboot devices
This moves a few shared variables for SD-Boot devices into common
definitions in order to reduce duplicate code.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-26 00:40:12 +01:00
Pawel Dembicki
a254279a6c layerscape: Change to combined rootfs on sd images
At this moment layerscape images are ext4 only. It causes problem with
save changes durring sysupgrade and make "firstboot" and failsafe mode
useless.

This patch changes sd-card images to squashfs + f2fs combined images.
To make place, for saving config, kernel space ar now ext4 partition
with fit kernel.

This method of image generation is similar to rest of OpenWrt sd-card
targets.

Reviewed-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[reword README, reword DEVICE_COMPAT_MESSAGE, keep original indent]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-26 00:40:12 +01:00
Pawel Dembicki
c51f8030b6 layerscape: fix platform_copy_config function
At this moment platform_copy_config function is used for every device
and function "export_partdevice" without "export_bootdevice" causes
multiple errors like that:
"sh: 1: unknown operand"

This patch fix usage of export_partdevice and split platform_copy_config
for sd-card images.

Fixes: 0841b68c91 ("layerscape: support sysupgrade for SD card ext4
rootfs")

Reviewed-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
2020-10-26 00:40:12 +01:00
Pawel Dembicki
3605eff881 layerscape: add dtb to sysupgrade
At this moment sysupgrade replaces only kernel and rootfs.

This patch add dtb part to sysupgrade images to avoid situation
when old dtb make system broken.

Is possible to sysupgrade older images for NOR devices:
1. Firmware partition in bootargs need to be updated to:
   "49m@0xf00000(firmware)". Env should be saved after changes.
2. After step one, "sysupgrade -F" will work.

Run tested: LS1046A-RDB

Reviewed-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[bump PKG_RELEASE for uboot-layerscape]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-26 00:40:12 +01:00
Pawel Dembicki
6180005deb layerscape: fix sd-card sysupgrade
So far, kernel has not been written correctly to SD card during
sysupgrade, as both target path and offset were wrong.

This patch fixes it, and adds some descriptive output on the way.

Fixes: 0841b68c91 ("layerscape: support sysupgrade for SD card ext4
rootfs")

Reviewed-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[alter/extend commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-26 00:40:12 +01:00
Nick Hainke
09804da80a ath79: define 2.4GHz radio for litebeam ac gen2
The litebeam ac gen2 has a 2.4GHz management radio.

Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
2020-10-25 16:04:56 +01:00
Nick Hainke
cf5a1abe46 ath79: define 2.4GHz radio for nanostation ac loco
The nanostation ac loco has a 2.4GHz management radio.

Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
2020-10-25 16:04:52 +01:00
Nick Hainke
a181dbc2e3 ath79: fix nanostation ac loco ethernet interface
In 4.14 the delays were not cleared, so setting "rgmii" as phy-mode
did not affect delays set by the bootloader. With 5.4 kernel the
situation changed and the ethernet interface stopped working.

Just taking the ethernetpart from the litebeam ac gen2 will fix
the issue.

Explained-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
2020-10-25 16:04:31 +01:00
Jianhui Zhao
63ab77d0eb ramips: mt7621: use lzma-loader for U7621-06
The U7621-06 fails to boot if the kernel is large.
Enabling lzma-loader resolves the issue.

Signed-off-by: Jianhui Zhao <zhaojh329@gmail.com>
2020-10-25 22:30:02 +08:00
Chuanhong Guo
23be410b3d ramips: add support for TOTOLINK X5000R
Specifications:
- SoC: MT7621AT
- RAM: 256MB
- Flash: 16MB (EN25QH128A)
- Ethernet: 5xGbE
- WiFi: MT7915 2x2 2.4G 573.5Mbps + 2x2 5G 1201Mbps

Known issue:
MT7915 DBDC variant isn't supported yet.

Flash instruction:
Upload the sysupgrade firmware to the firmware upgrade page in
vendor fw.

Other info:
MT7915 seems to have two PCIEs connected to MT7621. Card detected on
PCIE0 has an ID of 14c3:7916 and the other one on PCIE1 has 14c3:7915.

Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
2020-10-25 22:27:44 +08:00
Yousong Zhou
4c21415350 generic: 5.4: make nf nat masquerade in unset state by default
Upstream linux 5.1 commit d1aca8ab ("netfilter: nat: merge ipv4 and ipv6
masquerade functionality") replaces the following 2 options

 - CONFIG_NF_NAT_MASQUERADE_IPV4
 - CONFIG_NF_NAT_MASQUERADE_IPV6

with CONFIG_NF_NAT_MASQUERADE.  The new option is one without prompt and
will be selected by CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_MASQUERADE introduced
still later in 5.2.

Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
2020-10-24 22:28:37 +08:00
John Audia
dd20ba98e7 kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.72
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh

Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2711
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800

No dmesg regressions, everything functional

Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
2020-10-20 03:01:27 +02:00
Richard Fröhning
33b76d66d1 ramips: add support for TP-Link RE200 v4
TP-Link RE200 v4 is a wireless range extender with Ethernet and 2.4G and 5G
WiFi with internal antennas.
It's based on MediaTek MT7628AN+MT7610EN like the v2/v3.

Specifications
--------------

- MediaTek MT7628AN (580 Mhz)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz and 1T1R 5 GHz
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 8x LED (GPIO-controlled), 2x button
- UART connection holes on PCB (57600 8n1)

There are 2.4G and 5G LEDs in red and green which are controlled
separately.

MAC addresses
-------------

The MAC address assignment matches stock firmware, i.e.:

LAN : *:8E
2.4G: *:8D
5G  : *:8C

MAC address assignment has been done according to the RE200 v2.

The label MAC address matches the OpenWrt ethernet address.

Installation
------------

Web Interface
-------------

It is possible to upgrade to OpenWrt via the web interface. Simply flash
the -factory.bin from OEM. In contrast to a stock firmware, this will not
overwrite U-Boot.

Recovery
--------

Unfortunately, this devices does not offer a recovery mode or a tftp
installation method. If the web interface upgrade fails, you have to open
your device and attach serial console.

Instructions for serial console and recovery may be checked out in
commit 6d6f36ae78 ("ramips: add support for TP-Link RE200 v2") or on
the device's Wiki page.

Signed-off-by: Richard Fröhning <misanthropos@gmx.de>
[removed empty line, fix commit message formatting]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-10-20 03:01:13 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
21cf17bb4c lantiq: remove support for kernel 4.19
The target uses 5.4 as default kernel since 06/2020.

Kernel 4.19 support is not really maintained anymore, it does not
seem to be needed and upcoming changes (mainly DSA) will break
backward-compatibility anyway.

Thus, make maintaining of old stuff and reviewing of new stuff
easier by removing support for kernel 4.19.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-19 15:57:40 +02:00
Ansuel Smith
f47cb405ca ipq806x: fix pci broken on bootm command
Pci is broken when bootm is used instead of the custom bootipq. This
is caused by the lack of reset by the bootloader. Make the driver do
the reset to fix this specific problem.

Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
2020-10-19 15:46:17 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
29ca10e537 ipq806x: remove support for kernel 4.19
The target uses 5.4 as default kernel since 04/2020.

Kernel 4.19 support is not really maintained anymore, and there has
been a lot of changes between 4.19 and 5.4 on this target. Despite,
new devices are typically added for 5.4 only anyway.

Thus, make maintaining of old stuff and reviewing of new stuff
easier by removing support for kernel 4.19.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-19 15:37:54 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
a7afeb3142 ipq40xx: remove support for kernel 4.19
The target uses 5.4 as default kernel since 03/2020.

Kernel 4.19 support is not really maintained anymore, it does not
seem to be needed, and removing it will make upcoming driver
updates easier. Thus, remove it.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-19 15:30:44 +02:00
John Crispin
c78e123d5a rtl838x: various fixes
* add d-link_dgs-1210-10p support
* make sure mips16 is disabled
* add a generic sub target
* add proper cflags

Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2020-10-19 14:53:27 +02:00
Jayantajit Gogoi
e6d9f6fdff sunxi: add support for FriendlyARM NanoPi R1
Specification:

- CPU: Allwinner H3, Quad-core Cortex-A7 Up to 1.2GHz
- DDR3 RAM: 512MB/1GB
- Network:
    10/100/1000M Ethernet x 1,
    10/100M Ethernet x 1
- WiFi: 802.11b/g/n, with SMA antenna interface
- USB Host: Type-A x2
- MicroSD Slot x 1
- MicroUSB: for OTG and power input
- Debug Serial Port: 3Pin 2.54mm pitch pin-header
- LED:
    nanopi:red:status
    nanopi:green:wan
    nanopi:green:lan
- KEY:
    reset
- Power Supply: DC 5V/2A

Installation:

- Write the image to SD Card with dd
- Boot NanoPi from the SD Card

Signed-off-by: Jayantajit Gogoi <jayanta.gogoi525@gmail.com>
2020-10-18 15:46:42 +02:00
张鹏
4ff7bdfeeb ath79: add support for Qxwlan E1700AC v2
E1700AC v2 based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9563 + QCA9880.

Specification:

 - 750/400/250 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
 - 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
 - 8/16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
 - 3T3R 2.4 GHz
 - 3T3R 5 GHz
 - 2 x 10/1000M Mbps Ethernet (RJ45)
 - 1 x MiniPCI-e
 - 1 x SIM (3G/4G)
 - 1 x USB 2.0 Port
 - 5 x LED , 2 x Button(S8-Reset Buttun), 1 x power input
 - UART (J5) header on PCB (115200 8N1)

Flash instruction:

   1.Using tftp mode with UART connection and original LEDE image
      - Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.10 and tftp server.
      - Rename "openwrt-ar71xx-generic-xxx-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin"
        to "firmware.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
      - Connect PC with one of LAN ports, power up the router and press
        key "Enter" to access U-Boot CLI.
      - Use the following commands to update the device to LEDE:
        run lfw
      - After that the device will reboot and boot to LEDE.
      - Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.

   2.Using httpd mode with Web UI connection and original LEDE image
      - Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.xxx(2-255) and tftp server.
      - Connect PC with one of LAN ports,press the reset button, power up
        the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
        leds flashing.
      - Open your browser and enter 192.168.1.1,You will see the upgrade
        interface, select "openwrt-ar71xx-generic-xxx-squashfs-
        sysupgrade.bin" and click the upgrade button.
      - After that the device will reboot and boot to LEDE.
      - Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.

Signed-off-by: 张鹏 <sd20@qxwlan.com>
[cut out of bigger patch, keep swconfig, whitespace fixes]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-17 20:18:00 +02:00
张鹏
987d9028e1 ath79: add support for Qxwlan E558 v2
Qxwlan E558 v2 is based on Qualcomm QCA9558 + AR8327.

Specification:

 - 720/600/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
 - 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
 - 8/16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
 - 2T2R 2.4 GHz (QCA9558)
 - 3x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet (one port with PoE support)
 - 4x miniPCIe slot (USB 2.0 bus only)
 - 1x microSIM slot
 - 5x LED (4 driven by GPIO)
 - 1x button (reset)
 - 1x 3-pos switch
 - 1x DC jack for main power input (9-48 V)
 - UART (JP5) and LEDs (J8) headers on PCB

Flash instruction:

   1.Using tftp mode with UART connection and original LEDE image
      - Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.10 and tftp server.
      - Rename "openwrt-ar71xx-generic-xxx-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin"
        to "firmware.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
      - Connect PC with one of LAN ports, power up the router and press
        key "Enter" to access U-Boot CLI.
      - Use the following commands to update the device to LEDE:
        run lfw
      - After that the device will reboot and boot to LEDE.
      - Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.

   2.Using httpd mode with Web UI connection and original LEDE image
      - Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.xxx(2-255) and tftp server.
      - Connect PC with one of LAN ports,press the reset button, power up
        the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
        leds flashing.
      - Open your browser and enter 192.168.1.1,You will see the upgrade
        interface, select "openwrt-ar71xx-generic-xxx-squashfs-
        sysupgrade.bin" and click the upgrade button.
      - After that the device will reboot and boot to LEDE.
      - Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.

Signed-off-by: 张鹏 <sd20@qxwlan.com>
[cut out of bigger patch, keep swconfig, whitespace adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-17 20:17:59 +02:00
张鹏
27a7d071c0 ath79: add support for Qxwlan E750G v8
Qxwlan E750G v8 is based on Qualcomm QCA9344 + QCA9334.

Specification:

 - 560/450/225 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
 - 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
 - 8/16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
 - 2T2R 2.4G GHz (AR9344)
 - 2x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet (one port with PoE support)
 - 7x LED (6 driven by GPIO)
 - 1x button (reset)
 - 1x DC jack for main power input (9-48 V)
 - UART (J23) and LEDs (J2) headers on PCB

Flash instruction:

   1.Using tftp mode with UART connection and original LEDE image
      - Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.10 and tftp server.
      - Rename "openwrt-ar71xx-generic-xxx-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin"
        to "firmware.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
      - Connect PC with one of LAN ports, power up the router and press
        key "Enter" to access U-Boot CLI.
      - Use the following commands to update the device to LEDE:
        run lfw
      - After that the device will reboot and boot to LEDE.
      - Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.

   2.Using httpd mode with Web UI connection and original LEDE image
      - Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.xxx(2-255) and tftp server.
      - Connect PC with one of LAN ports,press the reset button, power up
        the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
        leds flashing.
      - Open your browser and enter 192.168.1.1,You will see the upgrade
        interface, select "openwrt-ar71xx-generic-xxx-squashfs-
        sysupgrade.bin" and click the upgrade button.
      - After that the device will reboot and boot to LEDE.
      - Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.

Signed-off-by: 张鹏 <sd20@qxwlan.com>
[cut out of bigger patch, keep swconfig]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-17 20:17:59 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
4a0688ed71 base-files: remove block2mtd checks from sysupgrade
This hasn't been used in a long time

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-10-17 16:43:17 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
93f98b2835 kernel: remove obsolete non-upstream block2mtd patches
Since block2mtd is not used for firmware images anymore, these patches
are no longer needed

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-10-17 16:43:17 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
b59d5c8f0e mediatek: rewrite flow offload code
The code is now much cleaner and works better than the old code.
Preparation for submitting it upstream (though with a different API)
Also add back MT7621 support and fix flow table coherence issues on
MT7622

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-10-16 21:37:39 +02:00
Peng Zhang
5666ca913a ath79: add support for Qxwlan E750A v4
Qxwlan E750A v4 is based on Qualcomm QCA9344.

Specification:

 - 560/450/225 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
 - 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
 - 8/16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
 - 2T2R 5G GHz (AR9344)
 - 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (one port with PoE support)
 - 1x miniPCIe slot (USB 2.0 bus only)
 - 7x LED (6 driven by GPIO)
 - 1x button (reset)
 - 1x DC jack for main power input (9-48 V)
 - UART (J23) and LEDs (J2) headers on PCB

Flash instruction:

   1.Using tftp mode with UART connection and original LEDE image
      - Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.10 and tftp server.
      - Rename "openwrt-ar71xx-generic-xxx-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin"
        to "firmware.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
      - Connect PC with one of LAN ports, power up the router and press
        key "Enter" to access U-Boot CLI.
      - Use the following commands to update the device to LEDE:
        run lfw
      - After that the device will reboot and boot to LEDE.
      - Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.

   2.Using httpd mode with Web UI connection and original LEDE image
      - Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.xxx(2-255) and tftp server.
      - Connect PC with one of LAN ports,press the reset button, power up
        the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
        leds flashing.
      - Open your browser and enter 192.168.1.1,You will see the upgrade
        interface, select "openwrt-ar71xx-generic-xxx-squashfs-
        sysupgrade.bin" and click the upgrade button.
      - After that the device will reboot and boot to LEDE.
      - Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.

Signed-off-by: Peng Zhang <sd20@qxwlan.com>
[cut out of bigger patch, alter use of DEVICE_VARIANT, merge case
in 01_leds, use lower case for v4]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-15 18:52:39 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
dec4a028ab rtl838x: remove model name from LED labels
Like in the previous patches for various targets, this removes
the "devicename" from LED labels in rtl838x, as it's useless and
only creates complexity.

Since the target is fresh and so far only system LEDs were added,
this does not add a migration script.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-15 17:54:31 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
a49c1aa883 rtl838x: move dts-v1 to DTSI
The syntax of the shared SoC DTSI file determines the DTS version,
so no need to repeat the "/dts-v1/;" identifier in every file.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-15 17:51:42 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
3679f8f933 sunxi: use wpad-basic-wolfssl for Sinovoip Banana Pi M2 Ultra
The idea of commit a14f5bb4bd was to use wpad-basic-wolfssl
consistently throughout the whole trunk, so use it here as well.

Fixes: 50fdddae05 ("BPi-M2U kernel modules for onboard WiFi")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-15 17:46:54 +02:00
John Audia
0efec6a008 kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.71
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh

Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2711,
              lantiq/Easybox 904 xDSL
Run-tested:   ipq806x/R7800, lantiq/Easybox 904 xDSL

No dmesg regressions, everything functional

Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
[add lantiq test reports]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-15 17:46:54 +02:00
John Crispin
479d1154c4 rtl838x: add DLink DGS-1210-16 support
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2020-10-15 13:36:10 +02:00
Birger Koblitz
076fdd9fec rtl838x: Fix firmware handling
Fix wrong magic number verification for FW files.
Correct handling of external RTL8218B firmware PHY name in firmware.

Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
2020-10-15 13:26:57 +02:00
Andreas Oberritter
f422488337 rtl838x: do not default to the router DEVICE_TYPE
The router profile installs many packages unnecessary for
the operation of a typical ethernet switch. Instead of creating
an empty switch profile upfront, use the basic profile until
a set of common packages crystallizes.

Signed-off-by: Andreas Oberritter <obi@saftware.de>
2020-10-15 08:32:31 +02:00
Andreas Oberritter
0c26c9395b rtl838x: bundle phy firmware with Linux kernel
Fixes long delay on boot when booting from flash. The driver waits
for one minute for userspace to load firmware, before it becomes
available.

Signed-off-by: Andreas Oberritter <obi@saftware.de>
2020-10-15 08:32:31 +02:00
Birger Koblitz
121ef9ddc9 rtl838x: Add support for RTL839x internal PHY
This adds basic support for reading the internal PHYs of the RTL839x SoCs
and full support for the 2 PHYs connected to the 1000Base-X SerDes of
the RTL8393 SoC.

Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
2020-10-15 08:32:23 +02:00
Birger Koblitz
3c4063f715 rtl838x: Add irq settings for RTL839x SoCs
This adds correct interrupt routing settings for IRQs on the RTL839x SoCs.
It also speeds up irq handling based on work by biot for all SoCs.

Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
2020-10-15 08:23:46 +02:00
Rui Salvaterra
e788e9bd87 treewide: enable the vDSO
The vDSO is used to accelerate some syscalls. It should work fine wherever it's
available, so enable it globally for all targets.

Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
2020-10-13 20:08:41 +02:00
Hal Martin
0830ae3a2f sunxi: Correct manufacturer name to Sinovoip
Sinovoip is the manufacturer of the BPi-M2U:
http://www.banana-pi.org/m2u.html

Signed-off-by: Hal Martin <hal.martin@gmail.com>
2020-10-11 20:27:20 +02:00
Hal Martin
50fdddae05 sunxi: BPi-M2U kernel modules for onboard WiFi
Signed-off-by: Hal Martin <hal.martin@gmail.com>
2020-10-11 20:27:14 +02:00
Arturas Moskvinas
679db02b10 sunxi: add support for FriendlyArm Zeropi
Specification

    CPU: Allwinner H3, Quad-core Cortex-A7 Up to 1.2GHz
    DDR3 RAM: 256MB/512MB
    Connectivity: 10/100/1000Mbps Ethernet
    USB Host: Type-A x 1
    MicroSD Slot x 1
    MicroUSB: for power input only
    Debug Serial Port: 4Pin, 2.54 mm pitch pin header
    Power Supply: DC 5V/2A
    PCB Dimension: 40 x 40 x 1.2mm

Installation:

    Burn the image file to an SD Card with dd or any image burning tool
    Boot ZeroPi from the SD Card

The following features are working and tested:

    Ethernet port 10/100/1000M Ethernet

Remarks: SBC is mostly compatible and boots with FriendlyARM NanoPI M1 plus DTS also (zeropi has no working hdmi)

Signed-off-by: Arturas Moskvinas <arturas.moskvinas@gmail.com>
2020-10-11 18:29:26 +02:00
Andre Heider
37e62ec4ec sunxi: add a kmod package for sun4i_spdif
Tested on a A20 board:
$ cat /proc/asound/cards
 0 [SPDIF          ]: On-board_SPDIF - On-board SPDIF
                      On-board SPDIF

Size of the module for a 32bit kernel:
60708 linux-5.4.66/sound/soc/sunxi/sun4i-spdif.ko

Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
2020-10-11 17:45:02 +02:00
Andre Heider
4943d3f14b sunxi: add SND_SIMPLE_CARD to kernel config
This is required to expose an ALSA card for quite some boards:

$ git grep -l simple-audio-card \
	arch/arm/boot/dts/sun?i* \
	arch/arm64/boot/dts/allwinner/*

arch/arm/boot/dts/sun4i-a10-a1000.dts
arch/arm/boot/dts/sun5i-gr8-evb.dts
arch/arm/boot/dts/sun6i-a31-i7.dts
arch/arm/boot/dts/sun6i-a31s-sina31s.dts
arch/arm/boot/dts/sun7i-a20-cubietruck.dts
arch/arm/boot/dts/sun7i-a20-itead-ibox.dts
arch/arm/boot/dts/sun8i-a33-olinuxino.dts
arch/arm/boot/dts/sun8i-a33.dtsi
arch/arm/boot/dts/sun8i-a83t-cubietruck-plus.dts
arch/arm/boot/dts/sun8i-h3-beelink-x2.dts
arch/arm64/boot/dts/allwinner/sun50i-a64-bananapi-m64.dts
arch/arm64/boot/dts/allwinner/sun50i-a64-orangepi-win.dts
arch/arm64/boot/dts/allwinner/sun50i-a64-pine64.dts
arch/arm64/boot/dts/allwinner/sun50i-a64-pinebook.dts
arch/arm64/boot/dts/allwinner/sun50i-a64-pinephone.dtsi
arch/arm64/boot/dts/allwinner/sun50i-a64-pinetab.dts
arch/arm64/boot/dts/allwinner/sun50i-a64-sopine-baseboard.dts
arch/arm64/boot/dts/allwinner/sun50i-a64-teres-i.dts
arch/arm64/boot/dts/allwinner/sun50i-a64.dtsi
arch/arm64/boot/dts/allwinner/sun50i-h6-beelink-gs1.dts

The compressed 32bit kernel increases less than 1K:
Before: 3230768 zImage
After:  3231664 zImage

Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
2020-10-11 17:45:02 +02:00
Andre Heider
c43b45863e mvebu: Add bootscript for espressobin to support mainline firmware
The generic bootscript is tailored around a downstream firmware and
doesn't work on a firmware built from mainline components.

Add a bootscript which:
* sets $console since mainline u-boot doesn't do that
* uses distro boot variables, so OpenWRT can be booted off any supported
  device when using a mainline firmware
* sets missing distro boot variables for the downstream firmware

Booting with a downstream firmware is unchanged.
Booting with a mainline firmware now works.

Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
2020-10-11 16:53:20 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
722906d144 kernel: move CONFIG_F2FS_CHECK_FS to generic kernel config
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-10-11 16:38:16 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
6542615e41 kernel: Move CONFIG_F2FS_FS_SECURITY to generic kernel config
Move the CONFIG_F2FS_FS_SECURITY kernel configuration option to the
generic kernel configuration.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-10-11 16:38:16 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
18deed29be kernel: Remove 2FS_FS_XATTR and F2FS_STAT_FS symbols from target configs
This config option was moved to the generic kernel configuration.

Fixes: ab1bd57656 ("kernel: move F2FS_FS_XATTR and F2FS_STAT_FS symbols to generic")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-10-11 16:38:16 +02:00
Kabuli Chana
4d6ade2a22 mvebu: Correct regulatory country of WRT3200ACM
correct oversight on setting regulatory country and mac address of wireless configuration
change method of retrieving mac address

The MAC address for eth0 is rad out of the devinfo partition in some
other initial configuration script already.

Signed-off-by: Kabuli Chana <newtownBuild@gmail.com>
2020-10-11 16:38:03 +02:00
Kabuli Chana
c5bd4dde32 mvebu: add wrt3200acm to 03_wireless CC
correct device CC oversight

Set the initial wifi configuration like for the other similar Linksys
devices.

Signed-off-by: Kabuli Chana <newtownBuild@gmail.com>
2020-10-11 16:23:39 +02:00
Pali Rohár
9948c19134 mvebu: armada-37xx: espressobin: Backport patch for ethernet switch aliases
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
2020-10-11 16:16:24 +02:00
Pali Rohár
eb777539fd mvebu: armada-37xx: Backport PCI aardvark patches
This commit contains patches for PCI aardvark driver and relevant DTS
changes for Turris MOX and EspressoBin backported from mainline kernel.
It fixes support for old ATF, various wifi cards, mainly Compex WLE900VX.

Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
2020-10-11 16:16:24 +02:00
Tony Ambardar
1b27591ddb malta: update MIPS64 ISA to R2
Usage of current R1 ISA is inconsistent with the MIPS32 subtarget, little
used and has limited utility for testing.

Many distros target a minimum R2 ISA. Debian MIPS 32-bit/64-bit ports all
use MIPS R2 ISA since Stretch, for example. Fedora's MIPS arch also targets
the R2 ISA for 32-bit/64-bit.

Widely used MIPS64 platforms like Octeon are based on the MIPS R2 ISA or
later, and benefit from having a compatible test platform in OpenWRT.

While Linux does support MIPS64 R1 targets, its usefulness for development
and testing is limited. As an example, the modern Linux eBPF JIT requires
a MIPS R2 ISA or later.

Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
[Refresh config and fix README]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-10-11 16:16:24 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
c98819a9e6 bcm63xx: move dts-v1 statement to top-level DTSI files
The "/dts-v1/;" identifier is supposed to be present once at the
top of a device tree file after the includes have been processed.

Like done for other targets recently, put the dts-v1 statement
into the top-level SoC-based DTSI files, and remove all other
occurences.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-10 20:00:34 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
c0aea38436 bcm63xx: add a few DTSI files to share definitions
After the LED labels have been made more general by removing
the model names, we can move several definitions to DTSI files
to reduce the amount of duplicate code.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-10 19:55:18 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
55aac8463f bcm63xx: remove model name from LED labels
Like in the previous patches for various targets, this will remove
the "devicename" from LED labels in bcm63xx, as it's useless and
only creates complexity.

The devicename is removed in DTS files and 01_leds, merging
several cases on the way. A migration script is added for
existing configurations.

Note that a few labels were using "model::function" scheme without
color specified, those were converting to just "function" and the
necessary migrations were added to the migration script.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-10 19:44:02 +02:00
Daniel Golle
5423d9d27e kernel: move F2FS_FS_XATTR and F2FS_STAT_FS symbols to generic
Similar to how it was already done for other filesystems' *_FS_XATTR
kernel config symbols, also move CONFIG_F2FS_FS_XATTR=y and
CONFIG_F2FS_STAT_FS=y to target/linux/generic.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2020-10-09 23:20:19 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
f2b952a657 ath79: drop redundant gpios on i2c
Since "sda-gpios" and "scl-gpios" are only available since kernel 4.19,
a few devices have redundantly defined "gpios" to also support older
kernels. Since we have nothing older than 4.19 now, we can remove
the redundant definitions.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-09 22:45:36 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
f5cf408b76 ramips: drop kernel version switches
The ramips target only supports 5.4, so drop all kernel version
switches for older kernels there.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-09 22:24:04 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
f6ca57e4f4 oxnas: fix qc_prep return in sata driver after kernel 5.4.69
This fixes a regression after a kernel change in 5.4.69 [1] that
led to build failure on oxnas/ox820:

  drivers/ata/sata_oxnas.c:2238:13: error: initialization of
  'enum ata_completion_errors (*)(struct ata_queued_cmd *)'
  from incompatible pointer type
  'void (*)(struct ata_queued_cmd *)' [-Werror=incompatible-pointer-types]
    .qc_prep = sata_oxnas_qc_prep,
               ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
  drivers/ata/sata_oxnas.c:2238:13: note:
  (near initialization for 'sata_oxnas_ops.qc_prep')

Our local driver is changed the same way as prototyped in the
kernel patch, i.e. return type is changed and AC_ERR_OK return
value is added.

[1] https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/stable/linux.git/commit/?id=e11c83520cd04b813cd1748ee2a8f2c620e5f7e3

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-09 16:16:32 +01:00
Robert Marko
9604e216bf ipq40xx: 5.4: move AR40xx driver into files
There is no point in keeping the AR40xx driver as a patch as its
not pending merge or backport.

To allow for easier maintenance until DSA is ready move it into
files like EDMA is.

Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
[combine with removal from patches-5.4]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-09 14:21:10 +02:00
Paul Spooren
0f5b5cf730 kernel: clean up XATTR config symbols
Extended attributes are required for overlayfs and have hence been long
ago enabled for jffs2, but should be enabled unconditionally for all
other filesystems which may potentially serve as overlayfs' upper
directory. Previously it was inconsistently added in multiple targets.
Add symbols to generic kernel config and remove all *_XATTR symbols
from target configs.

Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
[keep things as they are for squashfs, improve commit message]
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2020-10-09 01:49:22 +01:00
Paul Spooren
32d7acc9c5 kernel: sort config-5.4 via kconfig.pl
The options were out of order which makes reviewing of changes harder.
Sort it before applying an actual change.

Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
2020-10-09 01:48:47 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
c3319322b2 lantiq: remove model name from LED labels
Like in the previous patches for other targets, this will remove
the "devicename" from LED labels in lantiq.

The devicename is removed in DTS files and 01_leds, consolidation
of definitions into DTSI files is done where (easily) possible,
and migration scripts are updated. The DTS/DTSI consolidation is
only performed for files-5.4.

For lantiq,easy98020 some LED definitions have the form
"devicename:function" without the color, so we need to implement
explicit migration for that one.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-08 20:21:18 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
c4beac9ea2 ipq40xx: use upstream DTS files for IPQ4019/AP-DK04.1
Upstream provides DTS(I) files for IPQ4019/AP-DK04.1, but we overwrite
them with local versions so far.

Remove the local files and use patches to be closer to upstream.
We already do the same for IPQ40xx/AP-DK01.1-C1.

Technically, this changes the compatible from "qcom,ipq4019" to
"qcom,ipq4019-dk04.1-c1", but it has never been implemented correctly
beforehand anyway.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-07 22:26:52 +02:00
Sungbo Eo
8f29e36963 ipq40xx: improve support for Edgecore ECW5211
This adds several stylistic and functional improvements of the recently
added Edgecore ECW5211, especially:

* Drop the local BDFs as those are already in the upstream under different names
* Add SPDX tag to DTS
* Add label MAC address
* Move LED trigger to DTS
* Remove unnecessary status="okay"
* Disable unused SS USB phy as the USB port only supports USB 2.0
* Make uboot-env partition writable
* Remove qcom,poll_required_dynamic property as the driver does not use it
* Tidy up the device recipe

Fixes: 4488b260a0 ("ipq40xx: add Edgecore ECW5211 support")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Acked-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
2020-10-07 18:07:54 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
d181b2cefa ipq806x: remove model name from LED labels
Like in the previous patches for ath79 and ramips, this will remove
the "devicename" from LED labels in ipq806x.

The devicename is removed in DTS files and 01_leds, and a migration
script is added.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-07 01:31:45 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
ad90a42e48 ipq40xx: remove model name from LED labels
Like in the previous patches for ath79 and ramips, this will remove
the "devicename" from LED labels in ipq40xx.

The devicename is removed in DTS files and 01_leds, and a migration
script is added. While at it, also harmonize capitalization of
wlan2G/wlan5G vs. wlan2g/wlan5g.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-07 01:31:37 +02:00
Roman Kuzmitskii
582ba9ddc7 ath79: rename ubnt,acb-isp to ubnt,aircube-isp
Use the full model name for this device to make it easier to
recognize for the users and in order to make it consistent with
the other devices.

While at it, fix sorting in 03_gpio_switches.

Signed-off-by: Roman Kuzmitskii <damex.pp@icloud.com>
[commit message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-06 15:13:27 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
e3af1666f4 ath79: rename TP-Link TL-WPA8630P v2 (EU) to v2.0 (EU)
Since we have a v2.1 (EU) with different partitioning now, rename
the v2.0 to make the difference visible to the user more directly.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-04 15:44:05 +02:00
Joe Mullally
7422c7a6fa ath79: add support for TP-Link TL-WPA8630P (EU) v2.1
This adds support for the TP-Link TL-WPA8630P (EU) in its v2.1
version. The only unique aspect for the firmware compared to v2
layout is the partition layout.

Note that while the EU version has different partitioning for
v2.0 and v2.1, the v2.1 (AU) is supported by the v2-int image.

If you plan to use this device, make sure you have a look at
the Wiki page to check whether the device is supported and
which image needs to be taken.

Specifications
--------------

  - QCA9563 750MHz, 2.4GHz WiFi
  - QCA9888 5GHz WiFi
  - 8MiB SPI Flash
  - 128MiB RAM
  - 3 GBit Ports (QCA8337)
  - PLC (QCA7550)

Installation
------------

Installation is possible from the OEM web interface. Make sure to
install the latest OEM firmware first, so that the PLC firmware is
at the latest version. However, please also check the Wiki page
for hints according to altered partitioning between OEM firmware
revisions.

Notes
-----

The OEM firmware has 0x620000 to 0x680000 unassigned, so we leave
this empty as well. It is complicated enough already ...

Signed-off-by: Joe Mullally <jwmullally@gmail.com>
[improve partitions, use v2 DTSI, add entry in 02_network, rewrite
and extend commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-04 15:44:05 +02:00
David Bauer
929e8f0f55 ramips: fix logic level for DIR-645 buttons
The D-Link DIR-645 currently uses an incorrect logic level for its
buttons.

Correct them in order to prevent unintentional activation of failsafe
mode.

Reported-by: Perry Melange <isprotejesvalkata@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-10-03 22:52:58 +02:00
Marty Jones
5b5469f87a rockchip: add support for Radxa Rock Pi 4
This adds basic support for Radxa Rock Pi 4

Specification:
  - RAM:      1 GB/ 2 GB/4 GB LPDDR4

  - SoC:      Rockchip RK3399
  - CPU:      64bit hexa core processor
              Dual Cortex-A72, freqency 1.8Ghz
              with quad Cortex-A53, frequency 1.4Ghz
  - USB:      USB 3.0 OTG x1
              hardware switch for host/device switch, upper one
              USB 3.0 HOST x1
              dedicated USB3.0 channel, lower one
              USB 2.0 HOST x2
  - Ethernet: 1x GbE
  - Storage:  eMMC module
              uSD card
              M.2 SSD
  - Wireless: 802.11 ac wifi
              Bluetooth 5.0
              currently not supported

 firmware Installation
 ======================
 gzip -d xxx.img.gz, then dd the .img to SD/eMMC
 ======================

 Device Tested: ROCK PI 4 Model B v1.3

Signed-off-by: Marty Jones <mj8263788@gmail.com>
2020-10-03 22:51:36 +02:00
David Bauer
4b4bff5070 rockchip: enable Realtek PHY support
The NanoPi R2S features a Realtek Gigabit Ethernet PHY. Enable the
Realtek specific PHY driver to correctly configure internal delays.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-10-03 19:00:49 +02:00
David Bauer
9f907c46bb rockchip: fix NanoPi R2S PHY ID
Fix the PHY ID for the NanoPi R2S PHY compatible to match the used PHY.
The ID was wrong as I've accidentally picked the wrong upstream patch.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-10-03 19:00:49 +02:00
John Audia
d6a9a92e32 kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.69
Seemingly unneeded based on new upstream code so manually deleted:
 layerscape:
  820-usb-0007-usb-dwc3-gadget-increase-timeout-value-for-send-ep-c.patch

Manually merged:
 generic-hack:
  251-sound_kconfig.patch

All other modifications made by update_kernel.sh

Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2711
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800, lantiq/Easybox 904 xDSL

No dmesg regressions, everything functional

Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
[add lantiq test report, minor commit message clarification]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-02 22:02:26 +02:00
Pawel Dembicki
2d72671b6e layerscape: add layerscape's SATA driver package
This patch intruduce SATA support for layerscape devices.
Target specific package with ahci_qoriq driver was added
to local modules.mk.
Kmod package was added to default packages for devices with
SATA interface.

Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
2020-10-02 17:08:28 +02:00
Pawel Dembicki
127db180b6 layerscape: add missing kmods for i2c peripherials
This patch adds kmod-hwmon-ina2xx kmod-hwmon-lm90 for boards,
which have it installed.

Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
2020-10-02 17:05:09 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
2230fe3922 ramips: remove set_wifi_led function in 01_leds
While we mostly use the ucidef_set_led_* functions directly in 01_leds
we still have the set_wifi_led function in parallel for several old
devices. This is not only inconsistent with the other definitions,
it also links to the wlan0 interface instead of using a phy trigger
which would be independent of the interface name (and is used for
all newer devices anyway). Apart from that, the standard names
"wifi" and "wifi-led" are not very helpful in a world with different
radio bands either.

Thus, this patch removes the set_wifi_led function and puts the
relevant commands into the cases explicitly. This makes the
mechanism used more evident and will hopefully lead to some future
improvements or at least prevent some copy-pasting of the old
setups.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-02 14:51:57 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
ed5933beb6 ramips: remove option to set WiFi LED via aliases
In ramips, it's not common to use an alias for specifying the WiFi
LED; actually only one device uses this mechanism (TL-WR841N v14).

Particularly since the WiFi LEDs are typically distinguished between
2.4G and 5G etc. it is also not very useful for this target.

Thus, this patch removes the setup lines for this mechanism and
converts the TL-WR841N v14 to the normal setup.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-02 14:51:57 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
c846dd91f0 ramips: remove model name from LED labels
Like in the previous patch for ath79 target, this will remove the
"devicename" from LED labels in ramips as well.

The devicename is removed in DTS files and 01_leds, consolidation
of definitions into DTSI files is done where (easily) possible,
and migration scripts are updated.

For the latter, all existing definitions were actually just
devicename migrations anyway. Therefore, those are removed and
a common migration file is created in target base-files. This is
actually another example of how the devicename removal makes things
easier.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-02 14:51:57 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
6f96a4d043 ath79: remove model name from LED labels
Currently, we request LED labels in OpenWrt to follow the scheme

  modelname:color:function

However, specifying the modelname at the beginning is actually
entirely useless for the devices we support in OpenWrt. On the
contrary, having this part actually introduces inconvenience in
several aspects:

  - We need to ensure/check consistency with the DTS compatible
  - We have various exceptions where not the model name is used,
    but the vendor name (like tp-link), which is hard to track
    and justify even for core-developers
  - Having model-based components will not allow to share
    identical LED definitions in DTSI files
  - The inconsistency in what's used for the model part complicates
    several scripts, e.g. board.d/01_leds or LED migrations from
    ar71xx where this was even more messy

Apart from our needs, upstream has deprecated the label property
entirely and introduced new properties to specify color and
function properties separately. However, the implementation does
not appear to be ready and probably won't become ready and/or
match our requirements in the foreseeable future.

However, the limitation of generic LEDs to color and function
properties follows the same idea pointed out above. Generic LEDs
will get names like "green:status" or "red:indicator" then, and
if a "devicename" is prepended, it will be the one of an internal
device, like "phy1:amber:status".

With this patch, we move into the same direction, and just drop
the boardname from the LED labels. This allows to consolidate
a few definitions in DTSI files (will be much more on ramips),
and to drop a few migrations compared to ar71xx that just changed
the boardname. But mainly, it will liberate us from a completely
useless subject to take care of for device support review and
maintenance.
To also drop the boardname from existing configurations, a simple
migration routine is added unconditionally.

Although this seems unfamiliar at first look, a quick check in kernel
for the arm/arm64 dts files revealed that while 1033 lines have
labels with three parts *:*:*, still 284 actually use a two-part
labelling *:*, and thus is also acceptable and not even rare there.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-02 13:51:39 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
7f8a1fc55e lantiq: move dts-v1 statement to top-level DTSI files
The "/dts-v1/;" identifier is supposed to be present once at the
top of a device tree file after the includes have been processed.

In lantiq, we therefore requested to have in the DTS files so far,
and omit it in the DTSI files. However, essentially the syntax of
the parent SoC-based DTSI files already determines the DTS
version, so putting it into the DTS files is just a useless repetition.

Consequently, this patch puts the dts-v1 statement into the top-level
SoC-based DTSI files, and removes all other occurences.
Since the dts-v1 statement needs to be before any other definitions,
this also moves the includes accordingly where necessary.

Changes are applied to files-5.4 only, files-4.19 remains untouched.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-01 18:08:17 +02:00
Chuanhong Guo
86fdc8abed ath79: ar8216: make switch register access atomic
reg accesses on integrated ar8229 sometimes fails. As a result, phy read
got incorrect port status and wan link goes down and up mysteriously.
After comparing ar8216 with the old driver, these local_irq_save/restore
calls are the only meaningful differences I could find and it does fix
the issue.
The same changes were added in svn r26856 by Gabor Juhos:
ar71xx: ag71xx: make switch register access atomic

As I can't find the underlying problem either, this hack is broght
back to fix the unstable link issue.
This hack is only suitable for ath79 mdio and may easily break the
driver on other platform. Limit it to ath79-only as a target patch.

Fixes: FS#2216
Fixes: FS#3226
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
2020-09-30 15:56:05 +08:00
David Bauer
18acf62be1 rockchip: rk3328: add compatible to NanoPi R2S ethernet PHY
This adds the compatible property to the NanoPi R2S ethernet PHY node.
Otherwise, the PHY might not be probed, as the PHY ID reads all 0xff
when it is still in reset.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-09-30 00:06:59 +02:00
Paul Spooren
29fd93da14 imagebuilder: add missing libfakeroot files
The `libfakeroot` files are currently missing in the ImageBuilder. As
`fakeroot` is always built, copy those files unconditionally.

Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
2020-09-29 00:06:32 +01:00
David Bauer
8b4233188d rockchip: refresh NanoPi R2S patches
Update the patches for the NanoPi R2S to the v3 sent (and accepted)
upstream.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-09-28 17:32:14 +02:00
John Audia
283cdb30ab kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.68
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh

Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x, ath79/generic, bcm72xx/bcm2711
Run-tested: ipq806x (R7800)

No dmesg regressions, everything functional

Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
2020-09-28 16:23:11 +02:00
David Bauer
a735eabc32 ath79: add WiFi migration for AR913x
This adds the automatic WiFi path migration for AR913x platforms.

Tested on: TP-Link TL-WA901ND v2

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-09-28 16:23:03 +02:00
Piotr Dymacz
e9263123f9 ath79: add support for Hak5 WiFi Pineapple NANO
Hak5 WiFi Pineapple NANO is an "USB dongle" device dedicated for Wi-Fi
pentesters. This device is based on Atheros AR9331 and AR9271. Support
for it was first introduced in 950b278c81 (ar71xx). FCC ID: 2AB87-NANO.

Specifications:

- Atheros AR9331
- 400/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR1)
- 16 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 1T1R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi (AR9331)
- 1T1R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi (AR9271L), with ext. PA and LNA (Qorvo RFFM4203)
- 2x RP-SMA antenna connectors
- 1x USB 2.0 to 10/100 Ethernet bridge (ASIX AX88772A)
- integrated 4-port USB 2.0 HUB: Alcor Micro AU6259:
  - 1x USB 2.0
  - 1x microSD card reader (Genesys Logic GL834L)
  - Atheros AR9271L
- 1x LED, 1x button
- UART (4-pin, 2 mm pitch) header on PCB
- USB 2.0 Type-A plug for power and AX88772A

Flash instruction:

You can use sysupgrade image directly in vendor firmware which is based
on OpenWrt/LEDE.

Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2020-09-28 01:28:37 +02:00
Piotr Dymacz
b33ce8c535 ath79: add support for Hak5 Packet Squirrel
Hak5 Packet Squirrel is a pocket-sized device dedicated for pentesters
(MITM attacks). This device is based on Atheros AR9331 but it lacks
WiFi. Support for it was first introduced in 950b278c81 (ar71xx).

Specifications:

- Atheros AR9331
- 400/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 2x RJ45 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (AR9331)
- 1x USB 2.0
- 1x RGB LED, 1x button, 1x 4-way mechanical switch
- 1x Micro USB Type-B for main power input

Flash instruction:

You can use sysupgrade image directly in vendor firmware which is based
on OpenWrt/LEDE.

Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2020-09-28 01:28:37 +02:00
Piotr Dymacz
a2f3a58607 ath79: add support for Hak5 LAN Turtle
Hak5 LAN Turtle is an "USB Ethernet Adapter" shaped device dedicated for
sysadmins and pentesters. This device is based on Atheros AR9331 but it
lacks WiFi. Support for it was first introduced in 950b278c81 (ar71xx).

Two different versions of this device exist and it's up to the user to
install required drivers (generic image supports only common features):

- LAN Turtle 3G with Quectel UG96 3G modem
- LAN Turtle SD with microSD card reader (Alcorlink AU6435R)

Specifications:

- Atheros AR9331
- 400/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 1x RJ45 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (AR9331)
- 1x USB 2.0 to 10/100 Ethernet bridge (Realtek RTL8152B)
- 2x LED (power, system), 1x button (inside, on the PCB)
- USB 2.0 Type-A plug for power and RTL8152B

Flash instruction:

You can use sysupgrade image directly in vendor firmware which is based
on OpenWrt/LEDE.

Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2020-09-28 01:28:37 +02:00
Piotr Dymacz
70a57d48db ath79: add support for ALFA Network N5Q
ALFA Network N5Q is a successor of previous model, the N5 (outdoor
CPE/AP, based on Atheros AR7240 + AR9280). New version is based on
Atheros AR9344.

Support for this device was first introduced in 4b0eebe9df (ar71xx
target) but users are advised to migrate from ar71xx target without
preserving settings as ath79 support includes some changes in network
and LED default configuration. They were aligned with vendor firmware
and recently added N2Q model (both Ethernet ports as LAN, labelled as
LAN1 and LAN2).

Specifications:

- Atheros AR9344
- 550/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, with passive PoE support (24 V)
- 2T2R 5 GHz Wi-Fi, with ext. PA (RFPA5542) and LNA, up to 27 dBm
- 2x IPEX/U.FL or MMCX antenna connectors (for PCBA version)
- 8x LED (7 are driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- external h/w watchdog (EM6324QYSP5B, enabled by default)
- header for optional 802.3at/af PoE module
- DC jack for main power input (optional, not installed by default)
- UART (4-pin, 2.54 mm pitch) header on PCB
- LEDs (2x 5-pin, 2.54 mm pitch) header on PCB

Flash instruction:

You can use sysupgrade image directly in vendor firmware which is based
on OpenWrt/LEDE. Alternatively, you can use web recovery mode in U-Boot:

1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.2/24.
2. Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, press the reset button, power up
   device, wait for first blink of all LEDs (indicates network setup),
   then keep button for 3 following blinks and release it.
3. Open 192.168.1.1 address in your browser and upload sysupgrade image.

Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2020-09-28 01:28:37 +02:00
Piotr Dymacz
6492ea7d9e ath79: add support for ALFA Network N2Q
ALFA Network N2Q is an outdoor N300 AP/CPE based on Qualcomm/Atheros
QCA9531 v2. This model is a successor of the old N2 which was based
on Atheros AR7240. FCC ID: 2AB8795311.

Specifications:

- Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 v2
- 650/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi with ext. PA (Skyworks SE2623L) and LNA
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet with passive PoE input in one port (24 V)
- PoE pass through in second port (controlled by GPIO)
- support for optional 802.3af/at PoE module
- 1x mini PCIe slot (PCIe bus, extra 4.2 V for high power cards)
- 2x IPEX/U.FL connectors on PCB
- 1x USB 2.0 mini Type-B (power controlled by GPIO)
- 8x LED (7 of them are driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- external h/w watchdog (EM6324QYSP5B, enabled by default)
- UART (4-pin, 2.54 mm pitch) header on PCB
- LEDs (2x 5-pin, 2.54 mm pitch) header on PCB

Flash instruction:

You can use sysupgrade image directly in vendor firmware which is based
on LEDE/OpenWrt. Alternatively, you can use web recovery mode in U-Boot:

1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.2/24.
2. Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, press the reset button, power up
   device, wait for first blink of all LEDs (indicates network setup),
   then keep button for 3 following blinks and release it.
3. Open 192.168.1.1 address in your browser and upload sysupgrade image.

Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2020-09-28 01:28:37 +02:00
Piotr Dymacz
9bcf98ed85 ath79: add support for ALFA Network R36A
ALFA Network R36A is a successor of the previous model, the R36 (Ralink
RT3050F based). New version is based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 v2, FCC
ID: 2AB879531.

Support for this device was first introduced in af8f0629df (ar71xx
target). When updating from previous release (and/or ar71xx target),
user should only adjust the WAN LED trigger type (netdev in ar71xx,
switch port in ath79).

Specifications:

- Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 v2
- 650/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB (R36AH/-U2) or 64 MB (R36A) of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- Passive PoE input support (12~36 V) in RJ45 near DC jack
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi with Qorvo RFFM8228P FEM
- 2x IPEX/U.FL connectors on PCB
- 1x USB 2.0 Type-A
- 1x USB 2.0 mini Type-B in R36AH-U2 version
- USB power is controlled by GPIO
- 6/7x LED (5/6 of them are driven by GPIO)
- 2x button (reset, wifi/wps)
- external h/w watchdog (EM6324QYSP5B, enabled by default)
- DC jack with lock, for main power input (12 V)
- UART (4-pin, 2.54 mm pitch) header on PCB

Optional/additional features in R36A series (R36A was the first model):
- for R36AH:    USB 2.0 hub*
- for R36AH-U2: USB 2.0 hub*, 1x USB 2.0 mini Type-B, one more LED

*) there are at least three different USB 2.0 hub in R36AH/-U2 variants:
- Terminus-Tech FE 1.1
- Genesys Logic GL852G
- Genesys Logic GL850G (used in latests revision)

Flash instruction:

You can use sysupgrade image directly in vendor firmware which is based
on LEDE/OpenWrt. Alternatively, you can use web recovery mode in U-Boot:

1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.2/24.
2. Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, press the reset button, power up
   device, wait for first blink of all LEDs (indicates network setup),
   then keep button for 3 following blinks and release it.
3. Open 192.168.1.1 address in your browser and upload sysupgrade image.

Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2020-09-28 01:28:37 +02:00
Piotr Dymacz
cf42660dce ath79: add support for Samsung WAM250
Samsung WAM250 is a dual-band (selectable, not simultaneous) wireless
hub, dedicated for Samsung Shape Wireless Audio System. The device is
based on Atheros AR9344 (FCC ID: A3LWAM250). Support for this device
was first introduced in e58e49bdbe (ar71xx target).

Specifications:

- Atheros AR9344
- 560/450/225 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2T2R 2.4/5 GHz Wi-Fi, with ext. PA (SE2598L, SE5003L) and LNA
- 1x USB 2.0
- 4x LED (all are driven by GPIO)
- 2x button (reset, wps/speaker add)
- DC jack for main power input (14 V)
- UART header on PCB (J4, RX: 3, TX: 5)

Flash instruction:

This device uses dual-image (switched between upgrades) with a common
jffs2 config partition. Fortunately, there is a way to disable this mode
so that more flash space can be used by OpenWrt image.

You can easily access this device over telnet, using root/root
credentials (the same also work for serial console access).

1. Make sure that your device uses second (bootpart=2) image using
   command: "fw_printenv bootpart".
2. If your device uses first image (bootpart=1), perform upgrade to the
   latest vendor firmware (after the update, device should boot from
   second partition) using web gui (default login: admin/1234567890).
3. Rename "sysupgrade" image to "firmware.bin", download it (you can use
   wget, tftp or ftpget) to "/tmp" and issue below commands:

   mtd_debug erase /dev/mtd3 0 $(wc -c /tmp/firmware.bin | awk -F' ' '{print $1}')
   mtd_debug write /dev/mtd3 0 $(wc -c /tmp/firmware.bin)
   fw_setenv bootpart
   fw_setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9f070000"
   reboot

Revert to vendor firmware instruction:

1. Download vendor firmware to "/tmp" device and issue below commands:

   fw_setenv bootpart 1
   sysupgrade -n -F SS_BHUB_v2.2.05.bin

Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2020-09-28 01:28:37 +02:00
Piotr Dymacz
f777bca95d ath79: image: don't combine kmod-usb2 with kmod-usb-chipidea2
Include of kmod-usb-chipidea2 is enough to support USB host mode in
devices with Atheros AR9331 WiSOC.

Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2020-09-28 01:28:37 +02:00
Piotr Dymacz
c65c306d33 ath79: add support for Wallys DR531
Wallys DR531 is based on Qualcomm Atheros QCA9531 v2. Support for this
device was first introduced in e767980eb8 (ar71xx target).

Specifications:

- Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 v2
- 550/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi, with external PA (SE2576L), up to 30 dBm
- 2x MMCX connectors (optional IPEX/U.FL)
- mini PCIe connector (PCIe/USB buses and mini SIM slot)
- 7x LED, 1x button, 1x optional buzzer
- UART, JTAG and LED headers on PCB

Flash instruction (do it under U-Boot, using UART):

  tftpb 0x80060000 openwrt-ath79-...-dr531-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
  erase 0x9f050000 +$filesize
  cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f050000 $filesize
  setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9f050000"
  saveenv && reset

Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2020-09-28 01:28:37 +02:00
Piotr Dymacz
66abd58196 ath79: add support for ALFA Network AP121FE
The AP121FE is a slightly modified version of already supported AP121F
model (added to ar71xx in 0c6165d21a and to ath79 in 334bbc5198).

The differences in compare to AP121F:

- no micro SD card reader
- USB data lines are included in Type-A plug
- USB bus switched to device/peripheral mode (permanently, in bootstrap)

Other than that, specifications are the same:

- Atheros AR9331
- 400/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR1)
- 16 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 1T1R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi, up to 15 dBm
- 1x IPEX/U.FL connector, internal PCB antenna
- 3x LED, 1x button, 1x switch
- 4-pin UART header on PCB (2 mm pitch)
- USB 2.0 Type-A plug (power and data)

Flash instruction (under U-Boot web recovery mode):

1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.2/24.
2. Connect PC with RJ45 port, press the reset button, power up device,
   wait for first blink of all LEDs (indicates network setup), then keep
   button for 3 following blinks and release it.
3. Open 192.168.1.1 address in your browser and upload sysupgrade image.

Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2020-09-28 01:28:37 +02:00
Piotr Dymacz
7f96cbd2a1 ath79: enable usbgadget feature
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2020-09-28 01:28:37 +02:00
Piotr Dymacz
b329bb9456 ath79: increase SPI clock and enable fast-read on AP121F
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2020-09-28 01:28:37 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
315904a459 ramips: merge ethernet setup for RT-AC51U/RT-AC54U
The ethernet setup/label MAC address for RT-AC51U and RT-AC54U are
the same, so move them into the shared DTSI.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-28 00:20:24 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
96023cd4ba ath79: fix LED labels for PowerCloud CAP324
The order of function and color in the labels in inverted for the
LAN LEDs. Fix it.

Fixes: 915966d861 ("ath79: Port PowerCloud Systems CAP324 support")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-27 15:58:14 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
d232a8ac7d ath79: fix rssi-low LED for My Net Range Extender
The LED color was missing in 01_leds.

Fixes: 745dee11ac ("ath79: add support for WD My Net Wi-Fi Range
Extender")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-27 15:58:14 +02:00
Sungbo Eo
4682d4d770 ipq40xx: tidy up device recipe for Edgecore OAP100
* split up DEVICE_TITLE into DEVICE_{VENDOR,MODEL}
* use SOC instead of DEVICE_DTS

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-09-26 18:26:19 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
621297e867 ramips: move dts-v1 statement to top-level DTSI files
The "/dts-v1/;" identifier is supposed to be present once at the
top of a device tree file after the includes have been processed.

In ramips, we therefore requested to have in the DTS files so far,
and omit it in the DTSI files. However, essentially the syntax of
the parent mtxxxx/rtxxxx DTSI files already determines the DTS
version, so putting it into the DTS files is just a useless repetition.

Consequently, this patch puts the dts-v1 statement into the top-level
SoC-based DTSI files, and removes all other occurences.
Since the dts-v1 statement needs to be before any other definitions,
this also moves the includes accordingly where necessary.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-25 23:26:40 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
41cc7edc15 ath79: move dts-v1 statement to ath79.dtsi
The "/dts-v1/;" identifier is supposed to be present once at the
top of a device tree file after the includes have been processed.

In ath79, we therefore requested to have in the DTS files so far,
and omit it in the DTSI files. However, essentially the syntax of
the parent ath79.dtsi file already determines the DTS version, so
putting it into the DTS files is just a useless repetition.

Consequently, this patch puts the dts-v1 statement into the parent
ath79.dtsi, which is (indirectly) included by all DTS files. All
other occurences are removed.
Since the dts-v1 statement needs to be before any other definitions,
this also moves the includes to make sure the ath79.dtsi or its
descendants are always included first.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-25 23:26:34 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
3ca2d31c54 ath79: move ath79-clk.h include to ath79.dtsi
ath79.dtsi uses ATH79_CLK_MDIO, so the include

  <dt-bindings/clock/ath79-clk.h>

needs to be moved there.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-25 23:24:09 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
bdd9dd8ab2 ipq40xx: tidy up dts-v1 statements
The "/dts-v1/;" identifier is supposed to be present once at the
top of a device tree file after the includes have been processed.

Therefore, adding it to a DTS _and_ a DTSI file is actually wrong,
as it will be present twice then (though the compiler does not
complain about it).

In ipq40xx, the dts-v1 statement is already included in
qcom-ipq4019.dtsi, so we don't have to add it anywhere at all.
However, based on the conditions stated above, this requires
qcom-ipq4019.dtsi to be included as the first file in any DTS(I).

Consequently, this patch removes all cases of dts-v1 for the
ipq40xx target, and moves the includes accordingly where necessary.

While at it, remove a few obviously unneeded includes on the way.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-25 21:10:41 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
b284333b3a ath79: move engenius_loader_okli recipe before devices
Move engenius_loader_okli image recipe in front of all Engenius
devices, so adding new device entries will not have them sorted
before the shared recipe.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-25 20:07:16 +02:00
Linus Walleij
7e9e6fdac7 gemini: Bring up DSA switches
First group the interfaces on the DSA switch into the
right LAN/WAN groups. Tested successfully on the
D-Link DIR-685 with the RTL8366RB DSA switch.

The RTL8366RB is DSA custom tagged and now handled
by the kernel tag parser. (Backported.)

The Vitesse switches are not capable of supporting
DSA per-port tagging. We suspect they must be handled
using some custom VLAN set-up.

Cc: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
[sorted devices alphabetically]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-09-25 19:32:34 +02:00
Christian Lamparter
fa1713e791 ipq40xx: fix DTS warning in qcom-ipq4029-gl-s1300.dts
.dts:226.17-230.4: Warning (spi_bus_reg): /soc/spi@78b6000/spi@1:
	SPI bus unit address format error, expected "0"

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-09-25 19:32:34 +02:00
Christian Lamparter
890bb54d7f ipq40xx: fix DTS warning in qcom-ipq4019-cm520-79f.dts
.dts:121.4-14: Warning (reg_format): /led_spi/led_gpio@0:reg: \
	property has invalid length (4 bytes) (#address-cells == 1, #size-cells == 1)
.dtb: Warning (pci_device_bus_num): Failed prerequisite 'reg_format'
.dtb: Warning (i2c_bus_reg): Failed prerequisite 'reg_format'
.dtb: Warning (spi_bus_reg): Failed prerequisite 'reg_format'
.dts:119.24-126.5: Warning (avoid_default_addr_size): /led_spi/led_gpio@0: \
	Relying on default #size-cells value

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-09-25 19:32:34 +02:00
Christian Lamparter
0e4092cbad bcm53xx: add Cisco Meraki MR32
This patch adds support for Cisco Meraki MR32.
The unit was donated by Chris Blake. Thank you!

WARNING:
Only the 1x1:1 abgn Air Marshal WIPS wifi is currently supported by b43:
 b43-phy2: Found PHY: Analog 9, Type 4 (N), Revision 16
 b43-phy2: Found Radio: Manuf 0x17F, ID 0x2057, Revision 9, Version 1
 b43-phy2: Loading firmware version 784.2 (2012-08-15 21:35:19)
 and only as 802.11ABG!

while WIFI1 and WIFI2 (both BCM4352) are not:
 b43-phy0: Broadcom 4352 WLAN found (core revision 42)
 b43-phy0 ERROR: FOUND UNSUPPORTED PHY (Analog 12, Type 11 (AC), Revision 1)

Hardware Highlights:

SoC:	Broadcom BCM53016A1 (1 GHz, 2 cores)
RAM:	128 MiB
NAND:	128 MiB Spansion S34ML01G2 (~114 MiB useable)
ETH:	1GBit Ethernet Port - PoE
WIFI1:	Broadcom BCM43520 an+ac (2x2:2 - id: 0x4352)
WIFI2:	Broadcom BCM43520 bgn (2x2:2 - id: 0x4352)
WIFI3:	Broadcom BCM43428 abgn (1x1:1 - id: 43428)

BLE:	Broadcom BCM20732 (ttyS1)
LEDS:   1 x Programmable RGB Status LED (driven by a PWM)
	1 x White LED (GPIO)
	1 x Orange LED Fault Indicator (GPIO)
	2 x LAN Activity / Speed LEDs (On the RJ45 Port)
BUTTON: one Reset button
MISC:   AT24C64 8KiB EEPROM (i2c - stores Ethernet MAC + Serial#!)
	ina219 hardware monitor (i2c)
	Kensington Lock

SERIAL:
	WARNING: The serial port needs a TTL/RS-232 3V3 level converter!
	The Serial setting is 115200-8-N-1. The board has a populated
	right angle 1x4 0.1" pinheader.
	The pinout is: VCC, RX, TX, GND. (Use a multimeter)

Flashing needs a serial adaptor (due to the lack of a working dropbear on
the original firmware).

This flashing procedure for the MR32 was tested with firmware:
"r23-149867:150252-aacharya".

0. Create a seperate Ethernet LAN which does not have access to the internet.
   Ideally use 192.168.1.2 for your PC. Make sure to reserve 192.168.1.1 it
   will be used later on by the OpenWrt firmware. The original Meraki firmware
   will likely try to setup the network via DHCP Discovery, so make sure your
   PC is running a DHCP-Server (i.e.: dnsmasq)
   '# dnsmasq -i eth# -F 192.168.1.5,192.168.1.50
   Furthermore, the PC needs a supported ssh/http/ftp server in order to
   retrieve the initramfs + dtb file

1. Disassemble the MR32 device by removing all screws (4 screws are located
   under the 4 rubber feets!) and prying open the plastic covers without
   breaking the plastic retention clips. Once inside, remove all the screws
   on the outer metal shielding to get to the PCB. It's not necessary to
   remove the antennas!

2. Connect the serial cable to the serial header.

3. Partially reassemble the outer metal shielding to ensure that the SoC
   has a proper heat sink.

4. Connect the Ethernet patch cable to the device and the power cable.

5. Wait for the device to boot and enter the root shell.
   (rooting is not discussed in detail here please refer to
   Chris Blake - "pwning the meraki mr18" blog post:
   <https://servernetworktech.com/2016/02/pwning-the-meraki-mr18/>
   (The same method works with the MR32's r23-149867:150252-aacharya)

   Wait for the MR32 to enter the "<Meraki>" prompt and enter:
   <Meraki> odm serial_num read
   (Verify that it matches what's on the S/N Sticker on the back!)
   <Meraki> odm serial_num write Q2XX-XXXX-XXXV
   <Meraki> odm serial_num read
   (Verify that the S/N has changed - and the LED start to flash)

   now to flash the firmware:
   <Meraki> odm firmware part.safe "http://192.168.1.2/mr32-initramfs.bin"

Once OpenWrt booted use sysupgrade to permanently install
OpenWrt. To do this: Download the latest sysupgrade.bin file
for the MR32 to the device and use sysupgrade *sysupgrade.bin
to install it.

WARNING: DO NOT DELETE the "storage" ubi volume!

To flash later MR32 Firmwares like r25-201804051805-G885d6d78-dhow-rel
requires in-circut-i2c tools to access the I2C EEPROM AT24C64 next to
the SoC. The idea is pretty much the same as from Step 5 from above:
Change the serial number to Q2XXXXXXXXXV (should be around 0x7c), then
attach a serial cable, ethernet (but make sure the device can't reach
the internet!) hit "s" (the small s!) during boot to enter the root-shell
and add the following commands to the /storage/config there:

serial_allow_odm true
serial_access_enabled true
serial_access_check false
valid_config true

and then hit exit to let it finish booting.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-09-25 19:32:34 +02:00
Christian Lamparter
1291274335 kernel: package bcm53xx i2c module
The BCM5301x SoCs do have i2c. Since this is only
being used by the Meraki MR32, this will be packaged
as a module.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-09-25 19:32:34 +02:00
Christian Lamparter
abe46d5002 kernel: add default for new config symbols
Provide disabled defaults for I2C_SLAVE_EEPROM and IPMB_DEVICE_INTERFACE.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-09-25 19:32:34 +02:00
Christian Lamparter
5f610ec4b8 bcm53xx: backport uart2 and pcie2 device-nodes
These have made their way into -next. This patch
also includes the portion of the bcm53xx kernel
patch refreshes as the hunks in
302-ARM-dts-BCM5301X-Update-Northstar-pinctrl-binding.patch
moved slightly due to the added nodes.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-09-25 19:32:34 +02:00
Christian Lamparter
c6d9a2ac59 bcm53xx: enable PWM for bcm53xx
The Meraki MR32 (BCM53016A1) uses the pwm to drive the
tricolor LED. The driver has been available in upstream
for a long time. Only the Device-Tree definition was
missing, but it has been queued recently.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-09-25 19:32:33 +02:00
Christian Lamparter
f6fbc39706 build: define PWM_SUPPORT arch feature flag
As the PWM has its own sub-system in the Linux kernel,
I think it should be handled in the same way as GPIO, RTC, PCI...

This patch introduces a specific feature flag "pwm" and the
"leds-pwm" kernel module as the first customer.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-09-25 19:32:33 +02:00
Hans Geiblinger
a9071d02b5 ipq40xx: Add support for Linksys MR8300 (Dallas)
The Linksys MR8300 is based on QCA4019 and QCA9888
and provides three, independent radios.
NAND provides two, alternate kernel/firmware images
with fail-over provided by the OEM U-Boot.

Hardware Highlights:

SoC: IPQ4019 at 717 MHz (4 CPUs)
RAM: 512MB RAM

SoC:	Qualcomm IPQ4019 at 717 MHz (4 CPUs)
RAM:	512M DDR3
FLASH:	256 MB NAND (Winbond W29N02GV, 8-bit parallel)
ETH:	Qualcomm QCA8075 (4x GigE LAN, 1x GigE Internet Ethernet Jacks)
BTN:	Reset and WPS
USB:	USB3.0, single port on rear with LED
SERIAL:	Serial pads internal (unpopulated)
LED:	Four status lights on top + USB LED
WIFI1:	2x2:2 QCA4019 2.4 GHz radio on ch. 1-14
WIFI2:  2x2:2 QCA4019 5 GHz radio on ch. 36-64
WIFI3:  2x2:2 QCA9888 5 GHz radio on ch. 100-165

Support is based on the already supported EA8300.
Key differences:
	EA8300 has 256MB RAM where MR8300 has 512MB RAM.
	MR8300 has a revised top panel LED setup.

Installation:
"Factory" images may be installed directly through the OEM GUI using
URL: https://ip-of-router/fwupdate.html (Typically 192.168.1.1)

Signed-off-by: Hans Geiblinger <cybrnook2002@yahoo.com>
[copied Hardware-highlights from EA8300. Fixed alphabetical order.
fixed commit subject, removed bogus unit-address of keys,
fixed author (used Signed-off-By to From:) ]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-09-25 19:31:51 +02:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
e24635710c ipq40xx: add support for Luma Home WRTQ-329ACN
Luma Home WRTQ-329ACN, also known as Luma WiFi System, is a dual-band
wireless access point.

Specification
SoC: Qualcomm Atheros IPQ4018
RAM: 256 MB DDR3
Flash: 2 MB SPI NOR
       128 MB SPI NAND
WIFI: 2.4 GHz 2T2R integrated
      5 GHz 2T2R integrated
Ethernet: 2x 10/100/1000 Mbps QCA8075
USB: 1x 2.0
Bluetooth: 1x 4.0 CSR8510 A10, connected to USB bus
LEDS: 16x multicolor LEDs ring, controlled by MSP430G2403 MCU
Buttons: 1x GPIO controlled
EEPROM: 16 Kbit, compatible with AT24C16
UART: row of 4 holes marked on PCB as J19, starting count from the side
      of J19 marking on PCB
      1. GND, 2. RX, 3. TX, 4. 3.3V
      baud: 115200, parity: none, flow control: none

The device supports OTA or USB flash drive updates, unfotunately they
are signed. Until the signing key is known, the UART access is mandatory
for installation. The difficult part is disassembling the casing, there
are a lot of latches holding it together.

Teardown
Prepare three thin, but sturdy, prying tools. Place the device with back
of it facing upwards. Start with the wall having a small notch. Insert
first tool, until You'll feel resistance and keep it there. Repeat the
procedure for neighbouring walls. With applying a pressure, one edge of
the back cover should pop up. Now carefully slide one of the tools to
free the rest of the latches.
There's no need to solder pins to the UART holes, You can use hook clips,
but wiring them outside the casing, will ease debuging and recovery if
problems occur.

Installation
1. Prepare TFTP server with OpenWrt initramfs image.
2. Connect to UART port (don't connect the voltage pin).
3. Connect to LAN port.
4. Power on the device, carefully observe the console output and when
   asked quickly enter the failsafe mode.
5. Invoke 'mount_root'.
6. After the overlayfs is mounted run:
     fw_setenv bootdelay 3
   This will allow to access U-Boot shell.
7. Reboot the device and when prompted to stop autoboot, hit any key.
8. Adjust "ipaddr" and "serverip" addresses in U-Boot environment, use
   'setenv' to do that, then run following commands:
     tftpboot 0x84000000 <openwrt_initramfs_image_name>
     bootm 0x84000000
   and wait till OpenWrt boots.
9. In OpenWrt command line run following commands:
     fw_setenv openwrt "setenv mtdids nand1=spi_nand; setenv mtdparts mtdparts=spi_nand:-(ubi); ubi part ubi; ubi read 0x84000000 kernel; bootm 0x84000000"
     fw_setenv bootcmd "run openwrt"
10. Transfer OpenWrt sysupgrade image to /tmp directory and flash it
    with:
     ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 -N ubi_rootfs
     sysupgrade -v -n /tmp/<openwrt_sysupgrade_image_name>
11. After flashing, the access point will reboot to OpenWrt, then it's
    ready for configuration.

Reverting to OEM firmware
1. Execute installation guide steps: 1, 2, 3, 7, 8.
2. In OpenWrt command line run following commands:
     ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 -N rootfs_data
     ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 -N rootfs
     ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 -N kernel
     ubirename /dev/ubi0 kernel1 kernel ubi_rootfs1 ubi_rootfs
     ubimkvol /dev/ubi0 -S 34 -N kernel1
     ubimkvol /dev/ubi0 -S 320 -N ubi_rootfs1
     ubimkvol /dev/ubi0 -S 264 -N rootfs_data
     fw_setenv bootcmd bootipq
3. Reboot.

Known issues
The LEDs ring doesn't have any dedicated driver or application to control
it, the only available option atm is to manipulate it with 'i2cset'
command. The default action after applying power to device is spinning
blue light. This light will stay active at all time. To disable it
install 'i2c-tools' with opkg and run:
 i2cset -y 2 0x48 3 1 0 0 i
The light will stay off until next cold boot.

Additional information
After completing 5. step from installation guide, one can disable asking
for root password on OEM firmware by running:
 sed -e 's/root/root::/' -i /etc/passwd
This is useful for investigating the OEM firmware. One can look
at the communication between the stock firmware and the vendor's
cloud servers or as a way of making a backup of both flash chips.
The root password seems to be constant across all sold devices.
This is output of 'led_ctl' from OEM firmware to illustrate
possibilities of LEDs ring:

Usage: led_ctl [status | upgrade | force_upgrade | version]
       led_ctl solid    COLOR <brightness>
       led_ctl single   COLOR INDEX <brightness 0 - 15>
       led_ctl spinning COLOR <period 1 - 16 (lower = faster)>
       led_ctl fill     COLOR <period 1 - 16 (lower = faster)>
                                             ( default is 5 )
       led_ctl flashing COLOR <on dur 1 - 128>  <off dur 1 - 128>
                              (default is  34)  ( default is 34 )
       led_ctl pulsing  COLOR
COLOR: red, green, blue, yellow, purple, cyan, white

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
[squash "ipq-wifi: add BDFs for Luma Home WRTQ-329ACN" into commit,
changed ubi volumes for easier integration, slightly reworded
commit message, changed ubi volume layout to use standard names all
around]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-09-25 19:30:19 +02:00
Brian Norris
03bc9b0002 ipq40xx: add open-drain support to pinctrl-msm
Submitted upstream. Shouldn't affect existing devices, but enables new
device support.

https://lore.kernel.org/linux-gpio/20200703080646.23233-1-computersforpeace@gmail.com/

Currently queued for-next:
https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linusw/linux-pinctrl.git/commit/?h=for-next&id=13355ca35cd16f5024655ac06e228b3c199e52a9

Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
[refresh patch]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-09-25 18:43:09 +02:00
John Audia
3ea1b5b745 kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.67
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh

Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x, lantiq/xrx200 and ath79/generic
Run-tested: ipq806x (R7800), lantiq (Easybox 904 xDSL)

No dmesg regressions, everything functional

Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
[add test on lantiq]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-24 18:53:23 +02:00
J. Scott Heppler
620f9c7734 ramips: add support for Linksys EA7300 v2
This submission relied heavily on the work of
Santiago Rodriguez-Papa <contact at rodsan.dev>

Specifications:

*  SoC:            MediaTek  MT7621A            (880  MHz  2c/4t)
*  RAM:            Winbond W632GG6MB-12         (256M  DDR3-1600)
*  Flash:          Winbond W29N01HVSINA         (128M  NAND)
*  Eth:            MediaTek  MT7621A            (10/100/1000  Mbps  x5)
*  Radio:          MT7603E/MT7615N              (2.4  GHz  &  5  GHz)
                     4  antennae:  1  internal  and  3  non-deatachable
*  USB:            3.0  (x1)
*  LEDs:
          White    (x1  logo)
          Green    (x6  eth  +  wps)
          Orange   (x5,  hardware-bound)
*  Buttons:
          Reset    (x1)
          WPS      (x1)

Installation:

Flash factory image through GUI.

This might fail due to the A/B nature of this device. When flashing, OEM
firmware writes over the non-booted partition. If booted from 'A',
flashing over 'B' won't work. To get around this, you should flash the
OEM image over itself. This will then boot the router from 'B' and
allow you to flash OpenWRT without problems.

Reverting to factory firmware:

Hard-reset the router three times to force it to boot from 'B.' This is
where the stock firmware resides. To remove any traces of OpenWRT from
your router simply flash the OEM image at this point.

Signed-off-by: J. Scott Heppler <shep971@centurylink.net>
2020-09-23 12:17:32 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
0cfdc7d446 target: update SPDX license names
SPDX moved from GPL-2.0 to GPL-2.0-only and from GPL-2.0+ to
GPL-2.0-or-later. Reflect that in the SPDX license headers.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-22 20:58:26 +02:00
Paul Spooren
e8f61bf50d ath79: remove DTS from ATH79 target name
The legacy ar71xx target is removed and multiple targets use DTS now, so
there is no need to point that out for ATH79 specifically.

Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
2020-09-22 20:29:24 +02:00
Chuanhong Guo
006cd489f0 mediatek: mt7622: select bluetooth module instead of firmware
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
2020-09-22 21:13:54 +08:00
Chuanhong Guo
20f2bd044a mediatek: build btmtkuart as a kernel module
bluetooth on mt7622 needs a firmware to start. It can't be built-in or
it tries to load firmware before rootfs is mounted, and then fails.
build it as a kernel module to fix that.

Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
2020-09-22 21:07:50 +08:00
David Woodhouse
7190fb2da4 mediatek: mt7623: use bash for generating bootable images
It turns out that 'echo -e' isn't portable; it doesn't work in the dash
builtin echo and Ubuntu users are complaining.

I can't even get octal (specified by POSIX) to work consistently because
those  variants of 'echo' which *do* support -e don't seem to interpret
octalwithout it.

I could switch to /bin/echo but using -e with that isn't actually
portable *either* even though it works today.

For now just stick with bash, and use its builtin. We may end up using
something else entirely; perhaps perl.

Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
2020-09-19 13:39:29 +01:00
David Woodhouse
d10b738c4b mediatek: fix missing pause on switch port for Banana Pi R2
This causes rx drops when running iperf.

Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
2020-09-19 13:39:29 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
95c9df7971 ipq806x: fix support of Edgecore ECW5410 support
This fixes several stylistic and functional errors of the recently
added Edgecore ECW5410:

  - fix call in 11-ath10k-caldata
  - use hex notation in 11-ath10k-caldata
  - remove redundant definitions from DTS that are already in DTSI
  - use proper sorting in image/Makefile
  - use DEVICE_VENDOR/DEVICE_MODEL instead of DEVICE_TITLE
  - use SOC instead of DEVICE_DTS

Fixes: 59f0a0fd83 ("ipq806x: add Edgecore ECW5410 support")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-19 13:32:11 +02:00
John Audia
770a9c6787 kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.66
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh/no manual intervention needed

Run-tested: ipq806x (R7800), ath79 (Archer C7v5), x86/64

No dmesg regressions, everything appears functional

Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
[add run test from PR]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-19 12:41:29 +02:00
John Thomson
bf2870c1d9 kernel: fix mtd partition erase < parent_erasesize writes
This bug applied where mtd partition end address,
or erase start address, was not cleanly divisible by parent mtd erasesize.

This error would cause the bits following the end of the partition
to the next erasesize block boundary to be erased,
and this partition-overflow data to be written to the partition erase
address (missing additional partition offset address)
of the mtd (top) parent device.

Fixes: FS#2428

Signed-off-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
Tested-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
[shorten commit title, add Fixes, fix kernel 4.19 as well]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-19 12:41:29 +02:00
Roger Pueyo Centelles
e6b42386ba ath79/mikrotik: fix soft_config location for SXT 5n
The soft_config partition for these devices lays between 0xe000 and
0xf000 (as correctly detected by the RouterBoard platform driver),
before the bootloader2 partition which starts at 0x10000.

This commit correctly sorts the partitions, fixing the parsing error.

Fixes: FS#3314

Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Reviewed-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
2020-09-17 23:52:03 +02:00
Martin Schiller
a594a5a330 lantiq: use uniform "u-boot-env" mtd label
This is the most popular choice in the linux kernel tree.

Within OpenWrt, this change will establish consistency with ath79
and ramips targets.

Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
[extend commit message, include netgear_dm200, update base-files]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-17 21:09:51 +02:00
Vladimir Vid
9f0d882680 mvebu: image: add check for fdt_add_r and kernel_addr_r variables
fdt_addr and kernel_addr variables are getting obsolete in the mainline
u-boot in favor of fdt_addr_r and kernel_addr_r.

By checking if the new variables exist, we can make sure that devices with newer
version of u-boot will work while not breaking support for the existing ones.

Signed-off-by: Vladimir Vid <vladimir.vid@sartura.hr>
Acked-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
2020-09-17 21:09:51 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
4fb58813f9 mediatek: fix hardware flow offload
Add support for dealing with DSA ports

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-09-17 21:08:32 +02:00
David Bauer
056945faa4 ipq40xx: enable FRITZRepeater 3000 ports on switch
The ethernet ports on the AVM FRITZRepeater 3000 are not separated
between LAN and WAN in the stock firmware. OpenWrt currently abstracts
port 4 as eth0 and port 5 as eth1, bridging them in the kernel.

This patch adjusts the GMAC port bitmasks and default bitmask for ar40xx
to bridge them on the switch, avoiding traffic on both ports to pass
thru the CPU.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-09-17 18:08:46 +02:00
David Bauer
b7da0d2944 ath79: add support for Ubiquiti UniFi AP Pro
This adds support for the Ubiquiti UniFi AP Pro to the ath79 target. The
device was previously supported on the now removed ar71xx target.

SoC   Atheros AR9344
WiFi  Atheros AR9344 & Atheros AR9280
ETH   Atheros AR8327
RAM   128M DDR2
FLASH 16M SPI-NOR

Installation
------------

Follow the Ubiquiti TFTP recovery procedure for this device.

1. Hold down the reset button while connecting power for 10 seconds.
2. Transfer the factory image via TFTP to the AP (192.168.1.20)
3. Wait 2 minutes for the AP to write the firmware to flash. The device
   will automatically reboot to OpenWrt.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-09-17 18:07:39 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
6e170ffb96 ipq806x: sort entries in lib/upgrade/platform.sh
Apply alphabetic sorting like in the other files.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-17 13:03:18 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
0b1cdb7eea treewide: remove empty default cases
There is no apparent reason to have an empty default case.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-17 12:46:19 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
a744c14dfa ipq806x: sort entries in 02_network
Apply alphabetic sorting like in the other files.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-17 12:33:45 +02:00
John Crispin
0fbdb51f76 ipq40xx: add Edgecore OAP-100 support
flashing the unit
* first update to latest edcore FW as per the PDF instructions
* boot the initramfs
  - tftpboot 0x88000000 openwrt-ipq40xx-generic-edgecore_oap100-initramfs-fit-uImage.itb; bootm
* inside the initramfs call the following commiands
  - ubiattach -p /dev/mtd0
  - ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 -n0
  - ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 -n1
  - ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 -n2
* scp the sysupgrade image to the board and call
  - sysupgrade -n openwrt-ipq40xx-generic-edgecore_oap100-squashfs-nand-sysupgrade.bin

Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2020-09-17 08:43:07 +02:00
Robert Marko
4488b260a0 ipq40xx: add Edgecore ECW5211 support
This patch adds support for the Edgecore ECW5211 indoor AP.

Specification:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros IPQ4018 ARMv7-A 4x Cortex A-7
- RAM: 256MB DDR3
- NOR Flash: 16MB SPI NOR
- NAND Flash: 128MB MX35LFxGE4AB SPI-NAND
- Ethernet: 2 x 1G via Q8075 PHY connected to ethernet adapter via PSGMII (802.3af POE IN on eth0)
- USB: 1 x USB 3.0 SuperSpeed
- WLAN: Built-in IPQ4018 (2x2 802.11bng, 2x2 802.11 acn)
- CC2540 BLE connected to USB 2.0 port
- Atmel AT97SC3205T I2C TPM

Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
2020-09-17 08:43:03 +02:00
Robert Marko
59f0a0fd83 ipq806x: add Edgecore ECW5410 support
This patch adds support for the Edgecore ECW5410 indoor AP.

Specification:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros IPQ8068 ARMv7 2x Cortex A-15
- RAM: 256MB(225 usable) DDR3
- NOR Flash: 16MB SPI NOR
- NAND Flash: 128MB S34MS01G2 Parallel NAND
- Ethernet: 2 x 1G via 2x AR8033 PHY-s connected directly to GMAC2 and GMAC3 via SGMII (802.3af POE IN on eth0)
- USB: 1 x USB 3.0 SuperSpeed
- WLAN: 2x QCA9994 AC Wawe 2 (1x 2GHz bgn, 1x 5GHz acn)
- CC2540 BLE
- UART console on RJ45 next to ethernet ports exposed.
Its Cisco pin compatible, 115200 8n1 baud.

Installation instructions:
Through stock firmware or initramfs.

1.Connect to console
2. Login with root account, if password is unknown then interrupt the boot with f and reset it in failsafe.
3. Transfer factory image
4. Flash the image with ubiformat /dev/mtd1 -y -f <your factory image path>

This will replace the rootfs2 with OpenWrt, if you are currently running from rootfs2 then simply change /dev/mtd1 to /dev/mtd0

Note

Initramfs:
1.  Connect to console
2.  Transfer the image from TFTP server with tftpboot,
or by using DHCP advertised image with dhcp command.
3. bootm
4. Run ubiformat /dev/mtd1

You need to interrupt the bootloader after rebooting and run:
run altbootcmd

This will switch your active rootfs partition to one you wrote to and boot from it.

So if rootfs1 is active, then it will change it to rootfs2.

This will format the rootfs2 partition, if your active partition is 2 then simply change /dev/mtd1 with /dev/mtd0
If you dont format the partition you will be writing too, then sysupgrade will find existing UBI rootfs and kernel volumes and update those.
This will result in wrong ordering and OpenWrt will panic on boot.

5. Transfer sysupgrade image
6. Flash with sysupgrade -n.

Note that sysupgrade will write the image to rootfs partition that is not currently in use.

Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
2020-09-17 08:42:17 +02:00
Robert Marko
43a53891ce ipq806x: import bootargs-append from IPQ40xx
This imports the patch that adds bootargs-append support from IPQ40xx.

This way we can append additional boot arguments from DTS instead of only being able to overwrite them.

This way dual firmware devices can use the rootfs number that bootloader passes to decide from what to boot.
But we still need to append console info and ubi root info.

This is used by Edgecore ECW5410.

Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
2020-09-17 08:42:17 +02:00
Robert Marko
811af0d98a ipq806x: add GSBI1 node to DTSI
IPQ806x series also has a GSBI1 with UART and I2C peripherals, so lets add the node for it.

Its needed for Edgecore ECW5410 which uses the UART from GSBI1 as second UART for Bluetooth.

Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
2020-09-17 08:42:17 +02:00
Robert Marko
6133ac8e99 ipq806x: 5.4: enable AT803X driver
Its needed for Edgecore ECW5410 which does not use QCA8337 switch,
but rather 2x AR8033 PHY-s directly connected to GMAC-s.

Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
2020-09-17 08:42:17 +02:00
Aleksander Jan Bajkowski
4a46f36f99 lantiq: remove trailing whitespaces in dts
Remove trailing whitespaces in dts files.

Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
2020-09-17 00:21:41 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
947bfc62d0 ath79: fix button types for WZR-HP-AG300H and WZR-600DHP
Router and Movie "keys" are actually switches for both devices
according to the manual. This has been properly implemented in ar71xx,
but overlooked when porting to ath79.

Fixes: 480bf28273 ("ath79: add support for Buffalo WZR-HP-AG300H")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-16 17:34:35 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
25f2f66eea ath79: add support for Buffalo WZR-600DHP
The hardware of this device seems to be identical to WZR-HP-AG300H.
It was already implemented as a clone in ar71xx.

Specification:
- 680 MHz CPU (Qualcomm Atheros AR7161)
- 128 MiB RAM
- 32 MiB Flash
- WiFi 5 GHz a/n
- WiFi 2.4 GHz b/g/n
- 5x 1000Base-T Ethernet
- 1x USB 2.0

Installation of OpenWRT from vendor firmware:
- Connect to the Web-interface at http://192.168.11.1
- Go to “Administration” → “Firmware Upgrade”
- Upload the OpenWrt factory image

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-16 17:32:12 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
c68105c3b4 ath79: use common device definition for Buffalo devices
The Buffalo devices in ath79 share their image generation code,
so let's create a shared Device definition for them.

Since most of them use BUFFALO_HWVER := 3, this is moved as
default to the shared definition as well.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-16 17:31:03 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
a99614a44f ath79: consistently use "info" label for default-mac partition
The tp-link safeloader devices typically contain a partition
"default-mac" which stores the MAC addresses. It is followed by other
partitions containing device info, like

  {"default-mac", 0x610000, 0x00020},
  {"pin", 0x610100, 0x00020},
  {"product-info", 0x611100, 0x01000},

In DTS, we typically assign a 0x10000 sized partition for these,
which is mostly labelled "mac" or "info". In rarer cases, the
partitions have been enclosed in a larger "tplink" or "config"
partition.

However, when comparing different devices, the implementation appears
relatively arbitrary at the moment.
Thus, this PR aims at harmonizing these partitions by always using
the name "info" for the DTS partition containing "default-mac".
"info" is preferred over "mac" as we never just have "default-mac"
alone, but always some other device-info partitions as well.

While at it, this also establishes a similar partitioning for the
few devices where the "info" partitions are part of a bigger
unspecific "config" partition or similar.

Besides the harmonization itself, this also allows to merge a few
cases in 11-ath10k-caldata.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-16 17:28:48 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
300173950d rtl838x: fix incorrect assignment from kstrtoul in serial.c
Assign return value of kstrtoul to error variable instead of
conversion value.

Suggested-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-16 16:31:28 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
5c0cecb6c6 rtl838x: refresh config
Use "make kernel_oldconfig" to update and sort target config.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-16 16:31:28 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
0da0aab6f2 rtl838x: remove some debug output in rtl838x-nor.c
Seems like leftovers from development, remove them.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-16 16:31:28 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
d5c4750a71 rtl838x: remove and add some empty lines
Do some minor empty lines cleanup, i.e. remove those at EOF and
add some for cosmetic reasons/consistency.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-15 12:28:43 +02:00
Birger Koblitz
df8e6be59a rtl838x: add new architecture
This adds support for the RTL838x Architecture.
SoCs of this type are used in managed and un-managed Switches and Routers
with 8-28 ports. Drivers are provided for SoC initialization, GPIOs, Flash,
Ethernet including a DSA switch driver and internal and external PHYs used
with these switches.

Supported SoCs:

	RTL8380M
	RTL8381M
	RTL8382M

The kernel will also boot on the following RTL839x SoCs, however driver
support apart from spi-nor is missing:

	RTL8390
	RTL8391
	RTL8393

The following PHYs are supported:

	RTL8214FC (Quad QSGMII multiplexing GMAC and SFP port)
	RTL8218B internal: internal PHY of the RTL838x chips
	RTL8318b external (QSGMII 8-port GMAC phy)
	RTL8382M SerDes for 2 SFP ports
	Initialization sequences for the PHYs are provided in the form of
	firmware files.

Flash driver supports 3 / 4 byte access

DSA switch driver supports VLANs, port isolation, STP and port mirroring.

The ALLNET ALL-SG8208M is supported as Proof of Concept:

	RTL8382M SoC
	1 MIPS 4KEc core @ 500MHz
	8 Internal PHYs (RTL8218B)
	128MB DRAM (Nanya NT5TU128MB)
	16MB NOR Flash (MXIC 25L128)
	8 GBEthernet ports with one green status LED each (SoC controlled)
	1 Power LED (not configurable)
	1 SYS LED (configurable)
	1 On-Off switch (not configurable)
	1 Reset button at the right behind right air-vent (not configurable)
	1 Reset button on front panel (configurable)
	12V 1A barrel connector
	1 serial header with populated standard pin connector and with markings
	  GND TX RX Vcc(3.3V), connection properties: 115200 8N1

To install, upload the sysupgrade image to the OEM webpage.

Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
2020-09-14 07:54:30 +02:00
Birger Koblitz
7bb1bd469e kernel: add support for ALLNET devices in mtdsplit
Add support for uimage headers from ALLNET and provide support for the
SG8208M and SG8310PM devices' magic bytes.

Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
2020-09-14 07:54:30 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
a9790dff53 cns3xxx: drop target
This target has not been updated to 5.4 yet, and the only person
trying it (Koen) decided to retreat based on the following reasons:

- The target is not DT-aware at all

- The huge amount of effort required

- The SoC itself reached EoL at Cavium for some time now

- Upstream removed some important parts as it's also slowly getting EoL
  over there

- The commercial product that used this will fade out shortly

- The amount of download for this binary suggest that the target is not
  that popular

Since nobody has picked up the work since then, and this is the last
remaining 4.19-only target, finally drop it now.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-14 00:19:27 +02:00
Chuanhong Guo
2188ef954e ramips: mt7621: pbr-m1: fix firmware size
This board is equipped with Winbond W25Q256FV 32M SPI-NOR.
Fix partition size for that.

Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
2020-09-13 19:15:06 +08:00
Chuanhong Guo
8126521e11 ramips: mt7621: pbr-m1: increase SPI clock to 50MHz
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
2020-09-13 18:53:25 +08:00
Chuanhong Guo
6f2c95f0cf ramips: mt7621: pbr-m1: add pcie reset for asm1061
this board has a pcie to sata bridge connected to pcie2 with a
separated pcie reset on gpio7.
add reset-gpios and corresponding pinctrl nodes into dts.

Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
2020-09-13 18:49:26 +08:00
Felix Fietkau
f0cc5f6c0a ramips/mediatek: improve GRO performance, fix PPE packet parsing
Backport upstream changes to initialize GDM settings and reset PPE
Allow GMAC to recognize the special tag to fix PPE packet parsing
Improve GRO performance by passing PPE L4 hash as skb hash

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-09-13 11:14:32 +02:00
John Audia
17e64b9447 kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.65
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh/no manual intervention needed

Build-tested: x86_64
Run-tested: ipq806x (R7800)

No dmesg regressions, everything functional

Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
2020-09-12 23:39:25 +02:00
Sander Vanheule
c9f51a9ad6 ath79: support for TP-Link EAP225-Wall v2
TP-Link EAP225-Wall v2 is an AC1200 (802.11ac Wave-2) wall plate access
point. UART access and debricking require fine soldering.

The device was kindly provided for porting by Stijn Segers.

Device specifications:
* SoC: QCA9561 @ 775MHz
* RAM: 128MiB DDR2
* Flash: 16MiB SPI-NOR (GD25Q127CSIG)
* Wireless 2.4GHz (SoC): b/g/n, 2x2
* Wireless 5Ghz (QCA9886): a/n/ac, 2x2 MU-MIMO
* Ethernet (SoC): 4× 100Mbps
  * Eth0 (back): 802.3af/at PoE in
  * Eth1, Eth2 (bottom)
  * Eth3 (bottom): PoE out (can be toggled by GPIO)
* One status LED
* Two buttons (both work as failsafe)
  * LED button, implemented as KEY_BRIGHTNESS_TOGGLE
  * Reset button

Flashing instructions, requires recent firmware (tested on 1.20.0):
* ssh into target device and run `cliclientd stopcs`
* Upgrade with factory image via web interface

Debricking:
* Serial port can be soldered on PCB J4 (1: TXD, 2: RXD, 3: GND, 4: VCC)
    * Bridge unpopulated resistors R162 (TXD) and R165 (RXD)
      Do NOT bridge R164
    * Use 3.3V, 115200 baud, 8n1
* Interrupt bootloader by holding CTRL+B during boot
* tftp initramfs to flash via sysupgrade or LuCI web interface

MAC addresses:
MAC address (as on device label) is stored in device info partition at
an offset of 8 bytes. ath9k device has same address as ethernet, ath10k
uses address incremented by 1.
From OEM ifconfig:
    br0       Link encap:Ethernet  HWaddr 50:...:04
    eth0      Link encap:Ethernet  HWaddr 50:...:04
    wifi0     Link encap:UNSPEC  HWaddr 50-...-04-...
    wifi1     Link encap:UNSPEC  HWaddr 50-...-05-...

Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
[fix IMAGE_SIZE]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-12 19:37:24 +02:00
Zhong Jianxin
53df30f02b ath79: add support for Mercury MW4530R v1
Mercury MW4530R is a TP-Link TL-WDR4310 clone.

Specification:

* SOC: Atheros AR9344 (560 MHz)
* RAM: 128 MiB
* Flash: 8192 KiB
* Ethernet: 5 x 10/100/1000 (4 x LAN, 1 x WAN) (AR8327)
* Wireless:
  - 2.4 GHz b/g/n (internal)
  - 5 GHz a/n (AR9580)
* USB: yes, 1 x USB 2.0

Installation:

Flash factory image via OEM web interface.

Signed-off-by: Zhong Jianxin <azuwis@gmail.com>
2020-09-12 18:47:26 +02:00
John Audia
bee76f1bfa kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.64
Remove upstreamed patches:
 generic-backport
  701-v5.5-net-core-use-listified-Rx-for-GRO_NORMAL-in-napi_gro.patch

Manually merged:
 mediatek/patches-5.4
  0603-net-dsa-mt7530-Extend-device-data-ready-for-adding-a.patch

All other modifications made by update_kernel.sh

Build-tested: ipq806x, lantiq/xrx200, mvebu, x86/64
Run-tested: ipq806x (R7800), mvebu (mamba, rango),
  lantiq/xrx200 (Easybox 904 xDSL), x86/64

No dmesg regressions, everything functional

Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
[add community build/run tests to commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-12 01:28:50 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
c4110a524e ramips: create common DTSI for Sunvalley Filehub devices
HooToo HT-TM05 and RAVPower RP-WD03 have almost identical hardware
(except for RAM size) and are from the same vendor (SunValley).

Create a common DTSI file for them.

Suggested-by: Russell Morris <rmorris@rkmorris.us>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-12 01:25:10 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
b56b499948 ramips: fix baud rate for RAVPower RP-WD03
The baud rate for the RAVPower RP-WD03 is 57600, not 115200.

Since this is the default from mt7620n.dtsi, the chosen node can
simply be removed from the device DTS.

Fixes: 5ef79af4f8 ("ramips: add support for Ravpower WD03")

Suggested-by: Russell Morris <rmorris@rkmorris.us>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-12 01:24:43 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
3fc7860961 ramips: assign LEDs for RAVPower RP-WD03
According to the User Manual, there is a "Wi-Fi LED" with blue and
green colors, doing the following by default:

  Flashing Blue: System loading
  Solid Blue: System loaded
  Flashing Green: Connecting to the Internet
  Solid Green: Connected to the Internet

According to this vendor behavior, we keep refer to the LED as "wifi"
but implement the according default behavior as in OEM firmware.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-12 01:24:30 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
77825f3cfe ramips: fix MAC address assignment for RAVPower RP-WD03
MAC assignment based on vendor firmware:

  2.4 GHz    *:b4   (factory 0x04)
  LAN/label  *:b4   (factory 0x28)
  WAN        *:b5   (factory 0x2e)

The previously used location 0x4000 for ethernet is actually empty.

Therefore, fix the ethernet MAC address and set it as label-mac-address.

Fixes: 5ef79af4f8 ("ramips: add support for Ravpower WD03")

Suggested-by: Russell Morris <rmorris@rkmorris.us>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-12 01:24:02 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
07aa858a73 ramips: fix partitions and boot for RAVPower RP-WD03
The RAVPower RP-WD03 is a battery powered router, with an Ethernet and
USB port. Due due a limitation in the vendor supplied U-Boot bootloader,
we cannot exceed a 1.5 MB kernel size, as is the case with recent builds
(i.e. post v19.07). This breaks both factory and sysupgrade images.

To address this, use the lzma loader (loader-okli) to work around this
limitation.

The improvements here also address the "misplaced" U-Boot environment
partition, which is located between the kernel and rootfs in the stock
image / implementation. This is addressed by making use of mtd-concat,
maximizing space available in the booted image.
This will make sysupgrade from earlier versions impossible.

Changes are based on the recently supported HooToo HT-TM05, as the
hardware is almost identical (except for RAM size) and is from the same
vendor (SunValley). While at it, also change the SPI frequency
accordingly.

Installation:

 - Download the needed OpenWrt install files, place them in the root
   of a clean TFTP server running on your computer. Rename the files as,
   - openwrt-ramips-mt7620-ravpower_rp-wd03-squashfs-kernel.bin => kernel
   - openwrt-ramips-mt7620-ravpower_rp-wd03-squashfs-rootfs.bin => rootfs
 - Plug the router into your computer via Ethernet
 - Set your computer to use 10.10.10.254 as its IP address
 - With your router shut down, hold down the power button until the first
   white LED lights up.
 - Push and hold the reset button and release the power button. Continue
   holding the reset button for 30 seconds or until it begins searching
   for files on your TFTP server, whichever comes first.
 - The router (10.10.10.128) will look for your computer at 10.10.10.254
   and install the two files. Once it has finished installation, it will
   automatically reboot and start up OpenWrt.
 - Set your computer to use DHCP for its IP address

Notes:

 - U-Boot environment can be modified, u-boot-env is preserved on initial
   install or sysupgrade
 - mtd-concat functionality is included, to leave a "hole" for u-boot-env,
   combining the OEM kernel and rootfs partitions

Most of the changes in this commit are the work of Russell Morris (as
credited below), I only wrapped them up and added compat-version.
Thanks to @mpratt14 and @xabolcs for their help getting the lzma loader
to work!

Fixes: 5ef79af4f8 ("ramips: add support for Ravpower WD03")

Suggested-by: Russell Morris <rmorris@rkmorris.us>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-11 19:31:03 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
a4e5b8897a ramips: use proper name for RAVPower RP-WD03
The proper model name is RP-WD03 (i.e. with the RP- prefix).

Adjust all names to that.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-11 19:18:54 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
14024f6e0f kernel: use proper upstream inclusion version for patch
The patch is only included in kernel 5.5.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-11 18:40:44 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
4527f59428 ramips: move ravpower-wd009-factory recipe to mt76x8.mk
The recipe is only used for a single device, so put it in the
subtarget file.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-11 18:40:44 +02:00
David Bauer
2e6c236abd ipq40xx: essedma: enable VLAN tag offload for single-port
Enable the VLAN tag offloading mechanism for RGMII single-port devices.
This allows those devices to use 802.1Q VLANs on the ethernet port.

Previously, RX frames were double tagged, as the RX TAG removal flag was
not enabled and an additional 802.1Q header was inserted elsewhere in
the code.

On the TX side, tagging was completely not present for single-port
devices. Enable tagging if an 802.1Q frame should be transmitted and
disable the default tagging mechanism for single-port devices.

Tested on Aruba AP-303

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-09-11 17:37:11 +02:00
Sergey Ryazanov
788aa61e1b ath25: fix preinit Ethernet port configuration
vconfig is no more installed by default to a firmware image. So, replace
vconfig calls for VLAN subinterface configuration by coresponding
ip-link commands.

Also drop few useless comments from the preinit hook script, while we
are at it.

I have no chance to test this fix since I have no board with a subject
switch IC, but this is still better then call an utility that is
unavailable in the firmware for years.

Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
[use documented syntax for ip link add]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-10 18:52:15 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
4d747f5495 kernel: add recently introduced CONFIG_MTD_SPLIT_ELF_FW
The config symbol was introduced in drivers, but not added to
generic kernel config files. This will halt build asking for the
value.

Fix it by adding the value (setting it to disabled).

Fixes: 3f7047db7a ("kernel: mtdsplit: support ELF loader splitting")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-09 22:09:19 +02:00
Sander Vanheule
9dd4ba3d7e ath79: add support for TP-Link EAP245-v3
TP-Link EAP245 v3 is an AC1750 (802.11ac Wave-2) ceiling mount access
point. UART access (for debricking) requires non-trivial soldering.

Specifications:
* SoC: QCA9563 (CPU/DDR/AHB @ 775/650/258 MHz)
* RAM: 128MiB
* Flash: 16MiB SPI-NOR
* Wireless 2.4GHz (SoC): b/g/n 3x3
* Wireless 5GHz (QCA9982): a/n/ac 3x3 with MU-MIMO
* Ethernet (QCA8337N switch): 2× 1GbE, ETH1 (802.3at PoE) and ETH2
* Green and amber status LEDs
* Reset switch (GPIO, available for failsafe)

Flashing instructions:
All recent firmware versions (latest is 2.20.0), can disable firmware
signature verification and use a padded firmware file to flash OpenWrt:
* ssh into target device and run `cliclientd stopcs`
* upload factory image via web interface

The stopcs-method is supported from firmware version 2.3.0. Earlier
versions need to be upgraded to a newer stock version before flashing
OpenWrt.

Factory images for these devices are RSA signed by TP-Link. While the
signature verification can be disabled, the factory image still needs to
have a (fake) 1024 bit signature added to pass file checks.

Debricking instructions:
You can recover using u-boot via the serial port:
* Serial port is available from J3 (1:TX, 2:RX, 3:GND, 4:3.3V)
* Bridge R237 to connect RX, located next to J3
* Bridge R225 to connect TX, located inside can on back-side of board
* Serial port is 115200 baud, 8n1, interrupt u-boot by holding ctrl+B
* Upload initramfs with tftp and upgrade via OpenWrt

Device mac addresses:
Stock firmware has the same mac address for 2.4GHz wireless and
ethernet, 5GHz is incremented by one. The base mac address is stored in
the 'default-mac' partition (offset 0x90000) at an offset of 8 bytes.
ART blobs contain no mac addresses.
From OEM ifconfig:
    ath0      Link encap:Ethernet  HWaddr 74:..:E2
    ath10     Link encap:Ethernet  HWaddr 74:..:E3
    br0       Link encap:Ethernet  HWaddr 74:..:E2
    eth0      Link encap:Ethernet  HWaddr 74:..:E2

Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
Tested-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
2020-09-09 20:42:10 +03:00
Sander Vanheule
b71668f96a ath79: enable elf mtd splitter
Enabled the ELF firmware partition splitter 4.19 and 5.4 in preparation
for the TP-Link EAP245v3 device support.

Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
2020-09-09 20:41:50 +03:00
Sander Vanheule
3f7047db7a kernel: mtdsplit: support ELF loader splitting
To parse the ELF kernel loader, a small ELF parser is used that can
handle both ELF32 or ELF64 class loaders. The splitter assumes that the
kernel is always located before the rootfs, whether it is embedded in
the loader or not. If the kernel is located after the rootfs on the
firmware partition, then the rootfs splitter will include it in the
dynamically created rootfs_data partition and the kernel will be
corrupted.

The kernel image is preferably embedded inside the ELF loader, so the
end of the loader equals the end of the kernel partition. This is due to
the way mtd_find_rootfs_from searches for the the rootfs:
- if the kernel image is embedded in the loader, the appended rootfs may
  follow the loader immediately, within the same erase block.
- if the kernel image is not embedded in the loader, but placed at some
  offset behind the loader (OKLI-style loader), the rootfs must be
  aligned to an erase-block after the loader and kernel image.

In case section header table is empty, determine the elf loader size by
finding the end of the last segment, as defined by the program header
table.

Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
2020-09-09 20:41:50 +03:00
Adrian Schmutzler
2dda301d40 ramips: disable default build for Ravpower RP-WD03
This device has a 1.5M kernel size limit during boot and is
unbootable since February 2019 [1].

[1] https://forum.openwrt.org/t/ravpower-wd03-does-not-start-with-openwrt-master/49792

Reported-by: Szabolcs Hubai <szab.hu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-09 14:12:14 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
668c988fc5 mediatek/ramips: remove an ethernet optimization patch that was reported to cause a regression
In some tests, crashes were observed

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-09-09 11:51:47 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
c18a872825 mediatek: backport the latest version of the mt7531 support patches
Fixes unknown unicast flooding issue

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-09-09 11:51:47 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
38f6d5d217 treewide: revert sysupgrade adjustments for early DSA-adopters
The uci-default mechanism to update the compat-version was only
meant for early DSA-adopters, which should have updated by now.

Remove this workaround again in order to prevent the intended
experiences for all the other people.

This reverts:
a9703db720 ("mvebu: fix sysupgrade experience for early DSA-adopters")
86c89bf5e8 ("kirkwood: fix sysupgrade experience for early DSA-adopters")

Partially reverted:
1eac573b53 ("ramips: mt7621: implement compatibility version for DSA migration")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-08 19:27:15 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
de4e57eaaa Revert "treewide: add sysupgrade comment for early DSA-adopters"
This reverts commit e81e625ca3.

This was meant just for early DSA-adopters. Those should have
updated by now, remove it so future updaters get the intended
experience.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-08 19:26:22 +02:00
John Audia
2c2fcbd2e0 kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.63
Manually merged:
 hack-5.4
  230-openwrt_lzma_options.patch
 bcm27xx
  950-0283-hid-usb-Add-device-quirks-for-Freeway-Airmouse-T3-an.patch
 x86
  011-tune_lzma_options.patch

Remove upstreamed patches in collaboration with Ansuel Smith:
 ipq806x
  093-1-v5.8-ipq806x-PCI-qcom-Add-missing-ipq806x-clocks-in-PCIe-driver.patch
  093-2-v5.8-ipq806x-PCI-qcom-Change-duplicate-PCI-reset-to-phy-reset.patch
  093-3-v5.8-ipq806x-PCI-qcom-Add-missing-reset-for-ipq806x.patch

All other modifications made by update_kernel.sh

Build-tested: bcm27xx/bcm2708, ipq806x, x86/64
Run-tested: ipq806x (R7800), x86/64

No dmesg regressions, everything functional

Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
[update commit message/tested]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-06 19:55:19 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
ad22f6a8aa ath25: disable devices with 4M flash
Devices with 4M flash are not built be default for 20.xx anymore.

Building them with buildbot settings does not work anymore anyway.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-06 19:50:36 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
9c12a33b24 ath25: apply vendor_model scheme
This applies the vendor_model scheme for this target as well, so
naming is consistent throughout supported targets.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-06 19:49:53 +02:00
Sergey Ryazanov
ce3b135243 ath25: eth: fix crash on skb DMA (un-)map
AR2315 Ethernet driver pass NULL instead of a real device pointer to DMA
(un-)map calls. With kernel version 5.4 such behaviour causes a kernel
panic. Fix this issue by preserving device pointer during the probe
procedure and pass it to each skb data DMA (un-)map call.

Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
2020-09-06 19:49:43 +02:00
Sergey Ryazanov
36e06497f4 ath25: fix ethernet supported link modes for ar2313
Rework ethernet supported link modes to linkmode bitmask.

This is needed to suppress compilation errors:

   drivers/net/ethernet/atheros/ar231x/ar231x.c:1153:20: ...
     error: assignment to expression with array type
     phydev->supported &= (SUPPORTED_10baseT_Half
                       ^~

Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
[cut out of bigger patch, adjust commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-06 19:49:37 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
1a4c1d64bc ath25: fix compilation for AR2315 MTD driver
Kernel commit e7bfb3fdbde3 ("mtd: Stop updating erase_info->state
and calling mtd_erase_callback()") removed erase_info->state
updates and calls of mtd_erase_callback().

Drop these erase callback invocations from AR2315 MTD driver as well.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-06 19:49:28 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
481d0281d8 ath25: update config for kernel 5.4
Update config with make kernel_oldconfig.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-06 19:49:19 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
fc920bfb00 ath25: refresh patches for kernel 5.4
Refresh patches to make them apply to kernel 5.4.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-06 19:49:13 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
081e944be6 ath25: add back target support
Discussion on the mailing list reveals that this target has active
users. As we are finally able to upgrade this target to kernel 5.4,
add it back to master.

This reverts commit 7d29a55714 ("ath25: drop target") and
immediately moves the relevant files to 5.4, without touching
the content.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-06 19:49:05 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
8938711223 ath79: drop Build/loader-kernel-cmdline
This is the same as  loader-kernel since the KERNEL_CMDLINE
parameter has been removed in [1] and not used at all anyway.

Remove it.

[1] f77db1a590 ("ath79: cleanup image build code")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
2020-09-06 19:43:08 +02:00
Josh Bendavid
b5dd746cbb ramips: add support for D-Link DIR-2660 A1
This patch adds support for D-Link DIR-2660 A1.

Specifications:
* Board: AP-MTKH7-0002
* SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT
* RAM: 256 MB (DDR3)
* Flash: 128 MB (NAND)
* WiFi: MediaTek MT7615N (x2)
* Switch: 1 WAN, 4 LAN (Gigabit)
* Ports: 1 USB 2.0, 1 USB 3.0
* Buttons: Reset, WPS
* LEDs: Power (white/orange), Internet (white/orange), WiFi 2.4G (white),
        WiFi 5G (white), USB 3.0 (white), USB 2.0 (white)

Notes:
* WiFi 2.4G and WiFi 5G LEDs are wired directly to the wireless chips

Installation:
* D-Link Recovery GUI: power down the router, press and hold the reset
  button, then re-plug it. Keep the reset button pressed until the power
  LED starts flashing orange, manually assign a static IP address under
  the 192.168.0.xxx subnet (e.g. 192.168.0.2) and go to http://192.168.0.1

* Some modern browsers may have problems flashing via the Recovery GUI,
  if that occurs consider uploading the firmware through cURL:

    curl -v -i -F "firmware=@file.bin" 192.168.0.1

MAC addresses:

lan   factory 0xe000     *:a7 (label)
wan   factory 0xe006     *:aa
2.4   factory 0xe000 +1  *:a8
5.0   factory 0xe000 +2  *:a9

Seems like vendor didn't replace the dummy entries in the calibration data.

Signed-off-by: Josh Bendavid <joshbendavid@gmail.com>
[rebase onto already merged DIR-1960 A1, add MAC addresses to commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-06 19:09:45 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
ba72ed537c kernel: backport GRO improvements
Improves network performance

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-09-06 15:35:57 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
63b6b10670 kernel: backport improved checksum function for ARM64
Improves network performance in some cases when checksum offload is not
available

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-09-06 15:35:57 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
21ab979c70 mediatek/mt7622: adjust kernel cpu features to match the hardware
Disable unnecessary errata/features
Enable potentially needed ones

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-09-06 15:35:57 +02:00
Christian Lamparter
252197f014 apm821xx: provide legacy interrupts for PCIe in DT
Devices with PCIe-Switches like the WNDR4700, MR24 and WNDAP660
need to have the interrupts property specified in the device-tree
for the legacy pci interrupt signaling method to work.

If the proper interrupt value is not specified, the default INTA
IRQ 12 is taken for all devices. This is especially bad, if the
device is setup to use INTC, because these interrupts will not
be serviced.

Russell Senior reported his experience on the MR24:
"The symptom is client devices can't see the beacons.
Wifi ifaces appear, can scan and hear other networks,
but clients can't see the MR24's SSIDs."

(The interrupts-property on the WNDAP620 was optional since it
uses INTA by default. Likewise the MX60W is in the same category)

Reported-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-09-05 23:26:05 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
920d975cab mediatek: enable coherent DMA for ethernet and PCI
Improves performance by eliminating the need for extra cache flushes

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-09-04 19:42:35 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
44fe9e6f84 mediatek: fix an irq handling issue
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-09-04 19:42:35 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
7081b1704e mediatek/ramips: add patch to avoid unnecessary rearming of interrupts
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-09-04 19:42:35 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
1fe914d9b4 mediatek: disable packet steering by default
mt76 now spreads the load over multiple CPUs more smoothly, processing
ethernet packets should be faster running on one core

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-09-04 19:42:35 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
a38b6efbc1 mediatek: enable kernel PCIe ASPM support, refresh kernel config
Improves performance on PCIe devices

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-09-04 12:42:46 +02:00
Yangbo Lu
ad0f0df909 layerscape: fix linux headers install issue
The linux upstream commit had treated config leak as error.
5967577 scripts: headers_install: Exit with error on config leak

It is causing below build issue. Provide a kernel patch to fix
it by replacing CONFIG_COMPAT kernel option with FM_COMPAT instead.

  HDRINST usr/include/linux/fmd/integrations/integration_ioctls.h
  HDRINST usr/include/linux/fmd/Peripherals/fm_port_ioctls.h
error: include/uapi/linux/fmd/Peripherals/fm_port_ioctls.h: leak
CONFIG_COMPAT to user-space
scripts/Makefile.headersinst:63: recipe for target
'usr/include/linux/fmd/Peripherals/fm_port_ioctls.h' failed
make[5]: *** [usr/include/linux/fmd/Peripherals/fm_port_ioctls.h] Error 1
Makefile:1198: recipe for target 'headers' failed
make[4]: *** [headers] Error 2

Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
2020-09-03 14:34:33 +01:00
Russell Morris
45a81f7056 ramips: add support for HooToo HT-TM05
The HooToo HT-TM05 is a battery powered router, with an Ethernet and USB port.
Vendor U-Boot limited to 1.5 MB kernel size, so use lzma loader (loader-okli).

Specifications:

  SOC:     MediaTek MT7620N
  BATTERY: 10400mAh
  WLAN:    802.11bgn
  LAN:     1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
  USB:     1x USB 2.0 (Type-A)
  RAM:     64 MB
  FLASH:   GigaDevice GD25Q64, Serial 8 MB Flash, clocked at 50 MHz
           Flash itself specified to 80 MHz, but speed limited by mt7620 SPI
           fast-read enabled (m25p)
  LED:     Status LED (blue after boot, green with WiFi traffic
           4 leds to indicate power level of the battery (unable to control)
  INPUT:   Power, reset button

MAC assignment based on vendor firmware:

  2.4 GHz    *:b4   (factory 0x04)
  LAN/label  *:b4   (factory 0x28)
  WAN        *:b5   (factory 0x2e)

Tested and working:

 - Ethernet
 - 2.4 GHz WiFi (Correct MAC-address)
 - Installation from TFTP (recovery)
 - OpenWRT sysupgrade (Preserving and non-preserving), through the usual
   ways: command line and LuCI
 - LEDs (except as noted above)
 - Button (reset)
 - I2C, which is needed for reading battery charge status and level
 - U-Boot environment / variables (from U-Boot, and OpenWrt)

Installation:

 - Download the needed OpenWrt install files, place them in the root
   of a clean TFTP server running on your computer. Rename the files as,
   - ramips-mt7620-hootoo_tm05-squashfs-kernel.bin => kernel
   - ramips-mt7620-hootoo_tm05-squashfs-rootfs.bin => rootfs
 - Plug the router into your computer via Ethernet
 - Set your computer to use 10.10.10.254 as its IP address
 - With your router shut down, hold down the power button until the first
   white LED lights up.
 - Push and hold the reset button and release the power button. Continue
   holding the reset button for 30 seconds or until it begins searching
   for files on your TFTP server, whichever comes first.
 - The router (10.10.10.128) will look for your computer at 10.10.10.254
   and install the two files. Once it has finished installation, it will
   automatically reboot and start up OpenWrt.
 - Set your computer to use DHCP for its IP address

Notes:

 - U-Boot environment can be modified, u-boot-env is preserved on initial
   install or sysupgrade
 - mtd-concat functionality is included, to leave a "hole" for u-boot-env,
   combining the OEM kernel and rootfs partitions

I would like to thank @mpratt14 and @xabolcs for their help getting the
lzma loader to work!

Signed-off-by: Russell Morris <rmorris@rkmorris.us>
[drop changes in image/Makefile, fix indent and PKG_RELEASE in
uboot-envtools, fix LOADER_FLASH_OFFS, minor commit message facelift,
add COMPILE to Device/Default]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-03 14:15:30 +02:00
Chuanhong Guo
b7013e9c4a ramips: image: add recipe for OKLI loader
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
2020-09-03 14:15:30 +02:00
Chuanhong Guo
cac9e3e2cb ramips: lzma-loader: make FLASH_START configurable
FLASH_START is supposed to point at the memory area where NOR flash are
mapped. We currently have an incorrect FLASH_START copied from ar71xx
back then and the loader doesn't work under OKLI mode.
On ramips, mt7621 has it's flash mapped to 0x1fc00000 and other SoCs
uses 0x1c000000. This commit makes FLASH_START a configurable value to
handle both cases.

Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
2020-09-03 14:15:30 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
95acc4fe0e kernel: remove support for kernel 4.14
No target uses kernel 4.14 anymore.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-02 16:29:23 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
66ab1fb395 ramips: drop support for kernel 4.14
The target seems to be working on 5.4, so drop 4.14 support in
preparation for removing it from master entirely.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-02 16:29:23 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
e68c017e93 pistachio: drop support for kernel 4.14
The target seems to be working on 5.4, so drop 4.14 support in
preparation for removing it from master entirely.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-02 16:29:22 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
64824db6d8 arc770: drop support for kernel 4.14
The target seems to be working on 5.4, so drop 4.14 support in
preparation for removing it from master entirely.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-02 16:29:22 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
bc88ee0aff samsung: drop target
This target is still on kernel 4.14, and no attempt has been made to
update it to a newer kernel. Since we already are two LTS versions ahead
of that the target is dropped, as the chance of somebody bumping it will
only decrease with time.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-02 16:29:22 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
94198e2a1c rb532: drop target
This target is still on kernel 4.14, and recent attempts to move it to
kernel 5.4 have not led to success. The device tester reported that it
wouldn't boot with the following messages:

From sysupgrade:

  Press any key within 4 seconds to enter setup....
  loading kernel from nand... OK
  setting up elf image... OK
  jumping to kernel code

At this point the system hangs.

From CompactFlash:

  Press any key within 4 seconds to enter setup....
  Booting CF
  Loading kernel... done
  setting up elf image... kernel out of range kernel loading failed

The tester reported that the same was observed with current master
(kernel 4.14) as well. This looks like some kernel size restriction.

Since this target is quite old and only supports one device, and since
nobody else seemed interested in working on this for quite some time,
I decided to not put further work into analyzing the problem and drop
this together with the other 4.14-only targets.

Patchwork series:
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/openwrt/list/?series=197066&state=*

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-02 16:29:22 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
7d29a55714 ath25: drop target
This target still only works with kernel 4.14, and not so recent
attempts of getting newer kernel versions supported did not lead
to success. Therefore, drop the target, as we are already two
LTS kernel versions ahead and it does not seem like anybody will
pick up the work.

Patchwork series:
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/openwrt/list/?series=169991&state=*

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-02 16:29:22 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
b5d425af23 mediatek/ramips: unify ethernet driver fixes and add performance optimizations
Increase DMA burst size and tx ring size and optimize tx processing

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-09-01 17:01:56 +02:00
John Crispin
4841ac042e mediatek: pull in some fixes fromt he latest SDK
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2020-09-01 09:09:13 +02:00
Michael Pratt
22caf30a65 ath79: add support for Senao Engenius ENH202 v1
FCC ID: U2M-ENH200

Engenius ENH202 is an outdoor wireless access point with 2 10/100 ports,
built-in ethernet switch, internal antenna plates and proprietery PoE.

Specification:

  - Qualcomm/Atheros AR7240 rev 2
  - 40 MHz reference clock
  - 8 MB FLASH                  ST25P64V6P (aka ST M25P64)
  - 32 MB RAM
  - UART at J3                  (populated)
  - 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet     (built-in switch at gmac1)
  - 2.4 GHz, 2x2, 29dBm         (Atheros AR9280 rev 2)
  - internal antenna plates     (10 dbi, semi-directional)
  - 5 LEDs, 1 button            (LAN, WAN, RSSI) (Reset)

Known Issues:

  - Sysupgrade from ar71xx no longer possible
  - Power LED not controllable, or unknown gpio

MAC addresses:

  eth0/eth1  *:11   art 0x0/0x6
  wlan       *:10   art 0x120c

  The device label lists both addresses, WLAN MAC and ETH MAC,
  in that order.

  Since 0x0 and 0x6 have the same content, it cannot be
  determined which is eth0 and eth1, so we chose 0x0 for both.

Installation:

  2 ways to flash factory.bin from OEM:

  - Connect ethernet directly to board (the non POE port)
      this is LAN for all images
  - if you get Failsafe Mode from failed flash:
      only use it to flash Original firmware from Engenius
      or risk kernel loop or halt which requires serial cable

  Method 1: Firmware upgrade page:

    OEM webpage at 192.168.1.1
    username and password "admin"
    In upper right select Reset
    "Restore to factory default settings"
    Wait for reboot and login again
    Navigate to "Firmware Upgrade" page from left pane
    Click Browse and select the factory.bin image
    Upload and verify checksum
    Click Continue to confirm and wait 3 minutes

  Method 2: Serial to load Failsafe webpage:

    After connecting to serial console and rebooting...
    Interrupt boot with any key pressed rapidly
    execute `run failsafe_boot` OR `bootm 0x9f670000`
    wait a minute
    connect to ethernet and navigate to
    "192.168.1.1/index.htm"
    Select the factory.bin image and upload
    wait about 3 minutes

Return to OEM:

  If you have a serial cable, see Serial Failsafe instructions

  *DISCLAIMER*
  The Failsafe image is unique to Engenius boards.
  If the failsafe image is missing or damaged this will not work
  DO NOT downgrade to ar71xx this way, can cause kernel loop or halt

  The easiest way to return to the OEM software is the Failsafe image
  If you dont have a serial cable, you can ssh into openwrt and run

  `mtd -r erase fakeroot`

  Wait 3 minutes
  connect to ethernet and navigate to 192.168.1.1/index.htm
  select OEM firmware image from Engenius and click upgrade

Format of OEM firmware image:

  The OEM software of ENH202 is a heavily modified version
  of Openwrt Kamikaze bleeding-edge. One of the many modifications
  is to the sysupgrade program. Image verification is performed
  simply by the successful ungzip and untar of the supplied file
  and name check and header verification of the resulting contents.
  To form a factory.bin that is accepted by OEM Openwrt build,
  the kernel and rootfs must have specific names...

    openwrt-senao-enh202-uImage-lzma.bin
    openwrt-senao-enh202-root.squashfs

  and begin with the respective headers (uImage, squashfs).
  Then the files must be tarballed and gzipped.
  The resulting binary is actually a tar.gz file in disguise.
  This can be verified by using binwalk on the OEM firmware images,
  ungzipping then untaring, and by swapping headers to see
  what the OEM upgrade utility accepts and rejects.

  OKLI kernel loader is required because the OEM firmware
  expects the kernel to be no greater than 1024k
  and the factory.bin upgrade procedure would otherwise
  overwrite part of the kernel when writing rootfs.

Note on built-in switch:

  ENH202 is originally configured to be an access point,
  but with two ethernet ports, both WAN and LAN is possible.

  the POE port is gmac0 which is preferred to be
  the port for WAN because it gives link status
  where swconfig does not.

Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mpratt51@gmail.com>
[assign label_mac in 02_network, use ucidef_set_interface_wan,
use common device definition, some reordering]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-31 17:41:21 +02:00
Michael Pratt
6decbf3186 ath79: add support for Senao Engenius ENS202EXT v1
Engenius ENS202EXT v1 is an outdoor wireless access point with 2 10/100 ports,
with built-in ethernet switch, detachable antennas and proprietery PoE.

FCC ID:	A8J-ENS202

Specification:

  - Qualcomm/Atheros AR9341 v1
  - 535/400/200/40 MHz          (CPU/DDR/AHB/REF)
  - 64 MB of RAM
  - 16 MB of FLASH              MX25L12835F(MI-10G)
  - UART (J1) header on PCB     (unpopulated)
  - 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet     (built-in switch Atheros AR8229)
  - 2.4 GHz, up to 27dBm        (Atheros AR9340)
  - 2x external, detachable antennas
  - 7x LED (5 programmable in ath79), 1x GPIO button (Reset)

Known Issues:

  - Sysupgrade from ar71xx no longer possible
  - Ethernet LEDs stay on solid when connected, not programmable

MAC addresses:

  eth0/eth1  *:7b   art 0x0/0x6
  wlan       *:7a   art 0x1002

  The device label lists both addresses, WLAN MAC and ETH MAC,
  in that order.

  Since 0x0 and 0x6 have the same content, it cannot be
  determined which is eth0 and eth1, so we chose 0x0 for both.

Installation:

  2 ways to flash factory.bin from OEM:

  - Connect ethernet directly to board (the non POE port)
      this is LAN for all images
  - if you get Failsafe Mode from failed flash:
      only use it to flash Original firmware from Engenius
      or risk kernel loop which requires serial cable

  Method 1: Firmware upgrade page:

    OEM webpage at 192.168.1.1
    username and password "admin"
    In upper right select Reset
    "Restore to factory default settings"
    Wait for reboot and login again
    Navigate to "Firmware Upgrade" page from left pane
    Click Browse and select the factory.bin image
    Upload and verify checksum
    Click Continue to confirm and wait 3 minutes

  Method 2: Serial to load Failsafe webpage:

    After connecting to serial console and rebooting...
    Interrupt boot with any key pressed rapidly
    execute `run failsafe_boot` OR `bootm 0x9fdf0000`
    wait a minute
    connect to ethernet and navigate to
    "192.168.1.1/index.htm"
    Select the factory.bin image and upload
    wait about 3 minutes

  *If you are unable to get network/LuCI after flashing*
  You must perform another factory reset:

    After waiting 3 minutes or when Power LED stop blinking:

    Hold Reset button for 15 seconds while powered on
    or until Power LED blinks very fast

    release and wait 2 minutes

Return to OEM:

  If you have a serial cable, see Serial Failsafe instructions

  *DISCLAIMER*
  The Failsafe image is unique to this model.
  The following directions are unique to this model.
  DO NOT downgrade to ar71xx this way, can cause kernel loop

  The easiest way to return to the OEM software is the Failsafe image
  If you dont have a serial cable, you can ssh into openwrt and run

  `mtd -r erase fakeroot`

  Wait 3 minutes
  connect to ethernet and navigate to 192.168.1.1/index.htm
  select OEM firmware image from Engenius and click upgrade

TFTP Recovery:

  For some reason, TFTP is not reliable on this board.
  Takes many attempts, many timeouts before it fully transfers.

  Starting with an initramfs.bin:

  Connect to ethernet
  set IP address and TFTP server to 192.168.1.101
  set up infinite ping to 192.168.1.1
  rename the initramfs.bin to "vmlinux-art-ramdisk" and host on TFTP server
  disconnect power to the board
  hold reset button while powering on board for 8 seconds

  Wait a minute, power LED should blink eventually if successful
  and a minute after that the pings should get replies
  You have now loaded a temporary Openwrt with default settings temporarily.
  You can use that image to sysupgrade another image to overwrite flash.

Format of OEM firmware image:

  The OEM software of ENS202EXT is a heavily modified version
  of Openwrt Kamikaze bleeding-edge. One of the many modifications
  is to the sysupgrade program. Image verification is performed
  simply by the successful ungzip and untar of the supplied file
  and name check and header verification of the resulting contents.
  To form a factory.bin that is accepted by OEM Openwrt build,
  the kernel and rootfs must have specific names...

    openwrt-senao-ens202ext-uImage-lzma.bin
    openwrt-senao-ens202ext-root.squashfs

  and begin with the respective headers (uImage, squashfs).
  Then the files must be tarballed and gzipped.
  The resulting binary is actually a tar.gz file in disguise.
  This can be verified by using binwalk on the OEM firmware images,
  ungzipping then untaring, and by swapping headers to see
  what the OEM upgrade utility accepts and rejects.

Note on the factory.bin:

  The newest kernel is too large to be in the kernel partition

  the new ath79 kernel is beyond   1592k
  Even ath79-tiny is               1580k

  Checksum fails at boot because the bootloader (modified uboot)
  expects kernel to be 1536k. If the kernel is larger, it gets
  overwritten when rootfs is flashed, causing a broken image.
  The mtdparts variable is part of the build and saving a new
  uboot environment will not persist after flashing.
  OEM version might interact with uboot or with the custom
  OEM partition at 0x9f050000.

  Failed checksums at boot cause failsafe image to launch,
  allowing any image to be flashed again.

  HOWEVER: one should not install older Openwrt from failsafe
  because it can cause rootfs to be unmountable,
  causing kernel loop after successful checksum.
  The only way to rescue after that is with a serial cable.

  For these reasons, a fake kernel (OKLI kernel loader)
  and fake squashfs rootfs is implemented to take care of
  the OEM firmware image verification and checksums at boot.
  The OEM only verifies the checksum of the first image
  of each partition respectively, which is the loader
  and the fake squashfs. This completely frees
  the "firmware" partition from all checks.

  virtual_flash is implemented to make use of the wasted space.
  this leaves only 2 erase blocks actually wasted.

  The loader and fakeroot partitions must remain intact, otherwise
  the next boot will fail, redirecting to the Failsafe image.

  Because the partition table required is so different
  than the OEM partition table and ar71xx partition table,
  sysupgrades are not possible until one switches to ath79 kernel.

Note on sysupgrade.tgz:

  To make things even more complicated, another change is needed to
  fix an issue where network does not work after flashing from either
  OEM software or Failsafe image, which implants the OEM (Openwrt Kamikaze)
  configuration into the jffs2 /overlay when writing rootfs from factory.bin.

  The upgrade script has this:

    mtd -j "/tmp/_sys/sysupgrade.tgz" write "${rootfs}" "rootfs"

  However, it also accepts scripts before and after:

    before_local="/etc/before-upgradelocal.sh"
    after_local="/etc/after-upgradelocal.sh"
    before="before-upgrade.sh"
    after="after-upgrade.sh"

  Thus, we can solve the issue by making the .tgz an empty file
  by making a before-upgrade.sh in the factory.bin

Note on built-in switch:

  There is two ports on the board, POE through the power supply brick,
  the other is on the board. For whatever reason, in the ar71xx target,
  both ports were on the built-in switch on eth1. In order to make use
  of a port for WAN or a different LAN, one has to set up VLANs.

  In ath79, eth0 and eth1 is defined in the DTS so that the
  built-in switch is seen as eth0, but only for 1 port
  the other port is on eth1 without a built-in switch.

  eth0: switch0
    CPU is port 0
    board port is port 1

  eth1: POE port on the power brick

  Since there is two physical ports,
  it can be configured as a full router,
  with LAN for both wired and wireless.

  According to the Datasheet, the port that is not on the switch
  is connected to gmac0. It is preferred that gmac0 is chosen as WAN
  over a port on an internal switch, so that link status can pass
  to the kernel immediately which is more important for WAN connections.

Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mpratt51@gmail.com>
[apply sorting in 01_leds, make factory recipe more generic, create common
device node, move label-mac to 02_network, add MAC addresses to commit
message, remove kmod-leds-gpio, use gzip directly]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-31 17:41:21 +02:00
Roger Pueyo Centelles
781d4bfb39 ath79: mikrotik: fix network setup for lhg-hb platform
This network setup for MikroTik devices based on the LHG-HB platform
avoids using the integrated switch and connects the single Ethernet
port directly. This way, link speed (10/100 Mbps) is properly repor-
ted by eth0.

Fixes: FS#3309

Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
2020-08-31 17:41:21 +02:00
Sven Wegener
0348a02c7c ath79: use correct MAC address for TP-Link TL-WPA8630 v2
The base address is used for the LAN and 2G WLAN interfaces.
5G WLAN interface is +1 and the PLC interface uses +2.

Signed-off-by: Sven Wegener <sven.wegener@stealer.net>
[improve commit title, fix assignment in 11-ath10k-caldata]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-31 17:41:21 +02:00
Martin Kennedy
af9dee336d ath79: add support for Meraki MR16
Port device support for Meraki MR16 from the ar71xx target to ath79.

Specifications:

  * AR7161 CPU, 16 MiB Flash, 64 MiB RAM
  * One PoE-capable Gigabit Ethernet Port
  * AR9220 / AR9223 (2x2 11an / 11n) WLAN

Installation:

  * Requires TFTP server at 192.168.1.101, w/ initramfs & sysupgrade .bins
  * Open shell case and connect a USB to TTL cable to upper serial headers
  * Power on the router; connect to U-boot over 115200-baud connection
  * Interrupt U-boot process to boot Openwrt by running:
       setenv bootcmd bootm 0xbf0a0000; saveenv;
       tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin;
       bootm 0c00000;
  * Copy sysupgrade image to /tmp on MR16
  * sysupgrade /tmp/<filename-of-sysupgrade>.bin

Notes:

  - There are two separate ARTs in the partition (offset 0x1000/0x5000 and
    0x11000/0x15000) in the OEM device. I suspect this is an OEM artifact;
    possibly used to configure the radios for different regions,
    circumstances or RF frontends. Since the ar71xx target uses the
    second offsets, use that second set (0x11000 and 0x15000) for the ART.

  - kmod-owl-loader is still required to load the ART partition into the
    driver.

  - The manner of storing MAC addresses is updated from ar71xx; it is
    at 0x66 of the 'config' partition, where it was discovered that the
    OEM firmware stores it. This is set as read-only. If you are
    migrating from ar71xx and used the method mentioned above to
    upgrade, use kmod-mtd-rw or UCI to add the MAC back in. One more
    method for doing this is described below.

  - Migrating directly from ar71xx has not been thoroughly tested, but
    one method has been used a couple of times with good success,
    migrating 18.06.2 to a full image produced as of this commit. Please
    note that these instructions are only for experienced users, and/or
    those still able to open their device up to flash it via the serial
    headers should anything go wrong.

    1) Install kmod-mtd-rw and uboot-envtools
    2) Run `insmod mtd-rw.ko i_want_a_brick=1`
    3) Modify /etc/fw_env.config to point to the u-boot-env partition.
       The file /etc/fw_env.config should contain:

       # MTD device   env offset  env size    sector size
       /dev/mtd1      0x00000     0x10000     0x10000

       See https://openwrt.org/docs/techref/bootloader/uboot.config
       for more details.

    4) Run `fw_printenv` to verify everything is correct, as per the
       link above.
    5) Run `fw_setenv bootcmd bootm 0xbf0a0000` to set a new boot address.
    6) Manually modify /lib/upgrade/common.sh's get_image function:
       Change ...

       cat "$from" 2>/dev/null | $cmd

       ... into ...

       (
         dd if=/dev/zero bs=1 count=$((0x66)) ; # Pad the first 102 bytes
         echo -ne '\x00\x18\x0a\x12\x34\x56'  ; # Add in MAC address
         dd if=/dev/zero bs=1 count=$((0x20000-0x66-0x6)) ; # Pad the rest
         cat "$from" 2>/dev/null | $cmd
       )

       ... which, during the upgrade process, will pad the image by
       128K of zeroes-plus-MAC-address, in order for the ar71xx's
       firmware partition -- which starts at 0xbf080000 -- to be
       instead aligned with the ath79 firmware partition, which
       starts 128K later at 0xbf0a0000.

    7) Copy the sysupgrade image into /tmp, as above
    8) Run `sysupgrade -F /tmp/<sysupgrade>.bin`, then wait

    Again, this may BRICK YOUR DEVICE, so make *sure* to have your
    serial cable handy.

Addenda:

  - The MR12 should be able to be migrated in a nearly identical manner as
    it shares much of its hardware with the MR16.

  - Thank-you Chris B for copious help with this port.

Signed-off-by: Martin Kennedy <hurricos@gmail.com>
[fix typo in compat message, drop art DT label,
move 05_fix-compat-version to subtarget]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-31 17:41:21 +02:00
Paul Spooren
84024e245f build: add whatdepends target to imagebuilder
The package manager `opkg` offers the function `whatdepends` to print
packages that depend on a specific package.

This feature is useful when used in a CI to not only build an upgraded
package but all packages with a dependency.

Usage:
    make whatdepends PACKAGE=libipset

The resulting list can be fed into a SDK building all packages and warn
if anything fails.

Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
2020-08-31 11:18:24 +01:00
Thomas Petazzoni
168faef443 kernel: add options needed for SELinux
This adds a number of options to config/Config-kernel.in so that
packages related to SELinux support can enable the appropriate Linux
kernel support.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@bootlin.com>
[rebase; add ext4, F2FS, UBIFS, and JFFS2 support; add commit message]
Signed-off-by: W. Michael Petullo <mike@flyn.org>
2020-08-31 01:15:41 +01:00
Hannu Nyman
55b73d6754 kernel: add missing symbol NET_DSA_TAG_RTL4_A
Fix build breakage caused by the missing kernel config symbol.

Fixes: 8735997686 ("kernel: backport RTL8366RB patches")
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
2020-08-30 22:21:34 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
d7fb7ac278 ath79: increase kernel partition for ar9344 TP-Link CPE/WBS
The kernel has become too big again for the ar9344-based TP-Link
CPE/WBS devices which still have no firmware-partition splitter.

Current buildbots produce a kernel size of about 2469 kiB, while
the partition is only 2048 kiB (0x200000). Therefore, increase it
to 0x300000 to provide enough room for this and, hopefully, the
next kernel.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-30 22:20:37 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
4e4ee46495 ar71xx: drop target
This target has been mostly replaced by ath79 and won't be included
in the upcoming release anymore. Finally put it to rest.

This also removes all references in packages, tools, etc. as well as
the uboot-ar71xx and vsc73x5-ucode packages.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-30 22:18:35 +02:00
John Audia
05b8e84362 kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.61
Manually merged:
  backport-5.4
     011-kbuild-export-SUBARCH.patch
  layerscape
    701-net-0262-net-dsa-ocelot-add-tagger-for-Ocelot-Felix-switches.patch

All other modifications made by update_kernel.sh

Build-tested: x86/64, lantiq/xrx200, ramips/mt7621
Run-tested: ipq806x (R7800), lantiq/xrx200, x86/64, ramips (RT-AC57U)

No dmesg regressions, everything functional

Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
[minor commit message adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-30 19:44:47 +02:00
Christian Lamparter
f589bd9283 apm821xx: fix typos in .dts files
This patch fixes various typos or tab-vs-space issues in
the APM821XX device targets Device-Tree source files.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-08-29 17:15:09 +02:00
Christian Lamparter
e4c33462f9 apm821xx: use SPDX-License-identifiers
Please note that the DTS are based on really old .DTS from vendors
themselves.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-08-29 17:15:03 +02:00
Christian Lamparter
eb6bb94b12 apm821xx: apm821xx.dtsi fix comment styles
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-08-29 17:14:58 +02:00
Christian Lamparter
4ea5d443db apm821xx: MX60W: enumerate PCIe in device-tree
This patch adds the pcie-switch and bridge configuration for
the Meraki MX60W.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-08-29 17:14:55 +02:00
Christian Lamparter
1640e71e8e apm821xx: WNDR4700: delete wndr4700 board file
Thanks to the PCIE OF enumeration patch, this is technically
no longer needed.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-08-29 17:14:49 +02:00
Christian Lamparter
9153955095 apm821xx: MR24: enumerate PCIe in device-tree
This patch adds the pcie-switch and bridge configuration for
the Meraki MR24.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-08-29 17:14:44 +02:00
Christian Lamparter
b15420fc6c apm821xx: add missing cells-values for IIC1
These are copied over from the IIC0.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-08-29 17:14:42 +02:00
Christian Lamparter
90909ef4ba apm821xx: DTB: fix warnings related to sata-port warnings
This patch silences the following warnings:
>netgear-wndr4700.dts:168.3-13:Warning (reg_format): /plb/sata@bffd1800/sata-port@0:reg:property has invalid length (4 bytes) (#address-cells == 2, #size-cells == 1)
>netgear-wndr4700.dts:167.26-170.4: Warning (avoid_default_addr_size):/plb/sata@bffd1800/sata-port@0: Relying on default #address-cells value
>netgear-wndr4700.dts:167.26-170.4: Warning (avoid_default_addr_size):/plb/sata@bffd1800/sata-port@0: Relying on default #size-cells value

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-08-29 17:14:37 +02:00
Christian Lamparter
0facedb515 apm821xx: WNDAP6x0: enumerate PCIe in device-tree
This patch adds the pcie-switch and bridge configuration of the
WNDAP620 and WNDAP660.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-08-29 17:14:31 +02:00
Christian Lamparter
2c3f16d70e apm821xx: WNDR4700: enumerate PCIe in device-tree
This patch adds the pcie-switch and bridge configuration of the
WNDR4700.

This allows to get rid of the legacy firmware monikers and drop
the usbport LED declaration.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-08-29 17:14:27 +02:00
Daniel Golle
d75e753063 oxnas: kd20: revert accedintally commited change
Changing the factory image of KD20 was used during testing and wasn't
intended to be included in the commit fixing a SATA bug on oxnas.
Revert that part of the commit.

Fixes: 5793112f75 ("oxnas: reduce size of ATA DMA descriptor space")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2020-08-29 01:16:24 +01:00
Daniel González Cabanelas
42d14ace3e mvebu: LS421DE: add linkstation poweroff driver
Compile the Linkstation poweroff module for the Buffalo LS421DE.
Without this driver the device remains forever halted if a power off
command is executed.

The driver will also allow to use the WoL feature, which wasn't availabe
in the stock firmware.

Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
2020-08-28 10:44:29 +01:00
Daniel González Cabanelas
59c200ca0a mvebu: backport linkstation-poweroff upstream driver
Backport the Linkstation poweroff driver from the kernel upstream (commit
a7f79f99541ef)

This driver is required by the Buffalo LinkStation LS421DE for a correct
power off operation. It also allows to use the WoL feature.

Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
2020-08-28 10:44:29 +01:00
Perry Melange
09faa73c53 ramips: rt3883: use lzma-loader for DIR-645
The DIR-645 fails to boot if the kernel is large.
Enabling lzma-loader resolves the issue.

Run-tested on D-Link DIR-645.

Signed-off-by: Perry Melange <isprotejesvalkata@gmail.com>
2020-08-28 00:25:34 +02:00
Georgi Vlaev
51b653de94 ramips: add support for Wavlink WL-WN531A6
This patch adds support for Wavlink WL-WN531A6 (Quantum D6).

Specifications:
--------------

* SoC: Mediatek MT7621AT 2C2T, 880MHz
* RAM: 128MB DDR3, Nanya NT5CB64M16GP-EK
* Flash: 16MB SPI NOR flash, GigaDevice GD25Q127CSIG
* WiFi 5GHz: Mediatek MT7615N (4x4:4) on mini PCIE slot.
* WiFi 2.4GHz: Mediatek MT7603EN (2x2:2) on mini PCIE slot.
* Ethernet: MT7630, 5x 1000Base-T
* LED: Power, WAN, LAN(x4), WiFi, WPS, dual color
       "WAVLINK" LED logo on the top cover.
* Buttons: Reset, WPS, "Turbo", touch button on the top
           cover via RH6015C touch sensor.
* UART: UART1: serial console (57600 8n1) on the J4 header
               located below the top heatsink.
        UART2: J12 header, located on the right side of
               the board.
* USB: One USB3 port.
* I2C: J9 header, located below the top heatsink.

Backup the OEM Firmware:
-----------------------

There isn't any firmware released for the WL-WN531A6 on
the Wavlink web site. Reverting back to the OEM firmware is
not possible unless we have a backup of the original OEM
firmware.

The OEM firmware is stored on /dev/mtd4 ("Kernel").

  1) Plug a FAT32 formatted USB flash drive into the USB port.
  2) Navigate to "Setup->USB Storage". Under the "Available
     Network folder" you can see part of the mount point of
     the newly mounted flash drive filesystem - e.g "sda1".
     The full mount point is prefixed with "/media", so in
     this case the mount point becomes "/media/sda1".
  3) Go to http://192.168.10.1/webcmd.shtml .
  4) Type the following line in the "Command" input box:

     dd if=/dev/mtd4ro of=/media/sda1/firmware.bin

  5) Click "Apply"
  6) After few seconds, in the text area should appear this
     output:

        30080+0 records in
      30080+0 records out

  7) Type "sync" in the "Command" input box and click "Apply".
  8) At this point the OEM firmware is stored on the flash
     drive as "firmware.bin". The size of the file is 15040 KB.

Installation:
------------

* Flashing instructions (OEM web interface):
The OEM web interface accepts only files with names containing
"WN531A6". It's also impossible to flash the *-sysupgrade.bin
image, so we have to flash the *-initramfs-kernel.bin first and
use the OpenWrt's upgrade interface to write the sysupgrade
image.

  1) Rename openwrt-ramips-mt7621-wavlink_wl-wn531a6-initramfs-kernel.bin
     to WN531A6.bin.
  2) Connect your computer to the one of the LAN ports of the
     router with an Ethernet cable and open http://192.168.10.1
  3) Browse to Setup -> Firmware Upgrade interface.
  4) Upload the (renamed) OpenWrt image - WN531A6.bin.
  5) Proceed with the firmware installation and give the device
     a few minutes to finish and reboot.
  6) After reboot wait for the "WAVLINK" logo on the top cover
     to turn solid blue, and open http://192.168.1.1
  7) Use the OpenWrt's "Flash Firmware" interface to write the
     OpenWrt sysupgrade image:
     openwrt-ramips-mt7621-wavlink_wl-wn531a6-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin

* Flashing instructions (u-boot TFTP):
  1) Configure a TFTP server on your computer and set its IP
     to 192.168.10.100
  2) Rename the OpenWrt sysupgrade image to firmware.bin and
     place it in the root folder of the TFTP server.
  3) Power off the device and connect an Ethernet cable from
     one of its LAN ports your computer.
  4) Press the "Reset" button (and keep it pressed)
  5) Power on the device.
  6) After a few seconds, when the connected port LAN LED stops
     blinking fast, release the "Reset" button.
  7) Flashing OpenWrt takes less than a minute, system will
     reboot automatically.
  8) After reboot the WAVLINK logo on the top cover will indicate
     the current OpenWrt running status (wait until the logo tunrs
     solid blue).

Revert to the OEM Firmware:
--------------------------
* U-boot TFTP:
  Follow "Flashing instructions (u-boot TFTP)" and use the
  "firmware.bin" backup image.

* OpenWrt "Flash Firmware" interface:
  Upload the "firmware.bin" backup image and select "Force update"
  before continuing.

Notes:
-----
* The MAC address shown on the label at the back of the device
is assigned to the 2.4G WiFi adapter.

  MAC addresses assigned by the OEM firmware:
  2.4G: *:XX (label): factory@0x0004
    5G: *:XX + 1    : factory@0x8004
   WAN: *:XX - 1    : factory@0xe006
   LAN: *:XX - 2    : factory@0xe000

* The I2C bus and UART2 are fully functional. The headers are
not populated.

Signed-off-by: Georgi Vlaev <georgi.vlaev@konsulko.com>
2020-08-28 00:25:33 +02:00
Andrew Freeman
ff5dd32164 ramips: add support for TP-Link TL-WR850N v2
This patch adds support for the TP-Link TL-WR850N v2. This device
is very similar to TP-Link TL-WR840 v4 and TP-Link TL-WR841 v13.

Specifications:
SOC: MediaTek MT7628NN
Flash: 8 MiB SPI
RAM: 64 MiB
WLAN: MediaTek MT7628NN
Ethernet: 5 ports (100M)

Installation Using the integrated tftp capability of the router:
1. Turn off the router.
2. Connect pc to one of the router LAN ports.
3. Set your PC IPv4 address to 192.168.0.66/24.
4. Run any TFTP server on the PC.
5. Put the recovery firmware on the root directory of TFTP server
   and name the file tp_recovery.bin
6. Start the router by pressing power button while holding the
   WPS/Reset button (or both WPS/Reset and WIFI buttons)
7. Router connects to your PC with IPv4 address 192.168.0.2,
   downloads the firmware, installs it and reboots. LEDs are
   flashing. Now you have OpenWrt installed.
8. Change your IPv4 PC address to something in 192.168.1.0/24
   network or use DHCP to get an address from your OpenWrt router.
9. Done! You can login to your router via ssh.

Forum link:
https://forum.openwrt.org/t/add-support-for-tp-link-tl-wr850n-v2/66899

Signed-off-by: Andrew Freeman <labz56@gmail.com>
[squash an tidy up commits, sort nodes]
Signed-off-by: Darsh Patel <darshkpatel@gmail.com>
[minor commit message adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-27 16:36:18 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
6e936591f0 at91: explicitly set CONFIG_USB_SUPPORT for sam9x subtarget
The at91 target sets

  FEATURES:=usb usbgadget ...

in the target Makefile, which sets CONFIG_USB_SUPPORT=y in the
.config file for both subtargets.

However, when building with all kmods, the build fails with the
following error message:

  ERROR: module [...]/drivers/bluetooth/btusb.ko is missing.

It appears that only a part of the bluetooth files are compiled.
The package depends @USB_SUPPORT.

This can be easily healed by adding CONFIG_USB_SUPPORT=y to the
sam9x subtarget configuration. Before the 4.14->5.4 bump, the
same was also set in the target's config-4.14 file along with
several other USB config options that are not reimplemented.

Still, it remains a mystery to me why setting the same symbol
via target kernel config creates a different result than the
feature setting the same symbol in target-metadata.pl.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-27 16:36:18 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
e9b6dd3151 pistachio: Use kernel 5.4 by default
Kernel 5.4 should be stable enough.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-08-27 00:34:46 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
adf830a3a5 ramips: remove further mt7621 code from local ethernet driver
While commit 734a8c46e7 focussed on removing stuff directly
selected by the NET_RALINK_* symbols, this patch removes additional
unused mt7621-specific code from the ethernet driver.

As with the previous patch, the main reason is to reduce the amount
of code we have to maintain and care about.

Note that this patch still keeps a few lines with
IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_SOC_MT7621) in mtk_eth_soc.h/.c, as this file is
still selected for the mt7621 subtarget.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-26 23:58:01 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
18fbb9aa21 ath79: fix ethernet setup for some qca953x devices
On Comfast CF-E130N v2 and Mikrotik LHG HB board, the config
found in DTS appears to be strange:

- eth0 has "syscon","simple-mfd" set although it's not enabled
- eth1 is enabled redundantly (already "okay" in qca953x.dtsi)
- phy-handle is set for eth1 in DTS although it has a fixed-link
  in qca953x.dtsi

This seems like a copy-paste gone wrong. Remove the named options.

Run-tested on MikroTik LHG 2.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-25 20:54:24 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
7f1540cc46 at91: introduce vendor_model scheme and drop board names
This introduces the vendor_model scheme to this target in order to
harmonize device names within the target and with the rest of
OpenWrt. In addition, custom board names are dropped in favor
of the generic script which takes the compatible.

Use the SUPPORTED_DEVICES variable to store the compatible where it
deviates from the device name, so we can use it in build recipes.

While at it, harmonize a few indents as well.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-25 19:28:42 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
186569e2e8 at91: Refresh kernel config
This was done by running:
make kernel_oldconfig CONFIG_TARGET=subtarget

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-08-25 19:28:42 +02:00
Sandeep Sheriker M
0d0a0d6649 at91: change dtb file path
Changing dtb file path since the dtb files are build in KDIR folder
with image- prefix.

Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker M <sandeep.sheriker@microchip.com>
[remove commented lines]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-25 19:28:42 +02:00
Sandeep Sheriker M
a070e2ee42 at91: bump linux version to 5.4
Move patches to 5.4, put config only in subtarget directories.

Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker M <sandeep.sheriker@microchip.com>
[refresh patches, add commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-25 19:28:42 +02:00
Pawel Dembicki
81ac2a73bc layerscape: add flashing manual for LS1012FRDM
LS1012FRDM is supported but there's no flashing instruction in README.

This patch adds it.

While at it, add a missing saveenv for MAC address setup.

Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[add comment about saveenv]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-25 16:42:21 +02:00
Linus Walleij
8735997686 kernel: backport RTL8366RB patches
These upstream patches makes the RTL8366RB DSA switch work
properly with OpenWrt, the D-Link DIR-685 gets network and
can be used as a router, and the same should be applicable
for any other device that want to enable the RTL8366RB
through Device Tree.

Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
2020-08-24 18:53:59 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
36aa27189a kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.60
Deleted upstream patches:
  generic:
    041-genirq-affinity-Make-affinity-setting-if-activated-o.patch
  ipq806x:
    093-5-v5.8-ipq806x-PCI-qcom-Define-some-PARF-params-needed-for-ipq8064-SoC.patch
    093-6-v5.8-ipq806x-PCI-qcom-Add-support-for-tx-term-offset-for-rev-2_1_0.patch

Merged manually:
  ipq806x:
    093-4-v5.8-ipq806x-PCI-qcom-Use-bulk-clk-api-and-assert-on-error.patch
  layerscape:
    804-crypto-0016-MLKU-114-1-crypto-caam-reduce-page-0-regs-access-to-.patch

Build-tested: ath79/generic, ipq806x, layerscape/armv7, layerscape/armv8_64b
Run-tested: ipq806x (R7800)

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-24 17:33:58 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
cc501ab021 kernel: set WATCHDOG_CORE dependency in kmod-hwmon-sch5627
For many target we have added CONFIG_WATCHDOG_CORE=y to the target
config due to the following error:

 Package kmod-hwmon-sch5627 is missing dependencies for the following
 libraries:
 watchdog.ko

However, actually the proper way appears to be setting the
dependency for the kmod-hwmon-sch5627 package, as the error message
demands.

Do this in this patch and remove the target config entries added
due to this issue.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-24 14:09:11 +02:00
Ansuel Smith
58d2bd88ae ipq806x: replace pci patchset with upstream version
Changes:
- Update patches
- Update dts with new binding
    Tx term offset dropped and replaced with a new compatible

Removed:
- 0071-5-PCI-qcom-Programming-the-PCIE-iATU-for-IPQ806x
    Pci init does the same exact thing (was needed in older kernel version)
- 0071-7-pcie-Set-PCIE-MRRS-and-MPS-to-256B
    Rejected upstream, can't find any reason to have this. No regression with
    testing it on R7800.

Tested on R7800 (ipq8065), R7500 v2 ("ipq8064-v2")

Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Paul Blazejowski <paulb@blazebox.homeip.net> [R7800]
[rebase and refresh]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-24 14:09:11 +02:00
Rustam Gaptulin
b2f19d3ef7 ramips: mt7621: use lzma-loader for ZBT-WG3526
The wg3526 fails to boot if the kernel is large.
Enabling lzma-loader resolves the issue on both the wg3526-16m
and wg3526-32m.

Fixes: FS#3143

Signed-off-by: Rustam Gaptulin <rascal6@gmail.com>
[commit message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-24 00:18:43 +02:00
Paul Spooren
8c9a788172
build: SDK/IB reproducible and faster compression
Both IB and SDK now use the same logic for packing.

This commit add reproducible multithread compression to the SDK and
corrects the file mtime for both. Previously all files where just copied
over from the build system, generating random mtimes.

Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
2020-08-23 18:55:49 +02:00
Joe Mullally
685d2513b5 ath79: fix/improve LED control for TL-WPA8630 v1/v2
The TL-WPA8630 v1 and v2 have the same LED Control GPIO configuration
according to the TP-Link GPL sources. Set the GPIO to output to make
it work and set to Active Low. It defaults to LEDs on at bootup.

To turn all LEDs off:
  echo 0 > /sys/class/gpio/tp-link\:led\:control/value
To turn all LEDs on:
  echo 1 > /sys/class/gpio/tp-link\:led\:control/value

Change the "LED" button from BTN_0 to KEY_LIGHTS_TOGGLE to match other
devices and the button guide, and to reduce the number of unintuitive
"BTN_X" inputs.

Fixes: ab74def0db ("ath79: add support for TP-Link TL-WPA8630P v2")

Signed-off-by: Joe Mullally <jwmullally@gmail.com>
[shorten commit title, minor commit message adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-22 15:13:15 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
441b36236f ipq806x: create shared DTSI for EA7500 v1 and EA8500
Most of the definitions for the two devices are shared, so put
them in a shared DTSI.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-22 14:20:25 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
f51f18e099 kernel: add patch that adds support for running threaded NAPI poll functions
This is helps on workloads with CPU intensive poll functions (e.g. 802.11)
on multicore systems

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-08-22 07:02:01 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
3f69f7dd84 uml: update to linux 5.4
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-08-22 07:02:01 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
9c5128854e kernel: backport a fix for a regression that broke IRQ affinity on ARM
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-08-21 20:44:53 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
734a8c46e7 ramips: remove legacy ethernet driver components for mt7621
The mt7621 subtarget has been switched to DSA quite a while ago and
seems to run sufficiently fine. Build with older kernels than 5.4 has
been disabled directly during the kernel bump, so our local ethernet
driver is unused in master since then.

Therefore, let's remove the mt7621-specific parts of "our" ethernet
driver, so we don't have to maintain them and it's obvious to
everybody that they are not used anymore.

This also drops the offloading components as this was specifically
implemented to depend on mt7621.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-21 15:46:54 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
373d4cc360 pistachio: use generic diag.sh
Remove local diag.sh in favor of generic one and add the required
led-* aliases to DTS.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-21 11:46:14 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
2549d1dd77 pistachio: use vendor_model scheme for device/image name
This uses the vendor_model scheme for the device/image name in
order to make this consistent to most other targets.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-21 11:46:14 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
5fa0e32698 pistachio: Add kmod-ca8210 wpan-tools by default
A ca8210 chip is soldered onto the board, add the driver by default.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-08-21 11:46:14 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
3f07a06b3b pistachio: Add SC16IS7XX device driver
This device is used to control extra UARTs and LEDs on the board.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-08-21 11:46:14 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
0d81afe3df pistachio: Add extra devices to dts file
This adds some extra devices to the DTS file.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-08-21 11:46:14 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
d2b63647cc pistachio: Add mtd device name from dts
Parse the "linux,mtd-name" property also for SPI NAND flashes.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-08-21 11:46:13 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
bdc7d9691d pistachio: Fix Null pointer access in pwm-img.c
This fixes a crash when booting the board.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-08-21 11:46:13 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
3cd9219e5e pistachio: Make patches and configuration apply on to of 5.4
This refreshes the patches, removes patches already applied upstream and
removes the SPI NAND framework to use the upstream version.

In addition it also refreshes the kernel configuration.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-08-21 11:46:13 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
4291a0d58a pistachio: Copy kernel 4.14 to 5.4
This only copies the patches and configuration without doing any
modification to the files.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-08-21 11:46:13 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
aefa9d39c3 kernel: Add GigaDevice GD5F4GQ4xC SPI NAND flash
This flash was found on the Imagination Technologies Creator Ci40 (Marduk).

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-08-21 11:46:13 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
eb531337a7 ath79: add support for TP-Link TL-WR710N v2.1
This adds support for the TP-Link TL-WR710N v2.1. It is basically a
re-issue of the v1.2.

Specifications:

SoC:       Atheros AR9331
CPU:       400 MHz
Flash:     8 MiB
RAM:       32 MiB
WiFi:      2.4 GHz b/g/n
Ethernet:  2x 100M ports
USB:       1x 2.0

The only difference from the v1 is the TP-Link hardware ID/revision.

Attention:
The TL-WR710N v2.0 (!) has only 4 MB flash and cannot be flashed with
this image. It has a different TPLINK_HWREV, so accidental flashing
of the factory image should be impossible without additional measures.

Unfortunately, the v2.0 in ar71xx has the same board name, so sysupgrade
from ar71xx v2.0 into ath79 v1/v2.1 will not be prevented, but will brick
the device.

Flashing instruction:

Upload the factory image via the OEM firmware GUI upgrade mechanism.

Further notes:

To make implementation easier if somebody desires to port the 4M v2.0,
this already creates two DTSI files.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Fabian Eppig <fabian@eppig.de>
2020-08-21 11:34:55 +02:00
Aleksander Jan Bajkowski
14ae431c83 lantiq: remove vmmc node from FritzBox 7412 dts
As described in commit commit 891a700759 ("lantiq: enable second VPE
on Fritz!Box 7412"):

 The AVM Fritz!Box 7412 does not use the VMMC part of the Lantiq chip but
 rather a proprietary solution based on the DECT chip for the FXS ports.

We can remove last traces of vmmc in dts.

Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
2020-08-20 23:45:39 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
83b1e40561 kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.59
Removed since added upstream:
  bcm27xx:
    950-0428-staging-vchiq_arm-Add-a-matching-unregister-call.patch
  lantiq:
    0800-spi-lantiq-ssc-Fix-warning-by-using-WQ_MEM_RECLAI.patch

Manually adjusted patches:
  layerscape:
    801-audio-0005-Revert-ASoC-fsl_sai-Add-support-for-SAI-new-version.patch

Build-tested: ath79/generic, ramips, lantiq/xrx200, lantiq/xway,
   mvebu/cortexa9, sunxi/a53
Run-tested: ipq806x (R7800), layerscape (LS1012A-FRDM, LS1046A-RDB)

Building on layerscape is only possible with workaround from PR #3179.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-By: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us> [ipq806x]
Tested-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com> [layerscape]
2020-08-20 14:19:39 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
cf7c101135 layerscape: remove useless pairs of kernel patches
The layerscape kernel patches appears to be just some uncleaned local
development tree, where patches are sometimes directly followed by
their revert. While this does not seem a problem in the first place,
it becomes incredibly unpleasant when the upstream kernel changes in
the relevant areas and requires rebase.

This removes all these patch-revert pairs and refreshs the rest.

It removes about 44000 lines of entirely useless code.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-20 14:19:39 +02:00
Petr Štetiar
a14f5bb4bd treewide: use wpad-basic-wolfssl as default
In order to support SAE/WPA3-Personal in default images. Replace almost
all occurencies of wpad-basic and wpad-mini with wpad-basic-wolfssl for
consistency. Keep out ar71xx from the list as it won't be in the next
release and would only make backports harder.

Build-tested (build-bot settings):
ath79: generic, ramips: mt7620/mt76x8/rt305x, lantiq: xrx200/xway,
sunxi: a53

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
[rebase, extend commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-20 14:19:39 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
cc75344044 bcm27xx: remove no-op patch pair
Patch 1 introduces a change, and patch 2 reverts it again. Remove
both patches and achieve the same outcome.

Refreshed patches for the target as well.

Cc: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-08-20 14:19:39 +02:00
John Audia
da98603597 kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.58
This PR is a blend of several kernel bumps authored by ldir taken from his
staging tree w/ some further adjustments made by me and update_kernel.sh

Summary:
Deleted upstreamed patches:
  generic:
    742-v5.5-net-sfp-add-support-for-module-quirks.patch
    743-v5.5-net-sfp-add-some-quirks-for-GPON-modules.patch
  bcm63xx:
    022-v5.8-mtd-rawnand-brcmnand-correctly-verify-erased-pages.patch
    024-v5.8-mtd-rawnand-brcmnand-fix-CS0-layout.patch
  mediatek:
    0402-net-ethernet-mtk_eth_soc-Always-call-mtk_gmac0_rgmii.patch

Deleted patches applied differently upstream:
  generic:
    641-sch_cake-fix-IP-protocol-handling-in-the-presence-of.patch

Manually merged patches:
  generic:
    395-v5.8-net-sch_cake-Take-advantage-of-skb-hash-where-appropriate.patch
  bcm27xx:
    950-0132-lan78xx-Debounce-link-events-to-minimize-poll-storm.patch
  layerscape:
    701-net-0231-enetc-Use-DT-protocol-information-to-set-up-the-port.patch

Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2708, bcm27xx/bcm2711,
  imx6, mvebu/cortexa9, sunxi/a53
Run-tested: Netgear R7800 (ipq806x)

No dmesg regressions, everything functional

Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
Tested-By: Lucian Cristian <Lucian.cristian@gmail.com> [mvebu]
Tested-By: Curtis Deptuck <curtdept@me.com> [x86/64]
[do not remove 395-v5.8-net-sch_cake-Take-advantage-... patch,
adjust and refresh patches, adjust commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-By: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us> [ipq806x]
2020-08-18 18:14:54 +02:00
Thibaut VARÈNE
2cac31223d ath79: mikrotik: erase firmware on SPI NOR before install
On Mikrotik SPI NOR devices, the firmware partition must be erased when
flashing from stock firmware, otherwise leftover bits (in particular a
kernel signature) can trigger a boot loop.

When booted from initramfs (the only way to install OpenWRT on these
devices), this patch unconditionally erases the firmware partition in
the do_upgrade() stage for all supported SPI NOR devices.

This is forward-ported from ed49d0876 and 20452a8db

Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
2020-08-18 12:24:12 +02:00
Thibaut VARÈNE
d0498872ff generic: platform/mikrotik: fix incorrect test
The test is meant to check the result of the preceding kmalloc()

Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
2020-08-18 12:00:55 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
5388c72517 Revert "bcm53xx: remove useless echo in 02_network"
This reverts commit b1f6a5d9df.

In this particular case, the echo command was _not_ useless, but
converted the newlines back to spaces.

Add a comment into the code to make that obvious for the next one
looking at it like me.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-18 11:46:59 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
b1f6a5d9df bcm53xx: remove useless echo in 02_network
The output is already produced in the inner $() brackets, no need
to catch and echo it again.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-17 23:16:58 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
84fc80dd66 rockchip: remove useless echo in 40-net-smp-affinity
The command in the $() brackets will already provide the same output.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-17 23:13:57 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
1a75443964 apm821xx: tidy up 10-fix-wifi-mac
This applies some cosmetic style fixes:
- remove useless echo
- remove double equal sign (specific to bash)
- add quotes for -n check

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-17 23:09:37 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
e329e71c69 ath79: fix syntax error in ar7240_tplink_tl-wa.dtsi
The node needs to be terminated by a semicolon.

Fixes: 8484a764df ("ath79: ar724x: make sure builtin-switch is
enabled in DT")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-17 18:26:55 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
48c3d5c884 ath79: change WPS to Wifi button on TL-WPA8630P v2
Both TL-WPA8630(P) v1 and v2 feature a button labelled "WiFi".
While this is implemented as KEY_RFKILL for v1 in ar71xx and ath79,
the v2 sets it up as WPS button.

According to the manual, the behavior in OEM firmware is:
"Press and hold the button for 1 second to copy wireless settings
from the main router to the extender. Go to Wi-Fi Clone for more
information. Press and hold the button for at least 5 seconds to
turn the wireless function on or off."

Consequently, and since this is historic behavior on v1 in OpenWrt,
we set this button to KEY_RFKILL on both revisions.

Fixes: ab74def0db ("ath79: add support for TP-Link TL-WPA8630P v2")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-17 15:25:51 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
57e029ba57 ipq806x: move further common nodes to the DTSI files
The moves a few additional common nodes to the common DTSI files
for qcom-ipq8064-v2.0 and qcom-ipq8065 devices.

Remove a few redundant definitions on the way.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-17 15:25:11 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
8484a764df ath79: ar724x: make sure builtin-switch is enabled in DT
On ar7240/ar7241 the mdioX node with the builtin-switch is enabled
in the DTSI files, but the parent ethX node is left disabled. It
only gets enabled per device or device family, and has not been
enabled at all yet for the TP-Link WA devices with ar7240, making
the switch unavailable there.

This patch makes sure &eth0/&eth1 nodes are enabled together with
the &mdio0/&mdio1 nodes containing the builtin-switch.
For ar7240_tplink_tl-wa.dtsi, &eth0 is properly hidden again via
  compatible = "syscon", "simple-mfd";

This partially fixes FS#2887, however it seems dmesg still does
not show cable (dis)connect in dmesg for ar7240 TP-Link WA
devices.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-17 15:19:03 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
03cdbb2040 ramips: fix LED labels for Asus RT-AC65P
The leds block was copied over from the RT-AC85P DTS to the common
DTSI while keeping the device-specific model name in the label.

This moves the LEDs back to the DTS files and adjusts the names to
properly resemble the model name of the devices used at, just like
it is handled on most other devices.

Fixes: 7c5f712e4f ("ramips: add support for Asus RT-AC65P")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-17 15:00:43 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
e38d89ea55 at91: drop obsolete empty Makefiles
This files have been emptied during subtarget consolidation, but
not removed. Remove them now.

Fixes: aff084adf3 ("at91: Merge SAMA5 subtargets")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-17 01:22:36 +02:00
Donald Hoskins
eadb1a9437 octeon: add support for Itus Shield Router
Itus Networks Shield - 1Ghz dual-core mips64 / Cavium Octeon 3 SoC,
1Gb RAM, 4Gb eMMC,3 GbE 10/100/1000 ports

Information regarding device can be found:
https://deviwiki.com/wiki/Itus_Networks_Shield_Pro

Installing OpenWrt on Itus Networks Shield:

1) Boot Shield
2) On device: mount /dev/mmcblk1p1 /mnt
3) scp openwrt-octeon-itus,shield-router-initramfs-kernel.bin to
   /mnt/ItusrouterImage
3a) Optionally: scp openwrt-octeon-itus,shield-router-initramfs-kernel.bin
    to /mnt/ItusgatewayImage to allow you to have an emergency recovery
    boot in the GATEWAY slot - this slot will have no permament storage and
    is used for emergency recovery only when booted in the (G)ateway
    position
4) On device: umount /mnt
5) reboot

Once booted, run the sysupgrade via cli or luCi on the
openwrt-octeon-itus,shield-router-squashfs-sysupgrade.tar file the mode
you are running.

Once rebooted, the system installation is complete. Your storage partition
for the mode is inialized and set.

Signed-off-by: Donald Hoskins <grommish@gmail.com>
[cut out sysupgrade-* changes, move a few lines,
drop case CVMX_BOARD_TYPE_ITUS_SHIELD]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-16 02:15:06 +02:00
Donald Hoskins
591767fc01 octeon: determine sysupgrade-* directory for upgrade automatically
So far, the sysupgrade-* folder used during upgrade in octeon was
hardcoded to contain the board name. Therefore, changing board name
or BOARD_NAME variable in image/Makefile might have broken upgrade.

Improve this by adding a step to determine the folder name via
a wildcard, as it is done for generic nand_upgrade_tar() in
lib/upgrade/nand.sh.

While this still does not remove the problem for existing devices
(which still have the old script), it will entirely remove the
issue on newly added devices on this platform.

Signed-off-by: Donald Hoskins <grommish@gmail.com>
[split into separate patch, add commit message, add return values]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-16 02:14:34 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
d43b963b3d bcm63xx: reorganize board patches
This renames board patches to make finding devices easier
and reorders them based on their board.

The devices are grouped based on the board/cpu_id. New device
patches should be numbered based on their group.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-16 01:03:39 +02:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
ebf71533f9 ath79: add support for ALLNET ALL-WAP02860AC
ALLNET ALL-WAP02860AC is a dual-band wireless access point.

Specification
SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9558
RAM: 128 MB DDR2
Flash: 16 MB SPI NOR
WIFI: 2.4 GHz 3T3R integrated
      5 GHz 3T3R QCA9880 Mini PCIe card
Ethernet: 1x 10/100/1000 Mbps AR8035-A, PoE capable (802.3at)
LEDS: 5x, which four are GPIO controlled
Buttons: 1x GPIO controlled
UART: 4 pin header near Mini PCIe card, starting count from white
      triangle on PCB
      1. VCC 3.3V, 2. GND, 3. TX, 4. RX
      baud: 115200, parity: none, flow control: none

MAC addresses
Calibration data does not contain valid MAC addresses.
The calculated MAC addresses are chosen in accordance with OEM firmware.

Because of:
a) constrained environment (SNMP) when connecting through Telnet
   or SSH,
b) hard-coded kernel and rootfs sizes,
c) checksum verification of kerenel and rootfs images in bootloder,

creating factory image accepted by OEM web interface is difficult,
therefore, to install OpenWrt on this device UART connection is needed.
The teardown is simple, unscrew four screws to disassemble the casing,
plus two screws to separate mainboard from the casing.
Before flashing, be sure to have a copy of factory firmware, in case You
wish to revert to original firmware.

Installation
1. Prepare TFTP server with OpenWrt initramfs-kernel image.
2. Connect to LAN port.
3. Connect to UART port.
4. Power on the device and when prompted to stop autoboot, hit any key.
5. Alter U-Boot environment with following commands:
    setenv failsafe_boot bootm 0x9f0a0000
    saveenv
6. Adjust "ipaddr" and "serverip" addresses in U-Boot environment, use
   'setenv' to do that, then run following commands:
    tftpboot 0x81000000 <openwrt_initramfs-kernel_image_name>
    bootm 0x81000000
7. Wait about 1 minute for OpenWrt to boot.
8. Transfer OpenWrt sysupgrade image to /tmp directory and flash it
   with:
    sysupgrade -n /tmp/<openwrt_sysupgrade_image_name>
9. After flashing, the access point will reboot to OpenWrt. Wait few
   minutes, until the Power LED stops blinking, then it's ready for
   configuration.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
[add MAC address comment to commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-15 15:58:39 +02:00
Tony Ambardar
2932b4d05e kernel: mips: fix init crash/bootloop on 64-bit systems
The malta subtargets for mips64 and mips64el fail to start the init process
at boot, resulting in a boot loop. The issue was raised and analyzed within
FS#3277. Investigation suggested code near the [vdso] memory area of the
process was long jumping into a region inaccessible to the process, e.g.

 init: - preinit -
 init: Launched preinit instance, pid=522
 do_page_fault(): sending SIGSEGV to init for invalid read access from 0000000000000360
 epc = 0000000000000360 in init[aaab42b000+4000]
 ra  = 000000fffee385e0 in
 Kernel panic - not syncing: Attempted to kill init! exitcode=0x0000000b
 Rebooting in 1 seconds..

Note the low-memory read access and epc are the same. Upstream kernel 5.6
included a relevant patch and discussion:

  * d3f703c4359f ("mips: vdso: fix 'jalr t9' crash in vdso code")

Disassembly of the failing kernel's vdso.so confirmed presence of the
telltale long jumps, e.g.:

00000000000007c0 <__vdso_clock_getres@@LINUX_2.6>:
 [...]
 7dc:   0320f809        jalr    t9
 [...]

Restore booting mips64/mips64el malta by backporting the above commit:
  * 310-v5.6-mips-vdso-fix-jalr-t9-crash-in-vdso-code.patch

Fixes: 54310a3aa0 ("malta: add kernel 5.4 config")
Fixes: FS#3277
Ref: https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=3277

Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
2020-08-15 00:04:59 +08:00
Adrian Schmutzler
7ef7dbaf70 ath79: add support for TP-Link TL-WPA8630 v1
This ports the TP-Link TL-WPA8630 v1 from ar71xx to ath79.

Specifications:

SoC: QCA9563
CPU: 750 MHz
Flash/RAM: 8 / 128 MiB
Ethernet: 3x 1G ports (QCA8337 switch)
WLAN: 2.4 GHz b/g/n, 5 GHz a/n/ac (ath10k)

Buttons, LEDs and network setup appear to be almost identical
to the v2 revision.

Powerline interface is connected to switch port 5 (Label LAN4).

Installation:

No "fresh" device was available for testing the factory image.

It is not known whether flashing via OEM firmware GUI is possible
or not. A discussion from 2018 [1] about that indicates a few
adjustments are necessary, but it is not clear whether those
are already implemented with the TPLINK_HEADER_VERSION = 2 or not.

Note that for the TL-WPA8630P v1, the TPLINK_HWID needs to be
changed to 0x86310001 to allow factory flashing.

[1] https://forum.openwrt.org/t/solved-tl-wpa8630p-lede-does-not-install/8161/27

Recovery:

Recovery is only possible via serial.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-13 20:43:15 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
488da882f5 mpc85xx: tidy up 10-fix-wifi-mac
This applies some cosmetic style fixes, mostly by removing useless
echo commands.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-13 20:29:20 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
ef765ceb09 ath79/mikrotik: add function for loading ath9k caldata
The commands to read ath9k caldata on mikrotik subtarget are
mostly repetitive, so let's put them into a function to make
writing and reading them easier.

This function will only be required when patching the MAC address.
For cases where it is put correctly into the calibration data by
the vendor, caldata_sysfsload_from_file can be used directly as
done for ath10k at the moment.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-13 12:47:45 +02:00
John Thomson
74438d5419 ramips: add support for MikroTik RouterBOARD 760iGS (hEX S)
This patch adds support for the MikroTik RouterBOARD 760iGS router.
It is similar to the already supported RouterBOARD 750Gr3.
The 760iGS device features an added SFP cage, and passive
PoE out on port 5 compared to the RB750Gr3.

https://mikrotik.com/product/hex_s

Specifications:

- SoC: MediaTek MT7621A
- CPU: 880MHz
- Flash: 16 MB
- RAM:  256 MB
- Ethernet: 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps
- SFP cage
- USB port
- microSD slot

Unsupported:

- Beeper (requires PWM driver)
- ZT2046Q (ADS7846 compatible) on SPI as slave 1 (CS1)
  The linux driver requires an interrupt, and pendown GPIO
  These are unknown, and not needed with the touchscreen
  only used for temperature and voltage monitoring.
  ads7846 hwmon:
  temp0 is degrees Celsius
  temp1 is voltage * 32

GPIOs:

- 07:  input passive PoE out (lan5) compatible (Mikrotik) device connected
- 17:  output passive PoE out (lan5) switch

Installation through RouterBoot follows the usual MikroTik method
https://openwrt.org/toh/mikrotik/common

To boot to intramfs image in RAM:

1. Setup TFTP server to serve intramfs image.
2. Plug Ethernet cable into WAN port.
3. Unplug power, hold reset button and plug power in.
   Wait (~25 seconds) for beep and then release reset button.
   The SFP LED will be lit in RouterBoot, but will not be lit in OpenWRT.
4. Wait for a minute. Router should be running OpenWrt,
   check by plugging in to port 2-5 and going to 192.168.1.1.

To install OpenWrt to flash:

1. Follow steps above to boot intramfs image in RAM.
2. Flash the sysupgrade.bin image with web interface or sysupgrade.
3. Once the router reboots you will be running OpenWrt from flash.

OEM firmware differences:

- RouterOS assigns a different MAC address for each port
- The first address (E01 on the sticker) is used for wan (ether1 in OEM).
- The next address is used for lan2.
- The last address (E06 on the sticker) is used for sfp.

[Initial port work, shared dtsi]
Signed-off-by: Vince Grassia <vincenzo.grassia@zionark.com>
[SFP support and GPIO identification]
Signed-off-by: Luka Logar <luka.logar@iname.com>
[Misc. fixes and submission]
Signed-off-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
[rebase, drop uart3 from state_default on 750gr3, minor commit
title/message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-13 12:47:45 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
ddf3e5c22d ramips/mt7621: create common DTSI for Mikrotik devices
This moves some common definitions for Mikrotik devices, mainly
routerboot partitions and reset key, to a common DTSI file.

While at it, remove unused hard_config DT label.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-13 12:47:45 +02:00
John Thomson
2d9db93397 ramips: use gpio-export for Mikrotik RouterBOARD 750Gr3 beeper
This beeper hardware requires a PWM driver for frequency selection.
Since the GPIO driver does not provide that, revert the beeper
support to a simple gpio-export.

This effectively reverts the corresponding changes from
6ba58b7b02 ("ramips: cleanup the RB750Gr3 support")

Signed-off-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
[commit title/message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-13 02:12:12 +02:00
Ansuel Smith
87e92d50e5 kernel: usb: move phy-qcom-ipq806x-usb to ipq806x modules.mk
This driver is only used by ipq806x SoCs. Move it there and drop
dependency from ipq40xx since it's not used anywere.

Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
[rebase on changes to previous patches]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Paul Blazejowski <paulb@blazebox.homeip.net> [R7800]
2020-08-13 02:12:12 +02:00
Ansuel Smith
35d1f05094 ipq806x: replace nvmem qcom patch with upstream version
- Replace nvmem qcom patch with upstream version
- Update compatible

Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
[refresh patches, minor commit message rewording]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Paul Blazejowski <paulb@blazebox.homeip.net> [R7800]
2020-08-13 02:12:12 +02:00
Ansuel Smith
0c45ad41e1 ipq806x: replace phy dwc3 patch with upstream version
- Replace dwc3 phy patch with upstream version
- Rework the dts to use the upstream bindings
- Update changed config flags
- Rename module to reflect config name

Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
[fix qcom,tx-deamp_3_5db typo, refresh patches, rename kmod]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Paul Blazejowski <paulb@blazebox.homeip.net> [R7800]
2020-08-13 02:12:12 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
6e7f40dff3 ath79: routerboard-92x: ensure explicit bios size in DTSI
The missing "size" property was acceptable in the context of a single
DTS as the underlying device is known to have a 64KB flash, and thus
the bios partition fit exactly between the preceding and following ones.

However as this block has moved in a DTSI, for the sake of clarity and
explicitness the size property is added to ensure that if the flash
happens to be larger than expected, the bios partition remains properly
sized.

Suggested-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-12 16:49:34 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
5dc74ad7f3 ath79: harmonize appearance of ethX nodes in qca953x DTSes
This harmonizes the appearance of ethX nodes in qca953x DTSes by:
- having the same order of nodes and properties
- removing redundant status property on eth1 (set in qca953x.dtsi)

This is meant to help both copy-pasters and reviewers, since
deviations and errors can be spotted easier.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-12 14:44:07 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
92b4f16bab kernel: add CGROUPS and IOSCHED_BFQ back to config
After those symbols have been removed from generic kernel config,
they were added to the target config during every kernel config
refresh. As that's not desirable, add them back to the generic
config.

Fixes: d1a8217d87 ("kernel: clean-up build-configurable kernel config symbols")
Fixes: cfe235c436 ("kernel: modules: add package kmod-iosched-bfq")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-12 14:03:17 +02:00
Roger Pueyo Centelles
151e43df7a ath79: add support for MikroTik SXT 5nD r2 (SXT Lite5)
The MikroTik SXT Lite5 (product code RBSXT5nDr2, also SXT 5nD r2) is
an outdoor 5GHz CPE with a 16 dBi integrated antenna built around the
Atheros AR9344 SoC. It is based on the "sxt5n" board platform.

Specifications:
 - SoC: Atheros AR9344
 - RAM: 64 MB
 - Storage: 128 MB NAND
 - Wireless: Atheros AR9340 (SoC) 802.11a/n 2x2:2
 - Ethernet: Atheros AR8229 switch (SoC), 1x 10/100 port,
    8-32 Vdc PoE in
 - 6 user-controllable LEDs:
  · 1x power (blue)
  · 1x wlan (green)
  · 4x rssi (green)
 - 1 GPIO-controlled buzzer

 See https://mikrotik.com/product/RBSXT5nDr2 for more details.

Notes:
 The device was already supported in the ar71xx target. There, the
 Ethernet port was handled by GMAC1. Here in ath79 it is handled by
 GMAC0, which allows to get link information (loss, speed, duplex) on
 the eth0 interface.

Flashing:
 TFTP boot initramfs image and then perform sysupgrade. Follow common
 MikroTik procedure as in https://openwrt.org/toh/mikrotik/common.

Acknowledgments:
 Michael Pratt (@mpratt14) for helping on the network settings.

Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
[rebase, use mikrotik LED label prefix, make names consistent,
add reg for bootloader2, use led_user for boot indication etc.,
minor cosmetic changes]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-12 14:03:17 +02:00
Sven Roederer
b2e1f7101d ath79: add support for MikroTik RouterBOARD 921GS-5HPacD-15s
The MikroTik RouterBOARD 921GS-5HPacD-15s (mANTBox 15s) is an outdoor
antenna for 5 GHz with an built-in router. This ports the board from
ar71xx.

See https://mikrotik.com/product/RB921GS-5HPacD-15S for more info.

Specifications:
 - SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9558 (720 MHz)
 - RAM: 128 MB
 - Storage: 128 MB NAND
 - Wireless: external QCA9892 802.11a/ac 2x2:2
 - Ethernet: 1x 1000/100/10 Mbps, integrated, via AR8031 PHY, passive PoE in
 - SFP: 1x host

Working:
 - NAND storage detection
 - Ethernet
 - Wireless
 - 1x user LED (blinks during boot, sysupgrade)
 - Reset button
 - Sysupgrade

Untested:
 - SFP cage (probably not working)

Installation (untested):
 - Boot initramfs image via TFTP and then flash sysupgrade image

As the embedded RB921-pcb is a stripped down version of the RB922 this patch
adds a common dtsi for this series and includes this to the final dts-files.

Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <devel-sven@geroedel.de>
[move ath10k-leds closer to ath10k definition in DTS files]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-12 14:03:17 +02:00
Roger Pueyo Centelles
7a705c067f ath79: add support for MikroTik RouterBOARD LHG 2nD
The MikroTik RouterBOARD LHG 2nD (sold as LHG 2) is a 2.4 GHz
802.11b/g/n outdoor device with a feed and an integrated dual
polarization grid dish antenna based on the LHG-HB platform.

See https://mikrotik.com/product/lhg_2 for more info.

Specifications:
 - SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9533
 - RAM: 64 MB
 - Storage: 16 MB NOR
 - Wireless: Atheros AR9531 (SoC) 802.11b/g/n 2x2:2, 18 dBi antenna
 - Ethernet: Atheros AR8229 (SoC), 1x 10/100 port, 12-28 Vdc PoE in
 - 8 user-controllable LEDs:
   · 1x power (blue)
   · 1x user (green)
   · 1x lan (green)
   · 1x wlan (green)
   · 4x rssi (green)

Note:
 The rssihigh LED is disabled, as it shares GPIO 16 with the reset
 button.

Flashing:
 TFTP boot initramfs image and then perform sysupgrade. Follow common
 MikroTik procedure as in https://openwrt.org/toh/mikrotik/common.

Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
[rebase, remove rssiled setup, adjust commit message, add DTSIs]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-12 14:03:17 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
ed19ba04e8 mediatek: disable btif in device tree to make the WMAC work again
btif and wmac access the same resources and at the moment enabling one
breaks the other

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-08-12 13:02:13 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
74a66c0204 mediatek: fix PCI device tree node for elecom wrc-2533gent
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-08-12 13:02:13 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
d0cb71a896 bcm47xx: use vendor_model scheme for device/image names
Most targets have been updated to consistently use the vendor_model
scheme for device definitions and thus, image names.

Apply this to bcm47xx as well. This does _not_ apply any other
specific naming changes.

Cc: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-12 11:08:05 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
683bcbdce1 bcm53xx: use vendor_model scheme for device/image names
Most targets have been updated to consistently use the vendor_model
scheme for device definitions and thus, image names.

Apply this to bcm53xx as well. This does _not_ apply any other
specific naming changes.

Cc: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-12 11:08:05 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
c43af7a6cb kernel: Fix cake patch for kernel 4.19.138
This fixes the following build problem with cake:
net/sched/act_ctinfo.c: In function 'tcf_ctinfo_act':
net/sched/act_ctinfo.c:99:6: error: implicit declaration of function 'tc_skb_protocol'; did you mean 'skb_protocol'? [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
  if (tc_skb_protocol(skb) == htons(ETH_P_IP)) {
      ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
      skb_protocol
  CC [M]  net/sched/sch_hfsc.o

Fixes: fdac05b741 ("kernel: Update kernel 4.19 to version 4.19.138")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-08-11 21:11:53 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
2e8785d68c kernel: Create UBIFS v5 volume
In commit 87b35c16ad ("kernel: ubifs: create use file system format 4
by default") we changed the default UBIFS version used when the kernel
creates a new volume from 5 to 4. UBIFS v5 was added in kernel 4.10 and
only kernel 4.10 and later can read it.
We changed the kernel to create version 4 volumes also on more recent
kernel versions to make it possible to downgrade to an OpenWrt version
with kernel 4.9, the upgrade still works. This is probably not needed
any more and we can remove this patch.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-08-11 21:11:53 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
a5a0b3f1d0 bcm63xx: switch to upstream CFE detection patch
This patch has been merged in linux 5.9.

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-08-11 08:04:40 +02:00
Tony Ambardar
da4651833c malta: disable unnecessary built-in CDROM support
The CDROM is not needed for booting and can be included by selecting the
loadable module as a package instead.

This also avoids triggering a memory allocation failure during probing of
the CDROM due to lack of low 16MB DMA memory, as decribed in FS#3278:
https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=3278

Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
Link: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/3289
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
2020-08-11 11:25:42 +08:00
Daniel Golle
5793112f75 oxnas: reduce size of ATA DMA descriptor space
After years of trying to find the reason for random kernel crashes
while both CPU and SATA are under load it has been found.
Some odd commented-out #defines in kref's single-port driver [1] which
were copied from the vendor driver made me develop a theory:
The IO-mapped memory area for DMA descriptors apparetly got some holes
just before the alignment boundaries.
This feels like an off-by-one bug in the hardware or maybe those fields
are used internally by the SATA controller's firmware.
Whatever the cause is: they cannot be used and trying to use them
results in reading back unexpected stuff and ends up with oopsing
Unable to handle kernel paging request at virtual address d085c004

Work around the issue by reducing the area used for bmdma descriptors.
This reduces SATA performance (iops) quite a bit, but finally makes
things work reliably. Possibly one could optimize this much more by
really just skipping the holes in that memory area -- however, that
seems to be non-trivial with the driver and libata in it's current form
(suggestions are welcome).
The 'proper' way to have good SATA performance would be to make use of
the hardware RAID features (one can use the JBOD mode to access even
just a single disc transparently through the RAID controller integrated
in the SATA host instead of accessing the SATA ports 'raw' as we do
now).

[1]: https://github.com/kref/linux-oxnas/blob/master/drivers/ata/sata_oxnas.c#L25

Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2020-08-11 00:16:04 +01:00
Christoph Krapp
0af656e978 ar71xx: fix ZyXEL NBG6616 wifi switch
The device uses a rf-kill switch instead of a button. Furthermore the
GPIO is active high.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Krapp <achterin@googlemail.com>
2020-08-11 01:12:22 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
b35c54227b kernel: Move CONFIG_IONIC to generic kernel config
It is deactivated everywhere, just set this in the generic config.

Acked-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-08-10 23:58:58 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
eafdd1a0fc malta: Refresh kernel configuration
This refreshes the kernel configuration on top of kernel 5.4.
It now builds without asking to select some kernel options on all 4
subtargets.
It still does not boot up, there is a different problem.

Tested-By: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Acked-By: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-08-10 23:58:58 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
2f3d7abccd kernel: Update kernel 4.14 to version 4.14.193
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-08-10 19:34:37 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
fdac05b741 kernel: Update kernel 4.19 to version 4.19.138
Compile and run tested on lantiq/xrx200

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-08-10 19:34:37 +02:00
Christoph Krapp
459c8c9ef8 ath79: add support for ZyXEL NBG6616
Specifications:

  SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9557
  RAM: 128 MB (Nanya NT5TU32M16EG-AC)
  Flash: 16 MB (Macronix MX25L12845EMI-10G)
  Ethernet: 5x 10/100/1000 (1x WAN, 4x LAN)
  Wireless: QCA9557 2.4GHz (nbg), QCA9882 5GHz (ac)
  USB: 2x USB 2.0 port
  Buttons: 1x Reset
  Switches: 1x Wifi
  LEDs: 11 (Pwr, WAN, 4x LAN, 2x Wifi, 2x USB, WPS)

MAC addresses:

WAN *:3f uboot-env ethaddr + 3
LAN *:3e uboot-env ethaddr + 2
2.4GHz *:3c uboot-env ethaddr
5GHz *:3d uboot-env ethaddr + 1

The label contains all four MAC addresses, however the one without
increment is first, so this one is taken for label MAC address.

Notes:

The Wifi is controlled by an on/off button, i.e. has to be implemented
by a switch (EV_SW). Despite, it appears that GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH needs
to be used, just like recently fixed for the NBG6716.
Both parameters have been wrong at ar71xx.

Flash Instructions:

At first the U-Boot variables need to be changed in order to boot the
new combined image format. ZyXEL uses a split kernel + root setup and
the current kernel is too large to fit into the partition. As resizing
didnt do the trick, I've decided to use the prefered combined image
approach to be future-kernel-enlargement-proof (thanks to blocktrron for
the assistance).

First add a new variable called boot_openwrt:
setenv boot_openwrt bootm 0x9F120000

After that overwrite the bootcmd and save the environment:
setenv bootcmd run boot_openwrt
saveenv

After that you can flash the openwrt factory image via TFTP. The servers
IP has to be 192.168.1.33. Connect to one of the LAN ports and hold the
WPS Button while booting. After a few seconds the NBG6616 will look for
a image file called 'ras.bin' and flash it.

Return to vendor firmware is possible by resetting the bootcmd:
setenv bootcmd run boot_flash
saveenv
and flashing the vendor image via the TFTP method as described above.

Accessing the U-Boot Shell:
ZyXEL uses a proprietary loader/shell on top of u-boot: "ZyXEL zloader v2.02"
When the device is starting up, the user can enter the the loader shell
by simply pressing a key within the 3 seconds once the following string
appears on the serial console:

|    Hit any key to stop autoboot:  3

The user is then dropped to a locked shell.

| NBG6616> ?
| ATEN	x,(y)     set BootExtension Debug Flag (y=password)
| ATSE	x         show the seed of password generator
| ATSH	          dump manufacturer related data in ROM
| ATRT	(x,y,z,u) ATRT RAM read/write test (x=level, y=start addr, z=end addr, u=iterations
| ATGO	          boot up whole system
| ATUR	x         upgrade RAS image (filename)

In order to escape/unlock a password challenge has to be passed.
Note: the value is dynamic! you have to calculate your own!

First use ATSE $MODELNAME (MODELNAME is the hostname in u-boot env)
to get the challange value/seed.

| NBG6616> ATSE NBG6616
| 00C91D7EAC3C

This seed/value can be converted to the password with the help of this
bash script (Thanks to http://www.adslayuda.com/Zyxel650-9.html authors):

- tool.sh -
ror32() {
  echo $(( ($1 >> $2) | (($1 << (32 - $2) & (2**32-1)) ) ))
}
v="0x$1"
a="0x${v:2:6}"
b=$(( $a + 0x10F0A563))
c=$(( 0x${v:12:14} & 7 ))
p=$(( $(ror32 $b $c) ^ $a ))
printf "ATEN 1,%X\n" $p
- end of tool.sh -

| # bash ./tool.sh 00C91D7EAC3C
| ATEN 1,10FDFF5

Copy and paste the result into the shell to unlock zloader.

| NBG6616> ATEN 1,10FDFF5

If the entered code was correct the shell will change to
use the ATGU command to enter the real u-boot shell.

| NBG6616> ATGU
| NBG6616#

Signed-off-by: Christoph Krapp <achterin@googlemail.com>
[move keys to DTSI, adjust usb_power DT label, remove kernel config
change, extend commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-10 18:37:43 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
d4ac0ad543 treewide: make dependency on kmod-usb-net selective
A bunch of kernel modules depends on kmod-usb-net, but does not
select it. Make AddDepends/usb-net selective, so we can drop
some redundant +kmod-usb-net definitions for DEVICE_PACKAGES.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-10 12:54:30 +02:00
Nicholas Smith
c00b8dcf72 ath79: add support for Telco T1
Description:
    2x 100Mbps Etherent ports
    24V passive PoE
    64MB RAM
    16MB Flash
    2.4GHz WiFi
    1x WiFi antenna (RP-SMA connector)
    1x LTE antenna (SMA connector)
    Sierra Wireless MC7430 LTE modem

Flash instructions:
    Original firmware is based on OpenWrt.
    Flash using sysupgrade -n

SUPPORTED_DEVICES is added to support factory firmware.

Signed-off-by: Nicholas Smith <nicholas.smith@telcoantennas.com.au>
[add missing led_rssi0 DT label, add SUPPORTED_DEVICES]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-10 12:49:29 +02:00
Aleksander Jan Bajkowski
37df722266 ath79: increase spi frequency on TL-WDR3500/3600/4300/4310
SPI Flash chip supports up to 33 MHz wihout fast read opcode.
Available frequencies are 112.5, 56.25, 37.5, 28.125, 22.5 etc.
This patch increases the nominal maximum frequency to 33 MHz,
reaching an effective increase from 22.5 to 28.125 MHz.

Formula to calculate SPI frequency:
Freq = 225 MHz / 2 / div

Before:

$ time dd if=/dev/mtd1 of=/dev/null bs=8M
0+1 records in
0+1 records out
real	0m 3.58s
user	0m 0.00s
sys	0m 3.57s

After:

$ time dd if=/dev/mtd1 of=/dev/null bs=8M
0+1 records in
0+1 records out
real	0m 2.95s
user	0m 0.00s
sys	0m 2.93s

Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
[minor commit message adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-10 12:43:37 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
04b99d9539 ramips/mt7628: fix portmap based on board.d port assignment
When comparing to the port assignment in board.d/02_network, a few
devices seem to use the wrong setup of mediatek,portmap.

The corrects the values for mt76x8 subtarget based on the location
of the wan port.

A previous cleanup of obviously wrong values has already been done in
7a387bf9a0 ("ramips: mt76x8: fix bogus mediatek,portmap")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-10 12:33:38 +02:00
Andreas Böhler
ab74def0db ath79: add support for TP-Link TL-WPA8630P v2
The TL-WPA8630P v2 is a HomePlug AV2 compatible device with a QCA9563 SoC
and 2.4GHz and 5GHz WiFi modules.

Specifications
--------------

  - QCA9563 750MHz, 2.4GHz WiFi
  - QCA9888 5GHz WiFi
  - 8MiB SPI Flash
  - 128MiB RAM
  - 3 GBit Ports (QCA8337)
  - PLC (QCA7550)

MAC address assignment
----------------------

WiFi 2.4GHz and LAN share the same MAC address as printed on the label.
5GHz WiFi uses LAN-1, based on assumptions from similar devices.

LAN Port assignment
-------------------

While there are 3 physical LAN ports on the device, there will be 4
visible ports in OpenWrt. The fourth port (internal port 5) is used
by the PowerLine Communication SoC and thus treated like a regular
LAN port.

Versions
--------

Note that both TL-WPA8630 and TL-WPA8630P, as well as the different
country-versions, differ in partitioning, and therefore shouldn't be
cross-flashed.

This adds support for the two known partitioning variants of the
TL-WPA8630P, where the variants can be safely distinguished via the
tplink-safeloader SupportList. For the non-P variants (TL-WPA8630),
at least two additional partitioning schemes exist, and the same
SupportList entry can have different partitioning.
Thus, we don't support those officially (yet).

Also note that the P version for Germany (DE) requires the international
image version, but is properly protected by SupportList.

In any case, please check the OpenWrt Wiki pages for the device
before flashing anything!

Installation
------------

Installation is possible from the OEM web interface. Make sure to
install the latest OEM firmware first, so that the PLC firmware is
at the latest version. However, please also check the Wiki page
for hints according to altered partitioning between OEM firmware
revisions.

Additional thanks to Jon Davies and Joe Mullally for bringing
order into the partitioning mess.

Signed-off-by: Andreas Böhler <dev@aboehler.at>
[minor DTS adjustments, add label-mac-device, drop chosen, move
common partitions to DTSI, rename de to int, add AU support strings,
adjust TPLINK_BOARD_ID, create common node in generic-tp-link.mk,
adjust commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-10 11:48:08 +02:00
Daniel Golle
cfe235c436 kernel: modules: add package kmod-iosched-bfq
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2020-08-10 09:52:31 +01:00
Christoph Krapp
982c1f6e42 ar71xx: change u-boot-env to read-write for ZyXEL NBG6616
As the ath79 port of this device uses a combined kernel + root
partition the uboot bootcmd variable needs to be changed. As using
cli/luci is more convenient than opening up the case and using a uart
connection, lets unlock the uboot-env partition for write access.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Krapp <achterin@googlemail.com>
2020-08-09 23:57:17 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
5d8fded26a kernel: add missing config symbols
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-08-09 14:01:52 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
e81e625ca3 treewide: add sysupgrade comment for early DSA-adopters
Add a specific comment for early DSA-adopters that they can keep
their config when prompted due to compat-version increase.

This is a temporary solution, the patch should be simply reverted
before any release.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-08 20:56:12 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
372529d311 ath79: add support for TP-Link TL-WA901ND v3
This ports support for the TL-WA901ND v3 from ar71xx to ath79.
Most of the hardware is shared with the TL-WA850/860RE v1 range
extenders. It completes the TL-WA901ND series in ath79.

Specifications:
  Board: AP123 / AR9341
  Flash/RAM: 4/32 MiB
  CPU: 535 MHz
  WiFi: 2.4 GHz b/g/n
  Ethernet: 1 port (100M)

Flashing instructions:
  Upload the factory image via the vendor firmware upgrade option.

This has not been tested on device, but port from ar71xx is
straightforward and the device will be disabled by default anyway.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-08 20:40:48 +02:00
Ansuel Smith
df3ad130d5 ipq806x: replace patches with upstream version
Replace all the custom patches with the backported upstream version

Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
[refresh patches]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-08 18:07:17 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
4f1a51f438 ath79: drop redundant kmods-leds-gpio
The ath79 target has CONFIG_LEDS_GPIO=y set in kernel config, so
no need to pull the kmod-leds-gpio module for specific devices.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-08 16:13:51 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
1eac573b53 ramips: mt7621: implement compatibility version for DSA migration
This implements the newly introduced compat-version to prevent
broken upgrade between swconfig and DSA for ramips' mt7621 subtarget.

In order to make the situation more transparent for the user, and
to prevent large switch-cases for devices, it is more convenient to
have the entire subtarget 1.1-by-default. This means that new devices
will be added with 1.1 from the start, but in contrast we don't need
to switch them in board.d files. Apart from that, users that manually
backport devices to 19.07 with swconfig will have an equivalent
upgrade experience to officially supported devices.

Since DSA support on mt7621 is out for a while already, this applies
the same uci-defaults workaround for early adopters as already
done for kirkwood and mvebu in previous commits.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-08 16:13:51 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
86c89bf5e8 kirkwood: fix sysupgrade experience for early DSA-adopters
Conceptually, the compat-version during sysupgrade is meant to
describe the config. Therefore, if somebody starts with a device on
19.07 and swconfig, and that person does a forceful upgrade into a
DSA-based firmware without wiping his/her config, then the local
compat-version should stay at 1.0 according to the config present
(and not get updated).

However, this poses a problem for those people that early-adopted
DSA in master, as they already have adjusted their config for DSA,
but it still is "1.0" as far as sysupgrade is concerned. This can
be healed by a simple

   uci set system.@system[0].compat_version="1.1"
   uci commit system

But this needs to be applied _after_ the upgrade (as the "old" fwtool
on the old installation does not know about compat_version) and it
requires access via SSH (i.e. no pure GUI solution is available for
this group of people, apart from wiping their config _again_ for
no technical reason). Despite, the situation will not become
obvious to those just upgrading via GUI, they will just have the
experience of a "broken upgrade".

This is a conflict which cannot be resolved by achieving both goals,
we have to decide to either keep the strict concept or improve the
situation for early adopters.

In this patch, we address the issue by providing a uci-defaults
script that will raise the compat_version for _all_ people upgrading
into a 1.1 image, no matter whether they have reset config or not.
The idea is to implement this as a _temporary_ solution, so early
adopters can upgrade into the new mechanism without issues, and
after a few weeks/months we could remove the uci-defaults script
again.

If we e.g. remove the script just before 20.xx.0-rc1, early adopters
should have moved on by then, and existing stable users would still
get the intended experience.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-08 16:13:51 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
a9703db720 mvebu: fix sysupgrade experience for early DSA-adopters
Conceptually, the compat-version during sysupgrade is meant to
describe the config. Therefore, if somebody starts with a device on
19.07 and swconfig, and that person does a forceful upgrade into a
DSA-based firmware without wiping his/her config, then the local
compat-version should stay at 1.0 according to the config present
(and not get updated).

However, this poses a problem for those people that early-adopted
DSA in master, as they already have adjusted their config for DSA,
but it still is "1.0" as far as sysupgrade is concerned. This can
be healed by a simple

   uci set system.@system[0].compat_version="1.1"
   uci commit system

But this needs to be applied _after_ the upgrade (as the "old" fwtool
on the old installation does not know about compat_version) and it
requires access via SSH (i.e. no pure GUI solution is available for
this group of people, apart from wiping their config _again_ for
no technical reason). Despite, the situation will not become
obvious to those just upgrading via GUI, they will just have the
experience of a "broken upgrade".

This is a conflict which cannot be resolved by achieving both goals,
we have to decide to either keep the strict concept or improve the
situation for early adopters.

In this patch, we address the issue by providing a uci-defaults
script that will raise the compat_version for _all_ people upgrading
into a 1.1 image, no matter whether they have reset config or not.
The idea is to implement this as a _temporary_ solution, so early
adopters can upgrade into the new mechanism without issues, and
after a few weeks/months we could remove the uci-defaults script
again.

If we e.g. remove the script just before 20.xx.0-rc1, early adopters
should have moved on by then, and existing stable users would still
get the intended experience.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-08 16:13:51 +02:00
Sungbo Eo
de78747de1 ramips: use lzma-loader for RT5350F-OLinuXino devices
The bootloader fails to extract a big kernel, e.g. v5.4 kernel image
with ALL_KMODS enabled. This can be fixed by using lzma-loader.

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-08-08 16:13:51 +02:00
Sungbo Eo
a40ddc2195 ramips: adjust LZMA_TEXT_START for 32MB RAM devices
Currently the lzma-loader is placed in RAM at 32MB offset, which does not
make sense for devices with only 32MB RAM. If we adjust LZMA_TEXT_START to
24MB offset, then the lzma-loader can be used on those devices and still
about 24MB memory will be available for uncompressed image, which should be
enough for most use cases.

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-08-08 16:13:51 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
1634461bd2 ramips: switch rt288x subtarget to kernel 5.4
The sbutarget has testing support for kernel 5.4 for quite a while
and builds fine, however, only one devices there is > 4 MiB.

Since it's unlikely to get a Tested-by for that device, and the other
ralink subtargets appear to be working with 5.4 so far, let's set
this target to 5.4 by default as well.

That way, even if the device happens to break, we'll still have at
least usable SDK and IB for people to use.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-07 14:51:20 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
7c07a0f4c3 ramips/mt7620: fix portmap based on board.d port assignment
When comparing to the port assignment in board.d/02_network, many
devices seem to use the wrong setup of mediatek,portmap.

The corrects the values for mt7620 subtarget based on the location
of the wan port.

A previous cleanup of obviously wrong values has already been done in
d3c0a94405 ("ramips: mt7620/mt7621: remove invalid mediatek,portmap")

Cc: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-07 13:01:18 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
121c021989 ramips: invert wpad selection for mt7621
For ramips/mt7621, the wpad-basic package is not selected by default,
but added for every device individually as needed.

While this might be technically correct if the SoC does not come with
a Wifi module, only 18 of 97 devices for that platform are set up
_without_ wpad-basic currently.

Therefore, it seems more convenient to add wpad-basic by default for
the subtarget and then just remove it for the 18 mentioned devices,
instead of having to add it for about 60 times instead.

This would also match the behavior of the 5 other subtargets, where
wpad-basic/wpad-mini is added by default as well, and thus be more
obvious to developers without detailed SoC knowledge.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-07 12:02:19 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
24f7ae814a bcm63xx: add missing endif board comnents
This provides better context for board patches.

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-08-07 11:09:06 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
0c109df7f0 bcm63xx: merge RTA770BW and RTA770W board patches
The only difference between both boards is the DSL annex.

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-08-07 10:34:31 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
eddf863650 bcm63xx: add missing fallback SPROMs
A couple of SPROM IDs are missing.

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-08-07 10:34:31 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
fb589b6142 bcm63xx: add missing OHCI nodes
All boards with EHCI enabled should also have OHCI enabled.

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-08-07 10:34:31 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
440d5996ef bcm63xx: remove invalid EHCI nodes
There's no EHCI controller on BCM6348.

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-08-07 10:34:31 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
81fdb4235e bcm63xx: refactor board patches
Current board patches format is crazy.
Let's try to put some order.

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-08-07 10:34:31 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
7673df7994 ramips: switch rt3883 subtarget to kernel 5.4
The target has testing support for kernel 5.4 for quite a while,
compiles fine for all devices, and has been run-tested on Asus
RT-N56U successfully.

Let's set it to kernel 5.4 by default to increase the audience
before an 20.xx stable branch.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com> [Asus RT-N56U]
2020-08-06 23:52:57 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
92727a1228 bcm63xx: switch to upstream CFE version detection patch
The patch improving CFE version detection has been merged (linux 5.9).

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-08-06 23:06:12 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
f41a40001a bcm63xx: switch to upstream endif comments patch
This allows better context for board patches and we no longer need a
downstream patch for that.

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-08-06 23:06:12 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
9fb1d4ce8a bcm63xx: switch to upstream LED patch
The patch adding support for the second LED HW blinking interval has been
merged (linux 5.9).

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-08-06 23:06:12 +02:00
Daniel Golle
728a0c68d1 Revert "procd: update to git HEAD"
This reverts commit e0e607f0d0.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2020-08-06 16:17:37 +01:00
Davy Hollevoet
394f54ee62 ath79/nand: add support for Netgear WNDR4300TN
This patch adds support for the WNDR4300TN, marketed by Belgian ISP
Telenet. The hardware is the same as the WNDR4300 v1, without the
fifth ethernet port (WAN) and the USB port. The circuit board has
the traces, but the components are missing.

Specifications:
* SoC: Atheros AR9344
* RAM: 128 MB
* Flash: 128 MB NAND flash
* WiFi: Atheros AR9580 (5 GHz) and AR9344 (2.4 GHz)
* Ethernet: 4x 1000Base-T
* LED: Power, LAN, WiFi 2.4GHz, WiFi 5GHz, WPS
* UART: on board, to the right of the RF shield at the top of the board

Installation:

* Flashing through the OEM web interface:
  + Connect your computer to the router with an ethernet cable and browse
    to http://192.168.0.51/
  + Log in with the default credentials are admin:password
  + Browse to Advanced > Administration > Firmware Upgrade in the Telenet
    interface
  + Upload the Openwrt firmware: openwrt-ath79-nand-netgear_wndr4300tn-squashfs-factory.img
  + Proceed with the firmware installation and give the device a few
    minutes to finish and reboot.

* Flashing through TFTP:
  + Configure your wired client with a static IP in the 192.168.1.x range,
    e.g. 192.168.1.10 and netmask 255.255.255.0.
  + Power off the router.
  + Press and hold the RESET button (the factory reset button on the bottom
    of the device, with the gray circle around it, next to the Telenet logo)
    and turn the router on while keeping the button pressed.
  + The power LED will start flashing orange. You can release the button
    once it switches to flashing green.
  + Transfer the image over TFTP:
    $ tftp 192.168.1.1 -m binary -c put openwrt-ath79-nand-netgear_wndr4300tn-squashfs-factory.img

Signed-off-by: Davy Hollevoet <github@natox.be>
[use DT label reference for adding LEDs in DTSI files]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-06 16:56:07 +02:00
Shibajee Roy
a673ac66fa ramips: add support for Netgear JWNR2010 v5
Specification:
 - CPU: MediaTek MT7620N (580 MHz)
 - Flash size: 4 MB NOR SPI
 - RAM size: 32 MB DDR1
 - Bootloader: U-Boot
 - Wireless: MT7620N 2x2 MIMO 802.11b/g/n (2.4 GHz)
 - Switch: MT7620 built-in 10/100 switch with vlan support
 - Ports: 4x LAN, 1x WAN
 - Others: 7x LED, Reset button, UART header on PCB (57600 8N1)

Flash instructions:
 1. Use ethernet cable to connect router with PC/Laptop, any router
    LAN port will work.
 2. To flash openwrt we are using nmrpflash[1].
 3. Flash commands:
      First we need to identify the correct Ethernet id.

        nmrpflash -L

        nmrpflash -i net* -f openwrt-ramips-mt7620-netgear_jwnr2010-v5-squashfs-factory.img

      This will show something like "Advertising NMRP server on net*..." (net*, *=1,2,3... etc.)

 4. Now remove the power cable from router back side and immediately connect it again.
    You will see flash notification in CMD window, once it says reboot the device just
    plug off the router and plug in again.

Revert to stock:
 1. Download the stock firmware from official netgear support[2].
 2. Follow the same nmrpflash procedure like above, this time just use the stock firmware.

        nmrpflash -i net* -f N300-V1.1.0.54_1.0.1.img

MAC addresses on stock firmware:
LAN = *:28 (label)
WAN = *:29
WLAN = *:28

On flash, the only valid MAC address is found in factory 0x4.

Special Note:
 This openwrt firmware will also support other netgear N300 routers like below as they
 share same stock firmware[3].
 JNR1010v2 / WNR614 / WNR618 / JWNR2000v5 / WNR2020 / WNR1000v4 / WNR2020v2 / WNR2050

[1] https://github.com/jclehner/nmrpflash
[2] https://www.netgear.com/support/product/JWNR2010v5.aspx
[3] http://kb.netgear.com/000059663

Signed-off-by: Shibajee Roy <ador250@protonmail.com>
[create DTSI, use netgear_sercomm_nor, disable by default, add MAC
addresses to commit message, add label MAC address]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-06 16:56:07 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
a66449c608 ramips: drop remaining m25p,chunked-io from DTS
This option was a spi nor hack which is dropped in commit bcf4a5f474
("ramips: remove chunked-io patch and set spi->max_transfer_size instead")

Most of it has already been removed in
be2b61e4f1 ("ramips: drop m25p,chunked-io from dts")

It seems all current usages were added after that. Remove them.

Cc: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-06 16:56:07 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
3b89849b57 ramips: add common definition netgear_sercomm_nor
Like NAND-based devices, SPI-NOR based Netgear devices also share
a common setup for their images. This creates a common defition
for them in image/Makefile, so it can be reused across subtargets.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-06 16:56:06 +02:00
Daniel Golle
e0e607f0d0 procd: update to git HEAD
47a9f0d service: add method to query available container features
 afbaba9 initd: attempt to mount cgroup2
 ead60fe jail: use pidns semantics also for timens
 759e9f8 jail: make use of BLOBMSG_CAST_INT64 for OCI rlimits
 83053b6 instance: add instances into unified cgroup hierarchy
 16159bb jail: parse OCI cgroups resources

Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2020-08-06 15:27:51 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
77e850fe76 ramips: tidy up MAC address setup for Linkit Smart and Omega2
Linkit Smart 7688 and Onion Omega 2(+) are one-port devices, and
have their port set to LAN by default. Setting up a WAN MAC address
for them doesn't make any sense, as no wan interface will be created
in uci config. Despite, these devices also set lan_mac in 02_network,
although mtd-mac-address sets a different address for the ethernet
interface in DTS.

Clean this up by moving the lan_mac value into DTS and dropping the
entries in 02_network completely. That way, the effective address
on the LAN interface should stay the same, but we get rid of the
extra (re)assignments.

As I don't have access to the devices, this does not tell anything
about whether 0x2e is actually a good choice, it just preserves
the existing assignment.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-06 13:33:26 +02:00
Tobias Welz
633ea0db0f ramips: WizFi630S use macs from factory partion
WIZnet WizFi630s has three mac addresses in the factory partition:
0x04 (also on the label), 0x28 for wan mac and 0x2e as lan mac.
All three macadresses are sequential series of addresses.
This is making use of them.

While at it, also add the label MAC address to 02_network.

MAC addresses as verified by OEM firmware:

use      interface   source
WLAN     ra0         factory 0x04 (label)
WAN      eth0.2      factory 0x28 (label + 1)
LAN      eth0.1      factory 0x2e (label + 2)

Signed-off-by: Tobias Welz <tw@wiznet.eu>
[fix sorting in 02_network, commit message adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-06 13:33:26 +02:00
Tobias Welz
d0b229f553 ramips: correct WizFi630S pin mappings
WizFi630S had some pins changed in the release version of the board.
The run led, wps button and a slide switch where affected.
This patch is correcting this.
i2c is removed as it is sharing a pin with the run (system) led.
uart2 is enabled as it is also enabled in the OEM firmware.

Signed-off-by: Tobias Welz <tw@wiznet.eu>
2020-08-06 13:33:26 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
d1db1f4240 ipq40xx: refresh kernel 5.4 config
Refresh config with make kernel_oldconfig.

After d1a8217d87 ("kernel: clean-up build-configurable kernel
config symbols"), the routine wants to add an additional
CONFIG_CGROUPS (=n), which has been removed manually again, as
this seems unintended.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-06 12:51:51 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
431b177afa mediatek: fix mt7622-rfb1 board support
Make GPIO keys active-low.
Add DSA support

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-08-06 12:42:43 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
b0f7ea2853 kernel: unify CONFIG_GPIO_SYSFS in kernel configs
Enable it for all platforms

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-08-06 12:37:04 +02:00
Alexey Dobrovolsky
4c73c34ec4 ramips: switch rt305x subtarget to kernel 5.4
RT3x5x seems to work fine with kernel 5.4. Set the default kernel
version to 5.4 to bring this to a broader audience.

Since 4 of 6 targets are on kernel 5.4 now, invert the kernel
version setup logic in Makefile/target.mk files.

Tested on ZyXEL Keenetic.

Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobrovolsky <dobrovolskiy.alexey@gmail.com>
[invert version setup logic]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-05 23:27:35 +02:00
Tobias Welz
816973f42a ramips: enable flashing WizFi630S via OEM firmware
WIZnet WizFi630s board name is written slightly different it its OEM
OpenWrt firmware. This causes an incompatibility warning during flashing
with sysupgrade. This patch is adding the vendor board name to the
supported devices list to avoid this warning. For initial flashing you
can use sysupgrade via command line or luci beside of TFTP.
Do not keep the OEM configuration during sysupgrade.

Signed-off-by: Tobias Welz <tw@wiznet.eu>
2020-08-05 23:08:03 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
7c1c0a00fc ipq806x: use qcom-ipq8064-v1.0.dtsi from upstream
This uses upstream qcom-ipq8064-v1.0.dtsi and modifies it by patches
instead of keeping a local version. As a consequence:

- we use a part of the shared definitions there and update device
  DTS files accordingly
- we move additional stuff from our local v1.0.dtsi to the patch
- we drop partitions, LEDs and keys from the file as we will
  implement them differently anyway

Like with the previous patch, this follows the idea that a diff
from upstream might be easier to handle than a big file of our
own with different distribution pattern of properties.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-05 23:08:03 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
b7b7c2a6ad ipq806x: use qcom-ipq8064.dtsi from upstream
Though a qcom-ipq8064.dtsi file exists upstream, we still do overwrite
it with a full version of our own in the ipq806x target. About half of
the contents of our file are upstream content, the other half are local
improvements.

To prevent us from having a lot of code maintained twice in parallel,
this adjusts the target to use the upstream qcom-ipq8064.dtsi. Our
local changes are arranged into three patches, the first pulling a
commit from upstream, the second doing a few small adjustments, and
the third adding all additional stuff.

This should get us the best of both worlds.

The property "ports-implemented" on sata@29000000 is moved to
2nd-level DTSI files as kernel defines it there as well.

While at, rename 080-ARM-dts-qcom-add-gpio-ranges-property.patch to
include the kernel version where it's added upstream.

Even though this might look more complicated in the first place,
the aim is to bring our files closer to upstream, so we can benefit
from changes directly and vice-versa. After all, this drop about
650 lines just copied from the upstream DTSI file.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-05 23:08:03 +02:00
Tobias Welz
b735bbcb18 ramips: remove doublet entry in WizFi630S dts file
&wmac entry in WIZnet WizFi630S dts file was existing two times.
This is removing one of them.

Signed-off-by: Tobias Welz <tw@wiznet.eu>
2020-08-05 12:10:15 +02:00
Tobias Welz
36d4c2272e ramips: disable unused phy ports of WizFi630S
WIZnet WizFi630S is using only 3 of the phy ports. The unused phy ports
draw unnecessarily power. This is disabling the unused phy ports.

Signed-off-by: Tobias Welz <tw@wiznet.eu>
2020-08-05 12:10:15 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
e47bec489f bcm47xx: switch to kernel 5.4
Switch, LEDs, USB, buttons, sysupgrade testedon BCM4706.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2020-08-04 15:51:08 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
7125323b81 bcm53xx: switch to kernel 5.4
Switch, USB, WiFi, buttons tested on BCM47094.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2020-08-04 13:28:56 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
36c53e0dd2 bcm53xx: set HW_RANDOM_BCM2835=y
This enables Random Number Generator support on Northstar (described in
DT with brcm,bcm5301x-rng).

It's also a workaround for OpenWrt bug with kernel config causing:
Broadcom BCM2835/BCM63xx Random Number Generator support (HW_RANDOM_BCM2835) [Y/n/m/?] (NEW)

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2020-08-04 13:27:19 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
c8c9876607 bcm53xx: update kernel 5.4 DTS to upstream 5.9 state
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2020-08-04 13:27:19 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
b9cd55b88e bcm53xx: update kernel 5.4 config
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2020-08-04 13:27:19 +02:00
Richard Fröhning
009e62c92c ramips: add support for TP-Link RE200 v3
TP-Link RE200 v3 is a wireless range extender with Ethernet and 2.4G and 5G
WiFi with internal antennas. It's based on MediaTek MT7628AN+MT7610EN like the v2.

Specifications
--------------

- MediaTek MT7628AN (580 Mhz)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz and 1T1R 5 GHz
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 8x LED (GPIO-controlled), 2x button

Unverified:
- UART header on PCB (57600 8n1)

There are 2.4G and 5G LEDs in red and green which are controlled
separately.

MAC addresses
-------------

MAC address assignment has been done according to the RE200 v2.

The label MAC address matches the OpenWrt ethernet address.

Installation
------------

Web Interface
-------------

It is possible to upgrade to OpenWrt via the web interface. Simply flash
the -factory.bin from OEM. In contrast to a stock firmware, this will not
overwrite U-Boot.

Recovery
--------

Unfortunately, this devices does not offer a recovery mode or a tftp
installation method. If the web interface upgrade fails, you have to open
your device and attach serial console.

The device has not been opened for adding support. However, it is expected
that the behavior is similar to the RE200 v2. Instructions for serial console
and recovery may be checked out in commit 6d6f36ae78 ("ramips: add support
for TP-Link RE200 v2") or on the device's Wiki page.

Signed-off-by: Richard Fröhning <misanthropos@gmx.de>
[adjust commit title/message, sort support list]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-03 23:34:34 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
1deaf695ec ramips: fix/tidy up 4M tplink-v2-image flash layouts
For the TP-Link 4M devices with tplink-v2-image recipe
(mktplinkfw2.c), there are two different flash layouts based
on the size of the (u)boot partition:

device         uboot    OEM firmware  OpenWrt (incl. config)
tl-wr840n-v5   0x20000  0x3c0000      0x3d0000
tl-wr841n-v14  0x10000  0x3d0000      0x3e0000

In both cases, the 0x10000 config partition is used for the firmware
partition as well due to the limited space available and since it's
recreated by the OEM firmware anyway.

However, the TFTP flashing process will only copy data up to the
size of the initial (OEM) firmware size. Therefore, while we can
use the bigger partition to have additional erase blocks on the
device, we have to limit the image sizes to the TFTP limits.

So far, only one layout definition has been set up in mktplinkfw2.c
for 4M mediatek devices. This adds a second one and assigns them
to the devices so the image sizes are correctly restrained.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-03 12:17:08 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
18b7d87a8f kirkwood: get rid of BOARD_NAME and tidy up DEVICE_DTS
Since most of the DTS file names follow a common scheme now, let's
update the automatically generated DEVICE_DTS value and get rid
of some DEVICE_DTS and all BOARD_NAME entries for individual devices.

This should specifically make the job easier for developers adding
new devices, as they are not tempted to copy over BOARD_NAME anymore.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-03 10:47:22 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
356866c481 target: replace remaining occurrences of ifconfig with ip
ifconfig is effectively deprecated for quite some time now. Let's
replace the remaining occurrences for our target setup by the
corresponding ip commands now.

Note that this does not touch ar71xx, as it will be dropped anyway,
and changing it would only make backports harder.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-03 10:42:04 +02:00
Sungbo Eo
c90db26e05 ar71xx: restore support for boot console with arbitrary baud rates
Commit 1bfbf2de6d ("ar71xx: serial: core: add support for boot console
with arbitrary baud rates") added support for arbitrary baud rates which
enabled 250000 baud rate for Yun. But the patch was not ported to kernel
4.9, and since then the kernel set its baud rate to 9600. This commit ports
the patch to kernel 4.14, thereby restoring the serial console of Yun.

Cc: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-08-02 18:10:06 +02:00
Sungbo Eo
a5e404d192 ar71xx: enable ethernet LED of Arduino Yun
Commit 05d73a2a73 enabled GPIO on ethernet LED, but proper LED setup was
not added then. This commit fixes it by reverting the change on the LED.

Fixes: 05d73a2a73 ("ar71xx: Arduino Yun board 'WLAN RST' button support")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-08-02 16:34:21 +02:00
Sungbo Eo
58dc1d0637 ar71xx: fix sysupgrade for Arduino Yun
Commit bb46b635df changed its partition scheme, but sysupgrade image
validation still uses the old format. This commit fixes it so that
force flag is not needed for sysupgrade.

Fixes: bb46b635df ("ar71xx: move Arduino Yun to generic building code")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-08-02 16:34:21 +02:00
Sungbo Eo
43896dc0b0 Revert "ar71xx: fix Arduino Yun enabling of level shifters outputs"
This reverts commit 077253dd66.

The output enable pins should be disabled by default, and only enabled when
used. Otherwise unwanted conflicts might occur between MCU and SoC pins.

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-08-02 16:34:21 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
8a8ef4ed86 ath79/mikrotik: create shared device definitions for nor and nand
Move the image preparation and nand-utils package selection into
common device definitions for NOR/NAND devices.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-01 18:31:24 +02:00
Stijn Tintel
5c3e83fa88 kernel: fix missing TRANSPARENT_HUGEPAGE symbols
Enabling KERNEL_TRANSPARENT_HUGEPAGE exposes 2 missing symbols:
* CONFIG_READ_ONLY_THP_FOR_FS
* TRANSPARENT_HUGEPAGE_ALWAYS
* TRANSPARENT_HUGEPAGE_MADVISE

The first one was added in 5.4, and is marked experimental there so just
disable it in the generic config.

For the latter two, we should not force the user to use either of them,
so add them as build-configurable kernel options.

Fixes: d1a8217d87 ("kernel: clean-up build-configurable kernel config symbols")
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
2020-08-01 14:33:46 +01:00
Stijn Tintel
1bff9f5b78 kernel: add missing config symbol
This symbol is exposed on ARM64 with EFI enabled in the kernel config.
Currently this happens only on ipq807x, but as there might be new ARM64
targets with EFI in the future it is better to add the symbol to the
generic config.

Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
2020-08-01 15:19:11 +03:00
Linus Walleij
9e02580d52 gemini: Add swap partition to DNS-313
Sometimes when using the DNS-313 memory usage can peak and
with a simple swap partition we can avoid running into the
roof and invoking the OOM killer. Set this partition to
128MB (twice the size of the memory of the DNS-313).

Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
2020-07-31 18:34:40 +02:00
Christian Lamparter
caa6ada969 apm821xx: disable WNDR4700 5.4 image
The compressed image that the buildbots are building is too large for
the netgear uboot and it crashes and soft-bricks the device.

| Uncompressing Kernel Image ...
| LZMA: uncompress or overwrite error 1 - must RESET board to recover

The whole target likely needs to be switched zImage which is a major
hassle due to powerpc's legacy bootwrapper setup as compared to ARM.
So for now, disable the device.

Reported-by: Wiktor Stasiak (FS#3258)
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-07-31 18:17:34 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
65305cb448 kirkwood: use real model names for Linksys devices
This replaces the internal device names "Audi" and "Viper" with the
real model names, which a user would look for. This makes the
Linksys devices on this target consistent with the names recently
changed for mvebu based on the same idea.

As a consequence, the "viper" device definition is split into two
separate definitions with the correct names for both real models.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-31 15:03:43 +02:00
Tony Ambardar
a4856dab0d kernel: mips: restore missing MIPS32 cBPF JIT
Kernel v5.1 included an eBPF JIT for MIPS32 kernels, but problems were
discovered [1] and the changes later reverted in kernel v5.5 with commits:

  * f8fffebdea75 ("MIPS: BPF: Disable MIPS32 eBPF JIT")
  * 36366e367ee9 ("MIPS: BPF: Restore MIPS32 cBPF JIT")

Only the first of these was backported to LTS kernel 5.4, leaving cBPF
programs without a JIT and introducing a performance regression for any
such users e.g. libpcap, tcpdump, etc.

Restore cBPF performance by backporting the second commit above:
  * 070-v5.5-MIPS-BPF-Restore-MIPS32-cBPF-JIT.patch

[1] https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20191205182318.2761605-1-paulburton@kernel.org/

Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
2020-07-31 13:42:14 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
664237deaa mvebu: fix alphabetic sorting in 02_network
This has been overlooked when removing solidrun,clearfog-a1 entry.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-31 11:40:15 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
e496eefccc mvebu: increase compat version for SolidRun ClearFog Base
When changing the Pro variant to DSA, the ethernet interface rename
script was dropped by all devices to keep them in sync:

  be309bfd74 ("mvebu: drop 06_set_iface_mac preinit script")

Therefore, network config will be broken after upgrade for the
Base variant as well. Increase the compat version and provide a
message to signal that to the users.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-31 11:40:15 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
090779b24e kirkwood: implement compatibility version for DSA migration
This implements the newly introduced compat-version to prevent
upgrade between swconfig and DSA for kirkwood.

Just define a compat version with minor increment and an appropriate
message for both image (in Makefile) and device (in base-files).

Since we never removed SUPPORTED_DEVICES for this target, we don't
have to add it back either.

Attention:

All users that already updated to the DSA versions in master will
receive the same incompatibility warning since their devices are still
"1.0" as far as fwtool can tell.
Those, and only those, can bypass the upgrade check by using force (-F)
without having to reset config again. In addition, the new version
string needs to be put into uci config manually, so the new fwtool
knows that it actually deals with a "1.1":

   uci set "system.@system[-1].compat_version=1.1"
   uci commit system

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-31 11:40:15 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
494f12c52d mvebu: implement compatibility version for DSA migration
This implements the newly introduced compat-version to prevent
upgrade between swconfig and DSA for mvebu.

Just define a compat version with minor increment and an appropriate
message for both image (in Makefile) and device (in base-files).

Having taken care of sysupgrade, we can put back the SUPPORTED_DEVICES
that have been removed in previous patches to prevent broken config.

Attention:

All users that already updated to the DSA versions in master will
receive the same incompatibility warning since their devices are still
"1.0" as far as fwtool can tell.
Those, and only those, can bypass the upgrade check by using force (-F)
without having to reset config again. In addition, the new version
string needs to be put into uci config manually, so the new fwtool
knows that it actually deals with a "1.1":

   uci set "system.@system[-1].compat_version=1.1"
   uci commit system

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-31 11:40:15 +02:00
Robinson Wu
84cb0f7ace ramips: add support for JS76x8 series DEV boards
This commit adds support for the Jotale JS76x8 series development boards.
These devices have the following specifications:

- SOC: MT7628AN/NN, MT7688AN, MT7628DAN
- RAM of MT7628AN/NN and MT7688AN: 64/128/256 MB (DDR2)
- RAM of MT7628DAN: 64 MB (DDR2)
- FLASH:8/16/32 MB (SPI NOR)
- Ethernet:3x 10/100 Mbps ethernet ports (MT76x8 built-in switch)
- WIFI:1x 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
- LEDs:1x system status green LED, 1x wifi green LED,
       3x ethernet green LED
- Buttons:1x reset button
- 1x microSD slot
- 4x USB 2.0 port
- 1x mini-usb debug UART
- 1x DC jack for main power (DC 5V)
- 1x TTL/RS232 UART
- 1x TTL/RS485 UART
- 13x GPIO header
- 1x audio codec(wm8960)

Installation via OpenWrt:

The original firmware is OpenWrt, so both LuCI and sysupgrade can be used.

Installation via U-boot web:

1. Power on board with reset button pressed, release it
   after wifi led start blinking.
2. Setup static IP 192.168.1.123/4 on your PC.
3. Go to 192.168.1.8 in browser and upload "sysupgrade" image.

Installation via U-boot tftp:
1. Connect to serial console at the mini usb, which has been connected to UART0
   on board (115200 8N1)
2. Setup static IP 192.168.1.123/4 on your PC.
3. Place openwrt-firmware.bin on your PC tftp server (192.168.1.123).
3. Connect one of LAN ports on board to your PC.
4. Start terminal software (e.g. screen /dev/ttyUSB0 115200) on PC.
5. Apply power to board.
6. Interrupt U-boot with keypress of "2".
7. At u-boot prompts:
   Warning!! Erase Linux in Flash then burn new one. Are you sure?(Y/N) Y
   Input device IP (192.168.1.8) ==:192.168.1.8
   Input server IP (192.168.1.123) ==:192.168.1.123
   Input Linux Kernel filename (root_uImage) ==:openwrt-firmware.bin
8. board will download file from tftp server, write it to flash and reboot.

Signed-off-by: Robinson Wu <wurobinson@qq.com>
[add license to DTS files, fix state_default and reduce to the mimimum,
move phy0tpt trigger to DTS, drop ucidef_set_led_timer, fix network ports]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-31 11:40:15 +02:00
David Bauer
ced167d729 ramips: limit 5GHz channels for RAVPower RP-WD009
When selecting a channel below 100 on the 5GHz radio, the channel will
be detected as busy all the time.

Survey data from wlan1
	frequency:			5240 MHz [in use]
	channel active time:		165729 ms
	channel busy time:		158704 ms
	channel transmit time:		0 ms

Channels 100 and above work fine:

Survey data from wlan1
	frequency:			5500 MHz
	channel active time:		133000 ms
	channel busy time:		21090 ms
	channel transmit time:		0 ms

Limit the available channels, so users do not have the impression
their device is broken.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-07-30 22:33:53 +02:00
Petr Štetiar
e9f7923a1d treewide: mark devices as BROKEN instead of commenting out
This adds the newly introduced BROKEN flag to a bunch of devices
that previously just had TARGET_DEVICES commented out. By this, we
can select them in make menuconfig when BROKEN developer config option
is selected, instead of having to edit the code.

In contrast to DEFAULT := n, this is meant to cover devices that
don't boot or don't compile at all.

ath25: np25g, wpe53g
  both disabled during kernel bump 3.18->4.4 without reason given
  f89a20a89a ("ath25: update kernel from 3.18 to 4.4")

bcm53xx: linksys-ea6300-v1, linksys-ea9200, linksys-ea9500
  broken due to insufficient/broken TRX support
  55ff15cfd5 ("bcm53xx: disable building Linksys EA6300 V1 image")
  cd0f9900a4 ("bcm53xx: parepare for building more Linksys images")

bcm63xx: tplink-archer-c5-v2, tplink-archer-c9-v1
  disabled when kernel 5.4 support was added, probably broken
  50c6938b95 ("bcm53xx: add v5.4 support")

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
[limit to subset of devices, use BROKEN, adjust commit message/title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-30 21:49:22 +02:00
Petr Štetiar
504000d520 treewide: use DEFAULT := n to disable non-broken devices
This uses DEFAULT := n on a bunch of devices that previously were
"disabled" by commenting out TARGET_DEVICES. This will allow to
build them without having to modify the code, but they will not
be selected for default build or buildbots.

The change is applied to all devices that are not "broken", but suffer
from image site limitations or similar, or have been added in the past
but never confirmed to run on the device properly:

at91: at91-q5xr5:
  kernel image too big
  31aeae0774 ("at91: do not build image for at91-q5xr5")

bcm47xx: asus-rt-ac66u:
  disabled since it was added in 2015
  69aefc771f ("brcm47xx: build images for Asus devices")

bcm47xx: netgear-wndr3400-vcna, netgear-wnr3500u, netgear-wnr3500-v2-vc
  added disabled in 2012, but never confirmed to work on devices
  5dec9dd3b2 ("brcm47xx: add code to generate images for some netgear
    devices")

bcm53xx: netgear-r8500
  added disabled: "start working on Netgear R8500"
  3b76c7cf0b ("bcm53xx: start working on Netgear R8500")

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
[limit to subset of devices, adjust commit message/title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-30 21:48:38 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
bf5c56ba57 ath79: cosmetic fixes for partition node of D-Link DIR-825 B1
Make the node name match the reg property and remove the unused
DT label.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-30 21:43:56 +02:00
Daniel Golle
d1a8217d87 kernel: clean-up build-configurable kernel config symbols
Don't explicitely disable options in target/linux/generic/config-* if
they are already controlled in config/Config-kernel.in.
Add a bunch of new symbols  and prepare defaults for using only unified
hierarchy (ie. cgroup2). Update symbol dependencies while at it

Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2020-07-30 16:59:47 +01:00
Luochongjun
68ac3f2cdd ath79: add support for gl-e750
The gl-e750 is a portable travel router that gives you safe access to
the internet while traveling.

Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros AR9531 (650MHz)
- RAM: 128 MB DDR2
- Flash: 16 MB SPI NOR (W25Q128FVSG) + 128 MB SPI NAND (GD5F1GQ4UFYIG)
- Ethernet: 10/100: 1xLAN
- Wireless: QCA9531 2.4GHz (bgn) + QCA9887 5GHz (ac)
- USB: 1x USB 2.0 port
- Switch: 1x switch
- Button: 1x reset button
- OLED Screen: 128*64 px

MAC addresses based on vendor firmware:
LAN *:a0 art 0x0
2.4GHz *:a1 art 0x1002
5GHz *:a2 art calculated from art 0x0 + 2

Flash firmware:
Since openwrt's kernel already exceeds 2MB, upgrading from the official
version of GL-inet (v3.100) using the sysupgrade command will break the
kernel image. Users who are using version 3.100 can only upgrade via
uboot. The official guidance for GL-inet is as follows:
https://docs.gl-inet.com/en/3/troubleshooting/debrick/

In the future, GL-inet will modify the firmware to support the sysupgrade
command, so users will be able to upgrade directly with the sysupgrade
command in future releases.

OLED screen control:
OLED controller is connected to QCA9531 through serial port, and can send
instructions to OLED controller directly through serial port.
Refer to the links below for a list of supported instructions:
https://github.com/gl-inet/GL-E750-MCU-instruction

Signed-off-by: Luochongjun <luochongjun@gl-inet.com>
[fix alphabetic sorting in 10-fix-wifi-mac, drop check-kernel-size]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-29 20:49:48 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
6da5356195 lantiq: disable default build for devices with 4M flash
It has been decided that the 19.07 release will be last one to include
4/32 devices.

This disables default build for all devices with 4M flash on lantiq.
Note that this will affect _all_ devices for amazonse ("ase") and
xway_legacy subtarget.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-29 12:08:16 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
55e2d5eb3b ath79: disable default build for devices with 4M flash
It has been decided that the 19.07 release will be last one to include
4/32 devices.

This disables default build for the remaining devices with 4M flash
on ath79. Note that this will leave exactly one enabled device for
ath79/tiny subtarget, PQI Air-Pen, which was moved there due to
kernel size restrictions.

All 4M TP-Link devices have already been disabled in
8819faff47 ("ath79: do not build TP-Link tiny images by default")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-29 12:08:16 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
01a3e891d7 ath79: reorganize common image definitions for Netgear
Netgear currently has a special definition for tiny devices, which
is only used by two devices. Despite, it sets ups the IMAGE/default
definition individually for all devices, although there is actually
only one exception.

This merges the common parts into a single netgear_generic definition
(in contrast to netgear_ath79_nand), and adjusts the individual
definitions accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-29 12:08:16 +02:00
David Bauer
c5360894dc rockchip: enable rockchip-thermal
Enable the rockchip-thermal driver to allow reading the temperature of
the SoC.

Tested on NanoPi R2S

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-07-29 01:40:20 +02:00
David Bauer
7a4fc8906c rockchip: distribute net interrupts
This adds a hotplug script for distributing interrupts of eth0 and eth1
across different cores. Otherwise the forwarding performance between
eth0 and eth1 is severely affected.

The existing SMP distribution mechanic in OpenWrt can't be used here, as
the actual device IRQ has to be moved to dedicated cores. In case of
eth1, this is in fact the USB3 controller.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-07-28 15:52:44 +02:00
David Bauer
5a57a1ac1f arm64: dts: rockchip: Add txpbl node for RK3399/RK3328
Some rockchip SoCs like the RK3399 and RK3328 exhibit an issue
where tx checksumming does not work with packets larger than 1498.

The default Programmable Buffer Length for TX in these GMAC's is
not suitable for MTUs higher than 1498. The workaround is to disable
TX offloading with 'ethtool -K eth0 tx off rx off' causing performance
impacts as it disables hardware checksumming.

This patch sets snps,txpbl to 0x4 which is a safe number tested ok for
the most popular MTU value of 1500.

For reference, see https://lkml.org/lkml/2019/4/1/1382.

Signed-off-by: Carlos de Paula <me@carlosedp.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200218221040.10955-1-me@carlosedp.com
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-07-28 15:52:44 +02:00
David Bauer
6242ac4735 rockchip: enable LAN LED configuration
This enables the LEDs on the LAN interfaces.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-07-28 15:52:44 +02:00
David Bauer
b7a9a183fb rockchip: add NanoPi R2S support
Hardware
--------
RockChip RK3328 ARM64 (4 cores)
1GB DDR4 RAM
2x 1000 Base-T
3 LEDs (LAN / WAN / SYS)
1 Button (Reset)
Micro-SD slot
USB 2.0 Port

Installation
------------
Uncompress the OpenWrt sysupgrade and write it to a micro SD card using
dd.

MAC-address
-----------
The vendor code supports reading a MAC address from an EEPROM connected
via i2c0 of the SoC. The EEPROM (address 0x51) should contain the MAC
address in binary at offset 0xfa. However, my two units didn't come with
such an EEPROM soldered on. The EEPROM should be placed between the SoC
and the GPIO pins on the board. (U10)

Generating rendom MAC addresses works around this issue. Otherwise, all
boards running the same image have identical MAC addresses.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-07-28 15:52:44 +02:00
David Bauer
b72f7c64a4 rockchip: allow for multiple boot-scripts
Add support for select a bootscript depending on the device built. This
is necessary, as the FriendlyARM NanoPi R2S needs a different bootcmd in
order to produce output on the debug UART.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-07-28 15:52:44 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
bcd7a0c095 arc770: update kernel version to 5.4
Update config with make kernel_oldconfig and copy/refresh patch.

Add CONFIG_WATCHDOG_CORE=y to fix the following error as done for
several targets already:

 Package kmod-hwmon-sch5627 is missing dependencies for the following
 libraries:
 watchdog.ko

Directly switch to kernel 5.4.

This patch is compile-tested only. However, the target is essentially
pure upstream with a single patch, and it has been reported that
kernel 5.4 has been run on this target successfully already.

Note that in my local tests building with all packages/kmods failed
since openvswitch selects libunwind, which doesn't build for arc with
the following error:

checking if we should build libunwind-ptrace... yes
checking if we should build libunwind-setjmp... yes
checking for build architecture... x86_64
checking for host architecture... arc
checking for target architecture... arc
checking for target operating system... linux-gnu
checking for ELF helper width... configure: error: Unknown ELF target: arc
make[3]: *** [Makefile:65: /data/openwrt/build_dir/target-arc_arc700_uClibc/
   libunwind-1.3.1/.configured_68b329da9893e34099c7d8ad5cb9c940] Error 1

Deselecting all kmod-openvswitch* packages will have the build run through.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-27 20:15:10 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
88689da65f lantiq: fix cosmetic issues with partition offsets and sizes
This fixes a few cosmetic issues with partition offset and size
that are inconsistent probably due to copy/pasting.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-27 13:02:47 +02:00
Josh Bendavid
11bff24b3e ramips: add support for D-Link DIR-1960 A1
This patch adds support for D-Link DIR-1960 A1. Given the similarity with
the DIR-1760/2660 A1, this patch also introduces a common DTSI which can
be shared with these devices, with support to be added in future commits.

Specifications:
* Board: AP-MTKH7-0002
* SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT
* RAM: 256 MB (DDR3)
* Flash: 128 MB (NAND)
* WiFi: MediaTek MT7615N (x2)
* Switch: 1 WAN, 4 LAN (Gigabit)
* Ports: 1 USB 3.0
* Buttons: Reset, WPS
* LEDs: Power (white/orange), Internet (white/orange), WiFi 2.4G (white),
        WiFi 5G (white), USB 3.0 (white)

Notes:
* WiFi 2.4G and WiFi 5G LEDs are wired directly to the wireless chips

Installation:
* D-Link Recovery GUI: power down the router, press and hold the reset
  button, then re-plug it. Keep the reset button pressed until the power
  LED starts flashing orange, manually assign a static IP address under
  the 192.168.0.xxx subnet (e.g. 192.168.0.2) and go to http://192.168.0.1

* Some modern browsers may have problems flashing via the Recovery GUI,
  if that occurs consider uploading the firmware through cURL:

    curl -v -i -F "firmware=@file.bin" 192.168.0.1

MAC addresses:

lan   factory 0xe000     *:EB (label)
wan   factory 0xe006     *:EE
2.4   factory 0xe000 +1  *:EC
5.0   factory 0xe000 +2  *:ED

Seems like vendor didn't replace the dummy entrys in the calibration data.

Signed-off-by: Josh Bendavid <joshbendavid@gmail.com>
[fix whitespace issues, create patch to merge DIR-1960 first, move
special WiFi MAC settings to DTS, extend commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-27 12:37:07 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
8126e572dd imx6: use device-tree compatible for board name
In imx6, we currently use the model from DTS to derive a board name
manually in /lib/imx6.sh.

However, if we have individual DTS files anyway, we can exploit
generic 02_sysinfo and use the compatible as board name directly.

While at it, remove the wildcards from /lib/upgrade/platform.sh as
these might make code shorter, but are quite unpleasant when grepping
for a specific device.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-27 12:10:45 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
0f3c3a5fb2 layerscape: harmonize device strings
OpenWrt lately has harmonized device (definition) names to the
pattern vendor_model to improve overall consistency, also with
other values like the DTS compatible.

This patch applies that scheme to the layerscape target.

Since this (intentionally) creates a bigger overlap between DTS names,
compatible, and device definition name, it also moves DEVICE_DTS and
SUPPORTED_DEVICES definitions to the Device/Default blocks.

Apart from that, it also modifies several packages to use consistent
naming in order to keep the $(1) file references working.

While at it, remove one layer of complexity for the setup in
tfa-layerscape package.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-27 12:06:52 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
a1eb2c4633 mvebu: only disable WRT1900AC v1 and WRT32X for buildbots
Use "DEFAULT := n" to only disable devices for buildbots, but
keep them available for manual build.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-27 11:05:25 +02:00
Jo-Philipp Wich
ac9730c495 mvebu: disable WRT1900AC v1 and WRT32X images for now
The kernel appears to have grown too large, breaking the build for the
entire target.

Disable the affected images for now until the situation is dealt with.

Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
2020-07-26 18:58:22 +02:00
David Woodhouse
b36422b914 mediatek: mt7623: add full system image for UniElec U7623
This adds a full eMMC image including U-Boot, which means that the
kernel can inherit the true RAM size detected by the preloader.

As implemented in previous commits, sysupgrade to this image from
the legacy layout (and via that, from the vendor-installed image)
is supported.

Rename the legacy image for the 512MiB board, for clarity.

Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
2020-07-26 17:08:31 +08:00
David Woodhouse
1113dcab05 mediatek: mt7623: rename gen_banana_pi_img.sh → gen_mtk_mmc_img.sh
As I buy more hardware and continue to work on consolidation, This will
apply to a lot of MediaTek platforms; rename it accordingly.

Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
2020-07-26 17:08:21 +08:00
David Woodhouse
f5cebbe2e4 mediatek: mt7623: make gen_banana_pi_img.sh more generic
This actually covers fairly much all the MediaTek platforms; they
only have different images because they don't include the preloader
and U-Boot, and rely on preinstalled stuff from the vendor.

So this script can slowly take over the world as we complete the
support for various other platforms, starting with UniElec U7623…

Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
2020-07-26 17:08:21 +08:00
David Woodhouse
5787684cb4 mediatek: mt7623: add scatter file for unbricking with SP Flash Tool
Many MediaTek SoCs can be unbricked by using the SP Flash Tool from
http://spflashtool.com/ along with a "scatter list" file, which is
just a text file listing which image gets loaded where.

We use a trivial partition layout for the tool, with the whole eMMC
image as a single "partition", which means users just need to unzip
the sysupgrade image. Doing the real partition layout would be overly
complex and would require the individual partitions to be shipped
as artifacts — or users to extract them out of the sysupgrade image
just for the tool to put them adjacent to each other on the eMMC
anyway.

The tool does require a copy of the preloader in order to operate,
even when it isn't flashing the preloader to the eMMC boot region.
So drop that into the bin directory as an artifact too.

Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
2020-07-26 17:07:52 +08:00
Chuanhong Guo
65fc47cac5 mediatek: mt7623: build lzma fit for bpi-r2
bpi-r2 images are shipped with mainline u-boot which can extract lzma
with no problem.
remove custom kernel recipe to build lzma fit image instead of
uncompressed fit with zboot.

Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
2020-07-26 17:04:49 +08:00
David Woodhouse
29fa5526a2 mediatek: mt7623: prepare for full sysupgrade support on UniElec U7623
An upcoming commit will add a full system image for U7623 which will
contain the MBR partition table and U-Boot too.

That contrasts with the current image which only owns the eMMC from
sector 0xa00 onwards, and must start with a legacy uImage.

Prepare for sysupgrade to the new images, and cope with the fact that
the recovery partition will be /dev/mmcblk0p2 instead of /dev/mmcblk0p1
after the upgrade.

This commit could potentially be backported to 19.07 to allow for direct
sysupgrade to the new image layout.

Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
2020-07-26 16:42:36 +08:00
David Woodhouse
7a1eaa446b mediatek: mt7623: increase flexibility of finding recovery partition
I'm about to change the layout of the images for UniElec U7623 so make it
find the recovery partition based on which the root partition is too.

Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
2020-07-26 16:42:36 +08:00
David Woodhouse
ff8cc137fb mediatek: mt7623: fix Ethernet setup for TRGMII mode
This fixes the TX performance issues seen on MT7623 boards.

Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
2020-07-26 16:42:36 +08:00
David Woodhouse
be3c8f8b2b mediatek: fix Ethernet support on UniElec U7623
The definition of the switch in the device-tree was not correct. Make it
look more like the Banana Pi R2, which works.

Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
2020-07-26 16:42:35 +08:00
David Woodhouse
6eb63019af mediatek: mt7623: fix sysupgrade from vendor OpenWrt on UniElec U7623
This board ships with an ancient 14.07-based OpenWrt using block2mtd, and
the MBR partition table contains nonsense.

It is possible to sysupgrade to an upstream OpenWrt image, but the
legacy layout of the OpenWrt images start at 0xA00 in the eMMC, with
a raw uImage. The legacy OpenWrt image doesn't "own" the beginning
of the device, including the MBR and U-Boot.

This means that when a user upgrades to upstream OpenWrt, it doesn't
boot because it can't find the right partitions. So hard-code them on
the kernel's command line using CONFIG_CMDLINE_PARTITION (for block).

Additionally, the vendor firmware doesn't cope with images larger than
about 36MiB, because it only overwrites the contents of its "firmware"
MTD partition. The current layout of the legacy image wastes a lot of
space, allowing over 32MiB for the kernel and another 10MiB for the FAT
recovery file system which is only created as 3MiB. So pull those in
to allow 4¾ MiB for the kernel, 3MiB for recovery, and then we have over
20MiB for the root file system.

This doesn't affect the new images which ship with a full eMMC image
including a different MBR layout and a partition for U-Boot, because
our modern U-Boot can actually pass the command line to the kernel, and
the built-in one doesn't get used anyway.

Tested by upgrading from vendor OpenWrt to the current legacy image,
from legacy to itself, to the previous legacy layout, and then to
finally the full-system image.

This commit probably wants backporting to 19.07, which also doesn't
install over the vendor OpenWrt and doesn't even have a full-system
installation option.

Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
2020-07-26 16:42:35 +08:00
David Woodhouse
ea9ef8c945 mediatek: mt7623: add explicit console= to U7623 kernel
The bootloader for legacy builds can't set it, so we end up unable to
log in on the serial port.

Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
2020-07-26 16:42:35 +08:00
Leon M. George
15f585afc5 ath79: add support for Compex WPJ563
Specifications:

SoC: QCA9563
DRAM: 128MB DDR2
Flash: 16MB SPI-NOR
2 Gigabit ethernet ports
3×3 2.4GHz on-board radio
miniPCIe slot that supports 5GHz radio
PoE 24V passive or 36V-56V passive with optional IEEE 802.3af/at
USB 3.0 header

Installation:

To install, either start tftp in bin/targets/ath79/generic/ and use
the u-boot prompt over UART:

tftpboot 0x80500000 openwrt-ath79-generic-compex_wpj563-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
erase 0x9f680000 +1
erase 0x9f030000 +$filesize
cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f030000 $filesize
boot

The cpximg file can be used with sysupgrade in the stock firmware (add
SSH key in luci for root access) or with the built-in cpximg loader.
The cpximg loader can be started either by holding the reset button
during power up or by entering the u-boot prompt and entering 'cpximg'.
Once it's running, a TFTP-server under 192.168.1.1 will accept the image
appropriate for the board revision that is etched on the board.

For example, if the board is labelled '7A02':

tftp -v -m binary 192.168.1.1 -c put openwrt-ath79-generic-compex_wpj563-squashfs-cpximg-7a02.bin

MAC addresses:

<&uboot 0x2e010>  *:71  (label)
<&uboot 0x2e018>  *:72
<&uboot 0x2e020>  *:73
<&uboot 0x2e028>  *:74

Only the first two are used (for ethernet), the WiFi modules have
separate (valid) addresses. The latter two addresses are not used.

Signed-off-by: Leon M. George <leon@georgemail.eu>
2020-07-26 02:14:45 +02:00
Aleksander Jan Bajkowski
f8ea7c53fd lantiq: xrx200: disable unused switch and phy
xrx200 has a 6 port built-in switch with 2 integrated PHY. None of the
xrx200 router uses external switch. Most boards use integrated or Lantiq
(Intel) PEF7071 PHY. Only some FritzBox routers use AT803X PHY and
VGV7510KW22 use ICPLUS PHY. Other unused PHY drivers may be removed.

This patch enables these symbols only on xway and xway_legacy subtargets:
 - CONFIG_PSB6970_PHY (Driver for PHY in PSB6970 - 7 port FE Switch)
 - CONFIG_RTL8366RB_PHY (Driver for PHY in RTL8366 - 6 port GE Switch)
 - CONFIG_RTL8366_SMI (Driver for RTL8366 - 6 port GE Switch)

Reduces image size by 7.3kB.

Continuation of 58a6f06978 (PR: #2983)

Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
[fix sorting in config files, small fix in commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-26 02:14:38 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
739d282c2f mediatek: remove condition in Device/Default
The current condition with part of the variables set dependent on
the subtarget in Device/Default isn't really nice to read and also
defeats the purpose of having a default node.

This removes the special settings for mt7623 and moves them to the
individual devices, which is not much of a problem as there are
actually just two of them and they partly use different settings
anyway.

While at it, slightly adjust the order of variables and wrap some
long lines.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-25 23:19:19 +02:00
Bjoern Dobe
d38d345c72 ath79: mikrotik: use base mac on lan for RBwAPG-5HacT2HnD
The Mikrotik RBwAPG-5HacT2HnD has only a single ethernet interface
(lan), and the vendor uses the base (label) MAC address for it.

Signed-off-by: Bjoern Dobe <bjoern@dobecom.de>
[commit title/message improvement]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-25 22:01:34 +02:00
Sungbo Eo
ab78694fe8 treewide: rename POWER_ON_STRIP register
AR8327 datasheet[1] calls the register at address 0x0010
"Power-on Strapping Register". As it has nothing to do with "strip",
let's rename it to "POWER_ON_STRAP" to make it easier to grasp.

[1] https://lafibre.info/images/doc/201106_spec_AR8327.pdf

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-07-25 21:50:50 +02:00
John Thomson
8484d6da1e ramips: remove non-existant poe_passthrough for RouterBOARD 750Gr3
This 750gr3 GPIO17 switch was added based on vendor source,
but only the 760iGS (which shares the rbsysfs board identifier)
device has the physical wiring. The 750Gr3 actually does not
support PoE out.

Apart from that, note that the gpio base (480) would have required
this GPIO to be referenced as 497 if it was kept.

Fixes: 6ba58b7b02 ("ramips: cleanup the RB750Gr3 support")

Signed-off-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
[commit title/message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-25 21:41:07 +02:00
Davide Fioravanti
92780d80ab ramips: add support for Winstars WS-WN583A6
The Winstars WS-WN583A6 is a wireless repeater with 2 gigabit ethernet
ports. Even if mine is branded as "Gemeita AC2100", the sticker on the
back says WS-WN583A6. So I will refer to it as Winstars WS-WN583A6.
Probably the real product name is the Wavlink WL-WN583A6 because of
the many references to Wavlink in the OEM firmware and bootlog.

Hardware
--------
SoC:   Mediatek MT7621AT (880 MHz, 2 cores 4 threads)
RAM:   128MB
FLASH: 8MB NOR (GigaDevice GD25Q64B)
ETH:   2x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet (MT7530)
WIFI:
  - 2.4GHz: 1x MT7603E (2x2:2)
  - 5GHz:   1x MT7615E (4x4:4)
  - 6 internal antennas
BTN:
  - 1x Reset button
  - 1x WPS button
  - 1x ON/OFF switch (working but unmodifiable)
  - 1x Auto/Schedule switch (working but unmodifiable. Read Note #3)
LEDS:
  - 1x White led
  - 1x Red led
  - 1x Amber led
  - 1x Blue led
  - 2x Blue leds (lan and wan port status: working but unmodifiable)
UART:
  - 57600-8-N-1

Everything works correctly.

Currently there is no firmware update available. Because of this, in
order to restore the OEM firmware, you must firstly dump the OEM
firmware from your router before you flash the OpenWrt image.

Backup the OEM Firmware
-----------------------
The following steps are to be intended for users having little to none
experience in linux. Obviously there are many ways to backup the OEM
firmware, but probably this is the easiest way for this router.
Procedure tested on M83A6.V5030.191210 firmware version.

1) Go to http://192.168.10.1/webcmd.shtml

2) Type the following line in the "Command" input box:
	mkdir /etc_ro/lighttpd/www/dev; for i in /dev/mtd*ro; do dd if=${i} of=/etc_ro/lighttpd/www${i}; done

3) Click "Apply"

4) After few seconds, in the textarea should appear this output:
		16384+0 records in
	16384+0 records out
	8388608 bytes (8.0MB) copied, 4.038820 seconds, 2.0MB/s
	384+0 records in
	384+0 records out
	196608 bytes (192.0KB) copied, 0.095180 seconds, 2.0MB/s
	128+0 records in
	128+0 records out
	65536 bytes (64.0KB) copied, 0.032020 seconds, 2.0MB/s
	128+0 records in
	128+0 records out
	65536 bytes (64.0KB) copied, 0.031760 seconds, 2.0MB/s
	15744+0 records in
	15744+0 records out
	8060928 bytes (7.7MB) copied, 3.885280 seconds, 2.0MB/s
	dd: can't open '/dev/mtd5ro': No such device
	dd: can't open '/dev/mtd6ro': No such device
	dd: can't open '/dev/mtd7ro': No such device

   Excluding the "X.XXXXXX seconds" part, you should get the same
   exact output. If your output doesn't match mine, stop reading
   and ask for help in the forum.

5) Open the following links to download the partitions of the OEM FW:
	http://192.168.10.1/dev/mtd0ro
	http://192.168.10.1/dev/mtd1ro
	http://192.168.10.1/dev/mtd2ro
	http://192.168.10.1/dev/mtd3ro
	http://192.168.10.1/dev/mtd4ro

   If one (or more) of these files weight 0 byte, stop reading and ask
   for help in the forum.

6) Store these downloaded files in a safe place.

7) Reboot your router to remove any temporary file from your router.

Installation
------------
Flash the initramfs image in the OEM firmware interface.
When openwrt boots, flash the sysupgrade image otherwise you won't be
able to keep configuration between reboots.

Restore OEM Firmware
--------------------
Flash the "mtd4ro" file you previously backed-up directly from LUCI.
Warning: Remember to not keep settings!
Warning2: Remember to force the flash.

Notes
-----
1) The "System Command" page allows to run every command as root.
   For example you can use "dd" and "nc" to backup the OEM firmware.
   PC (SERVER):
	nc -l 5555 > ./mtdXro
   ROUTER (CLIENT):
	dd if=/dev/mtdXro | nc PC_IP_ADDRESS 5555

2) The OEM web interface accepts only images containing the string
   "WN583A6" in the filename.
   Currently the OEM interface accepts only the initramfs image
   probably because it checks if the ih_size in the image header is
   equal to the whole image size (instead of the kernel size)
   Read more here:
   https://forum.openwrt.org/t/support-for-strong-1200/22768/19

3) The white led (namely "Smart Night Light") can be controller by the
   user only if the side switch is set to "Schedule" otherwise it will
   be activated by the light condition (there is a photodiode on the
   top side of the router)

4) Router mac addresses:

   LAN		XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:8F
   WAN		XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:90
   WIFI 2G	XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:91
   WIFI 5G	XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:92

   LABEL	XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:91

Signed-off-by: Davide Fioravanti <pantanastyle@gmail.com>
[remove chosen node, fix whitespace]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-25 21:04:11 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
1e55df2e41 oxnas: use vendor_model scheme for ox810se
Most newer targets have been converted to consistently use
vendor_model scheme for device definitions/image names, ox820 is
using it as well, so let's just convert ox810se for consistency.

While at it, use generic setup for DEVICE_DTS and add SUPPORTED_DEVICES.
The latter have been introduced for ox820 already in
cf7896117b ("oxnas: enable image metadata by setting SUPPORTED_DEVICES")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-25 21:04:11 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
64de3076c3 lantiq: Fix warning in SPI driver
This fixes a warning in the SPI driver at bootup. This warning is seen
in kernel 5.4 on lantiq deives.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-07-23 23:39:56 +02:00
Phi Nguyen
eda9751d86 ipq40xx: support reset button for WPJ419
Compex WPJ419 has a reset button on a GPIO pin.

Signed-off-by: Phi Nguyen <phind.uet@gmail.com>
2020-07-23 12:56:58 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
b057862e24 Revert "ramips: fix flash layout for TP-Link TL-WR841N v14"
This reverts commit 1623defbdb.

As already stated in the reverted patch, the OEM firmware will
properly recreate the config partition if it is overwritten by
OpenWrt.

The main reason for adding the partition was the image size
restriction imposed by the 0x3d0000 limitation of the TFTP
flashing process. Addressing this by shrinking the firmware
partition is not a good solution to that problem, though:

1. For a working image, the size of the content has to be smaller
   than the available space, so empty erase blocks will remain.

2. Conceptually, the restriction is on the image, so it makes sense
   to implement it in the same way, and not via the partitioning.
   Users could e.g. do initial flash with TFTP restriction with
   an older image, and then sysupgrade into a newer one, so TFTP
   restriction does not apply.

3. The (content) size of the recovery image is enforced to 0x3d0000
   by the tplink-v2-image command in combination with
   TPLINK_FLASHLAYOUT (flash layout in mktplinkfw2.c) anyway.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-22 18:59:44 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
0a5d74fa68 arc770: use generic 02_sysinfo
Currently arc770 sets a board name from compatible for no apparent
reason. Just use the compatible directly instead.

This theoretically removes a board name "generic" when no compatible
was present, however, there is no case where this "generic" board
name was actually used.

This also fixes an issue where snps,axs101 would not have been
properly detected anyway, as its case was not set up syntactically
correct.

Fixes: 576621f1e3 ("linux: add support of Synopsys ARC770-based boards")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-22 18:28:09 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
3c190ef112 archs38: use generic 02_sysinfo
Currently archs38 sets a board name from compatible for no apparent
reason. Just use the compatible directly instead.

This theoretically removes a board name "generic" when no compatible
was present, however, there is no case where this "generic" board
name was actually used.

This also fixes an issue where snps,axs103 would not have been
properly detected anyway, as its case was not set up syntactically
correct.

Fixes: 73015c4cb3 ("linux: add support of Synopsys ARCHS38-based boards")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-22 18:28:09 +02:00
David Bauer
9662b9d688 ramips: switch MT7620 subtarget to 5.4
MT7620 seems to work fine with kernel 5.4. Set the default kernel
version to 5.4 to bring this to a broader audience.

Tested on Archer C2 v1 / Archer C20i

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-07-22 17:20:38 +02:00
David Bauer
4cd5ce5a7f ramips: increase SPI frequency for MT7620 Archer
Increase the SPI frequency for the MT7620 based TP-Link Archer
series to 30MHz.

TP-Link uses different SPI flash chips for the same board
revision, so be conservative to not break boards with a
different chip. 30MHz should be well supported by all chips.

Tested on Archer C2 v1 (GD25Q64B) and Archer C20i (W25Q64FV).

Archer C20i (before)
====================
root@OpenWrt:~# time dd if=/dev/mtd1 of=/tmp/test.bin bs=64k
122+0 records in
122+0 records out
real	0m 15.30s
user	0m 0.00s
sys	0m 15.29s

Archer C20i (after)
===================
root@OpenWrt:~# time dd if=/dev/mtd1 of=/tmp/test.bin bs=64k
122+0 records in
122+0 records out
real	0m 5.99s
user	0m 0.00s
sys	0m 5.98s

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Acked-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-22 17:20:24 +02:00
David Bauer
9a9cdc65c4 ath79: re-enable image generation for GL-AR750S
The bootloader only writes the first 2MB of the image to the NOR flash
when installing the NAND factory image. The bootloader is capable of
booting larger kernels as it boots from the memory mapped SPI flash.

Disable the NAND factory image. The NAND can be bootstrapped by writing
the NAND initramfs image using the NOR upgrade method in the bootloader
web-recovery and sysupgrading from there. The NOR variant is not
affected.

Also refactor the partition definitions in the DTS to make them less
annoying to read.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-07-22 17:18:55 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
5e86877f36 ath79: correctly define WiFi switch for TL-WR841ND v8
The TL-WR841ND v8 feature a WiFi switch instead of a button.
This adds the corresponding input-type to prevent booting into
failsafe regularly.

This has been defined correctly in ar71xx, but was overlooked
when migrating to ath79. In contrast, the TL-WR842ND v2, which
has the key set up as switch in ar71xx, actually has a button.
The TL-MR3420 v2 has a button as well and is set up correctly
for both targets. (Information based on TP-Link user guide)

Note:

While looking into this, I found that support PR for TL-MR3420 v2
switched reset button to ACTIVE_HIGH. However, the other two
device still use ACTIVE_LOW. This seems strange, but I cannot
verify it lacking the affected devices.

Fixes: FS#2733
Fixes: 9601d94138 ("add support for TP-Link TL-WR841N/ND v8")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-21 12:02:35 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
42dc5c2a3f ramips: improve LED support for D-Link DIR-615 D series
This patch adds a trigger for the WAN LED and enhances support for
the WiFi LED by enabling activity indication.

This is based on bug report feedback (see reference below).

While at it, update the LED node names in DTS file.

Fixes: FS#732

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-21 11:59:17 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
05c74e4000 omap: derive DEVICE_DTS from device name
In most cases the DEVICE_DTS name can be derived easily from the
node name, so let's do this to enforce harmonized names where
possible.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-21 11:57:22 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
eff0a0e39e apm821xx: derive DEVICE_DTS from device name
The DEVICE_DTS variable always matches the device definition name,
just with "_" replaced by "-". Thus, create a DEVICE_DTS definition
in Device/Default and drop all the individual statements.

If necessary in the future, local DEVICE_DTS will still overwrite
that default.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-21 11:56:35 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
a2fee73e27 bcm47xx: fix switch setup for Linksys WRT610N v2
WRT610N V2 is not detected by the initial network configuration script.
The switch remains unconfigured and wlan/lan vlans are not created.

This adds the correct setup for the device.

Fixes: FS#1869

Suggested-by: Alessandro Radicati
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-21 11:55:31 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
683193cfb7 layerscape: fix indent
Fix indent to be consistent with the rest of the file.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-21 11:51:51 +02:00
Nelson Cai
6269f10ea4 ramips: fix network setup for Ubiquiti ER-X/ER-X-SFP
The function name ucidef_set_interface_lan_wan does not exist,
use the proper name by adding an "s" and thereby fix network
setup on these devices.

Fixes: 22468cc40c (ramips: erx and erx-sfp: fix missing WAN interface)

Signed-off-by: Nelson Cai <niphor@gmail.com>
[commit message/title facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-20 17:16:47 +02:00
Dustin Gathmann
d5a148f5c8 lantiq/xrx200: make WLAN button responsive on Fritzbox 7360 & 7362
Pressing the 'WLAN' button should enable/disable wireless activity.
Currently, the button is mapped to the KEY_WLAN, which will not
have this effect.
This patch changes the mapping of the WLAN button, so a button
press will emit an action for the 'rfkill' key instead of 'wlan'.
Apparently, this is what stock OpenWRT expects.

This fix is analogous to the preceding patch for Fritzbox 3370.

Signed-off-by: Dustin Gathmann <dzsoftware@posteo.org>
2020-07-20 00:58:30 +02:00
Dustin Gathmann
0ee30adb46 lantiq/xrx200: fix WLAN button actions for Fritzbox 3370
The WLAN button actions are reversed, i.e. pressing the button emits a
'released' action, and vice versa.
This can easily be checked by adding
logger -t button_action "$BUTTON $ACTION"
as the second line of /etc/rc.button/rfkill, and using logread to read
the events (assuming the preceding patch has been applied).
Defining the GPIO as ACTIVE_LOW corrects this behavior.

Signed-off-by: Dustin Gathmann <dzsoftware@posteo.org>
2020-07-20 00:58:30 +02:00
Dustin Gathmann
a53bf63756 lantiq/xrx200: make WLAN button responsive on Fritzbox 3370
Pressing the 'WLAN' button should enable/disable wireless activity.
However, on the Fritzbox 3370 this doesn't have an effect.
This patch changes the mapping of the physical WLAN button, so a button
press will emit an action for the 'rfkill' key instead of 'wlan'.
Apparently, this is what stock OpenWRT expects, and also what is
implemented for most other devices.

Signed-off-by: Dustin Gathmann <dzsoftware@posteo.org>
2020-07-20 00:58:30 +02:00
Alexander Müller
1623defbdb ramips: fix flash layout for TP-Link TL-WR841N v14
The config partition was missing from the flash layout of the device.

Although the stock firmware resets a corrupted config partition to the
default values, the TFTP flash with an image bigger than 0x3d0000 will
truncate the image as the bootloader only copies 0x3d0000 bytes to flash
during TFTP flashing.

Fixed by adding the config partition and shrinking the firmware
partition.

Fixes: 3fd97c522b ("ramips: add support for TP-Link TL-WR841n v14")

Signed-off-by: Alexander Müller <donothingloop@gmail.com>
2020-07-19 02:01:06 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
2e4626ae77 ramips: remove incorrect mtd-eeprom for TP-Link TL-WR841N v14
The factory partition on this device is only 64k in size, so having
mediatek,mtd-eeprom = <&factory 0x10000> would place the EEPROM data
after the end of the flash. As can be verified against the TP-Link
GPL sources, which contain the EEPROM data as binary blob, the actual
address for the EEPROM data is 0x0.

Since 0x0 is default for MT7628, the incorrect line is just removed.

This error is the reason for the abysmal Wifi performance that people
are complaining about for the WR841Nv14.

Fixes: 3fd97c522b ("ramips: add support for TP-Link TL-WR841n v14")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-19 02:01:06 +02:00
David Bauer
612d5282b5 ramips: don't create switch config for VIXMINI
Don't create UCI switch config for the GL.iNet microuter-N300 and
VIXMINI. These devices only have a single LAN port.
Creating the switch config makes usage of VLANs more complicated,
as they would have to be configured on the MAC as well as the "switch".

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-07-18 22:12:19 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
b78a266888 lantiq: move 01_led_migration script to subtargets
Split the /etc/uci-defaults/01_led_migration scripts into subtargets
as already done for most of the other base-files.

While this introduces a minor amount of code duplication, it still
is considered an improvement, as device-specific settings are kept
together in the subtargets' base-files and the script at hand can be
removed entirely for two of the subtargets not needing it.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-17 12:14:32 +02:00
Martin Schiller
4d8552c265 lantiq: move dsl related base-files into own package
It does not make sense to install this components on lantiq systems
where the dsl subsystem is not needed/used.

This also makes it possible to use the files also on other targets.
(hopefully ipq401x / FritzBox 7530 in the near future)

Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms.3headeddevs@gmail.com>
2020-07-17 12:14:32 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
1de9cac2f9 ramips: move redundant console setup to mt7621 SoC DTSI
For mt7621, console is set up via DTS bootargs individually in
device DTS/DTSI files. However, 44 of 74 statements use the
following setting:

	chosen {
		bootargs = "console=ttyS0,57600";
	};

Therefore, don't repeat ourselves and move that definition to the SoC
DTSI file to serve as a default value.

This patch is cosmetic.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-17 12:14:32 +02:00
John Audia
b6443367d8 kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.52
update_kernel.sh refreshed all patches, no human interaction was needed

Build system: x86_64
Run-tested: Netgear R7800 (ipq806x)

Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
2020-07-17 11:00:33 +02:00
Salvatore Mesoraca
2a43ab4a18 ramips: add arl_table support for MT7530
Use switch.h API to expose MT7530's ARL table to
user space.

Signed-off-by: Salvatore Mesoraca <salvatore@samknows.com>
2020-07-17 11:00:33 +02:00
Alberto Bursi
480003e9eb mvebu: add Kobol Helios 4 device
The Helios 4 is a NAS from Kobol
that is powered by an Armada 38x
MicroSOM from Solidrun, similarly
to Clearfog.

This device has:
-Armada 38x CPU
 (dual core ARMv7 1.6 Ghz)
-2 GB of ECC RAM
-Gigabit ethernet (Marvell)
-2x USB 3.0 ports
-4x Sata 3.0 ports
-i2c header (J9 |>GND|SDA|SCL|VCC)
-2x 3-pin fan headers with PWM
-micro-usb port is a TTL/UART to
 USB converter connected to TTL
-MicroSD card slot
-System, 4xSata and 1xUSB LEDs

NOT WORKING: fan control

Fan Control requires a kernel patch
that is available in the Armbian
project (the "default firmware"
of this device) and named
mvebu-gpio-remove-hardcoded
-timer-assignment
This patch isn't acceptable
by OpenWrt, it should be upstreamed.
I also have that patch in my own
local OpenWrt builds,
in case you want a more
clean and less confusing patch
for upstreaming.

To install, write the disk image
on a micro SD card with dd or
win32 disk imager, insert the
card in the slot.
Check that the dip switch battery
for boot selection is as follows
Switch 1 and 2 down/off, switches
3, 4, 5 up/on.

Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <bobafetthotmail@gmail.com>
2020-07-17 11:00:33 +02:00
Mateus B. Cassiano
73e8f23579 ramips: add support for D-Link DIR-867/DIR-882 A1
This patch adds support for D-Link DIR-867 A1 and D-Link DIR-882 A1. Given
the similarity of these devices, this patch also introduces a common DTS
shared between DIR-867 A1, DIR-878 A1 and DIR-882 A1.

Specifications:
* Board: AP-MTKH7-0002
* SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT
* RAM: 128 MB (DDR3)
* Flash: 16 MB (SPI NOR)
* WiFi: MediaTek MT7615N (x2)
* Switch: 1 WAN, 4 LAN (Gigabit)
* Ports: 1 USB 2.0, 1 USB 3.0
* Buttons: Reset, WiFi Toggle, WPS
* LEDs: Power (green/orange), Internet (green/orange), WiFi 2.4G (green),
        WiFi 5G (green), USB 2.0 (green), USB 3.0 (green)

Notes:
* WiFi 2.4G and WiFi 5G LEDs are wired directly to the wireless chips
* DIR-867 wireless chips are limited to 3x3 streams at hardware level
* USB ports and related LEDs available only on DIR-882

Serial port:
* Parameters: 57600, 8N1
* Location: J1 header (close to the Reset, WiFi and WPS buttons)
* Pinout: 1 - VCC
          2 - RXD
          3 - TXD
          4 - GND

Installation:
* D-Link Recovery GUI: power down the router, press and hold the reset
  button, then re-plug it. Keep the reset button pressed until the power
  LED starts flashing orange, manually assign a static IP address under
  the 192.168.0.xxx subnet (e.g. 192.168.0.2) and go to http://192.168.0.1

* Some modern browsers may have problems flashing via the Recovery GUI,
  if that occurs consider uploading the firmware through cURL:

    curl -v -i -F "firmware=@file.bin" 192.168.0.1

Signed-off-by: Mateus B. Cassiano <mbc07@live.com>
[move DEVICE_VARIANT to individual definitions]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-16 18:40:20 +02:00
Santiago Rodriguez-Papa
ed087cba8a ramips: add support for Linksys EA7300 v1
Specifications:

* SoC:      MediaTek MT7621A              (880 MHz 2c/4t)
* RAM:      Nanya NT5CC128M16IP-DIT       (256M DDR3-1600)
* Flash:    Macronix MX30LF1G18AC-TI      (128M NAND)
* Eth:      MediaTek MT7621A              (10/100/1000 Mbps x5)
* Radio:    MT7615N                       (2.4 GHz & 5 GHz)
            4 antennae: 1 internal and 3 non-deatachable
* USB:      3.0 (x1)
* LEDs:
    White   (x1 logo)
    Green   (x6 eth + wps)
    Orange  (x5, hardware-bound)
* Buttons:
    Reset   (x1)
    WPS     (x1)

Everything works! Been running it for a couple weeks now and haven't had
any problems. Please let me know if you run into any.

Installation:

Flash factory image through GUI.

This might fail due to the A/B nature of this device. When flashing, OEM
firmware writes over the non-booted partition. If booted from 'A',
flashing over 'B' won't work. To get around this, you should flash the
OEM image over itself. This will then boot the router from 'B' and
allow you to flash OpenWRT without problems.

Reverting to factory firmware:

Hard-reset the router three times to force it to boot from 'B.' This is
where the stock firmware resides. To remove any traces of OpenWRT from
your router simply flash the OEM image at this point.

Signed-off-by: Santiago Rodriguez-Papa <contact@rodsan.dev>
[use v1 only, minor DTS adjustments, use LINKSYS_HWNAME and add it to
DEVICE_VARS, wrap DEVICE_PACKAGES, adjust commit message/title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-16 13:39:44 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
95a05b12d7 ramips: provide common definition for ELECOM WRC GS devices
Add a common definition for ELECOM WRC "GS" devices to mt7621.mk
to not repeat the same assignments five times.

To keep the naming consistent, slightly rename the DTSI and the
factory image recipe as well.

Note that elecom_wrc-1167ghbk2-s uses a slightly different build
recipe for the factory image, so we keep it separate.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com> [WRC-1750GSV]
2020-07-16 13:39:44 +02:00
INAGAKI Hiroshi
a79f55e7e0 ramips: add support for ELECOM WRC-1750GS/GSV
ELECOM WRC-1750GS is a 2.4/5 GHz band 11ac (Wi-Fi 5) router, based on
MT7621A.

WRC-1750GSV has the same hardware with WRC-1750GS.

Specification:

- SoC		: MediaTek MT7621A
- RAM		: DDR3 128 MiB
- Flash		: SPI-NOR 16 MiB
- WLAN		: 2.4/5 GHz 3T3R (2x MediaTek MT7615)
- Ethernet	: 10/100/1000 Mbps x5
  - Switch	: MediaTek MT7530 (SoC)
- LED/keys	: 4x/6x (2x buttons, 1x slide-switch)
- UART		: through-hole on PCB
  - J4: 3.3V, GND, TX, RX from ethernet port side
  - 57600n8
- Power		: 12VDC, 1.5A

Flash instruction using factory image:

1. Boot WRC-1750GS (or WRC-1750GSV) normally
2. Access to "http://192.168.2.1/" and open firmware update page
   ("ファームウェア更新")
3. Select the OpenWrt factory image and click apply ("適用") button
   for WRC-1750GS : wrc-1750gs-squashfs-factory.bin
   for WRC-1750GSV: wrc-1750gsv-squashfs-factory.bin
4. Wait ~120 seconds to complete flashing

Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
2020-07-16 13:39:44 +02:00
John Crispin
eff87b8f93 mediatek: backport latest pci/e driver from upstream
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2020-07-16 09:18:28 +02:00
John Crispin
5a5031e70b mediatek: generate UBI images for the rev board
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2020-07-16 09:16:34 +02:00
John Crispin
ea2884e018 mediatek: minor fix to eip97 driver
This patch makes the driver work on the newer v2.3 core.

Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2020-07-16 09:14:49 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
9f3415d30b ath79: harmonize model names for Ubiquiti devices
This harmonizes the model names for the ath79 Ubiquiti devices by
applying a few minor cosmetic adjustments:

- Removes hyphens where they are not found in the product names
  (Ubiquiti uses hyphens only for the abbreviated version names
  like UAP-AC-PRO which we don't use anyway.)

- Add (XM) suffix for DTS model strings to help with distinguishing
  them from their XW counterparts.

- Remove DEVICE_VARIANT for LAP-120 which actually was an alternate
  device name.

- Generally make DTS model names and those from generic-ubnt.mk
  more consistent.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-15 18:41:57 +02:00
Vieno Hakkerinen
8c7e9cc6b5 ath79: add support for Ubiquiti PowerBridge M
This adds support for the Ubiquiti PowerBridge M, which has the same
board/LEDs as the Bullet M XM, but different case and antennas.

Specifications:
- AR7241 SoC @ 400 MHz
- 64 MB RAM
- 8 MB SPI flash
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, 24 Vdc PoE-in
- Internal antenna: 25 dBi
- POWER/LAN green LEDs
- 4x RSSI LEDs (red, orange, green, green)
- UART (115200 8N1) on PCB

Flashing via WebUI:
Upload the factory image via the stock firmware web UI.

Attention: airOS firmware versions >= 5.6 have a new bootloader with
an incompatible partition table!

Please downgrade to <= 5.5 _before_ flashing OpenWrt!
Refer to the device's Wiki page for further information.

Flashing via TFTP:
Same procedure as other Bullet M (XM) boards.

- Use a pointy tool (e.g., pen cap, paper clip) and keep the reset
button on the device or on the PoE supply pressed
- Power on the device via PoE (keep reset button pressed)
- Keep pressing until LEDs flash alternatively LED1+LED3 =>
LED2+LED4 => LED1+LED3, etc.
- Release reset button
- The device starts a TFTP server at 192.168.1.20
- Set a static IP on the computer (e.g., 192.168.1.21/24)
- Upload via tftp the factory image:
$ tftp 192.168.1.20
  tftp> bin
  tftp> trace
  tftp> put openwrt-ath79-generic-xxxxx-ubnt_powerbridge-m-squashfs-factory.bin

Signed-off-by: Vieno Hakkerinen <vieno@hakkerinen.eu>
2020-07-15 18:33:56 +02:00
John Crispin
9da2b56760 ipq40xx: fix ethernet vlan double tagging
As the the SoC uses implicit vlan tagging for dual MAC support, the
offload feature breaks when using double tagging.

Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2020-07-14 18:31:48 +02:00
John Crispin
2557d2eb4c ipq40xx: merge all ar40xx patches into one single patch
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2020-07-14 18:31:12 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
3635f7efc1 ipq806x: really fix aliases node for Qualcomm IPQ8064/DB149
Having looked at this again, it appears that only gsbi2_serial
is actually enabled for this device, so the entry in the broken
aliases node was correct.

Therefore, this needs to set its own serial0 instead of inheriting
"serial0 = &gsbi4_serial;" from DTSI. Do this with the correctly
named aliases node now.

Fixes: c83f7b6d21 ("ipq806x: fix aliases node name for Qualcomm
IPQ8064/DB149")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-14 17:02:40 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
e363470d1a ipq806x: use consistent DT labels for gsbiX_serial
Kernel uses the label gsbiX_serial, so let's adjust our labels to
this naming scheme.

This is cosmetic, and actually only already existing gsbi4_serial
has been used at all.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-14 12:38:24 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
c83f7b6d21 ipq806x: fix aliases node name for Qualcomm IPQ8064/DB149
This device uses a node incorrectly named "alias" instead of
"aliases" since it was introduced.

Remove it without replacement, as the definitions in it don't
seem to be required anyway:

The serial0 definition has never been effective anyway and this
would be the only device deviating from the common setting
"serial0 = &gsbi4_serial;" for ipq8064. (So, maybe the wrong
node prevented us from finding out about the wrong serial
definition?)

The mdio-gpio0 alias was supposed to be removed in d2a2eb7e48
anyway, the redundant definition in the alias node was just
overlooked back then.

Fixes: 0fd202f3e5 ("ipq806x: add db149 dts files")
Fixes: d2a2eb7e48 ("ipq806x: replace caf nss-gmac driver by upstream stmmac")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-14 12:38:24 +02:00
Roger Pueyo Centelles
26fda610f3 ath79: use rgmii-id instead of rgmii in ubnt,lap-120
Since commit 6f2e1b7485 (ath79: disable delays on AT803X config init)
the incoming incoming traffic on the ubnt,lap-120 devices Ethernet
port was not making it through. Using rgmii-id instead of rgmii (same
configuration as ubnt,litebeam-ac-gen2) fixes it.

Fixes FS#2893.

Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
2020-07-13 23:35:51 +02:00
Mathieu Martin-Borret
d7233b0a6a ramips: add support for D-Link DIR-878 A1
Specifications:

    SoC: MT7621AT
    RAM: 128MB
    Flash: 16MB NOR SPI flash
    WiFi: MT7615N (2.4GHz) and MT7615N (5Ghz)
    LAN: 5x1000M
    Firmware layout is Uboot with extra 96 bytes in header
    Base PCB is AP-MTKH7-0002
    LEDs Power Green,Power Orange,Internet Green,Internet Orange
    LEDs "2.4G" Green & "5G" Green connected directly to wifi module
    Buttons Reset,WPS,WIFI

Flashing instructions:

Upload image via emergency recovery mode
Push and hold reset button (on the back of the device) until power led
starts flashing (about 10 secs or so) while powering the device on.
Give it ~30 seconds, to boot the recovery mode GUI
Connect your client computer to LAN1 of the device
Set your client IP address manually to 192.168.0.2 / 255.255.255.0.
Call the recovery page for the device at http://192.168.0.1
Use the provided emergency web GUI to upload and flash a new firmware to
the device. Some browsers/OS combinations are known not to work, so if
you don't see the percentage complete displayed and moving within a few
seconds, restart the procedure from scratch and try anoher one,
or try the command line way.

Alternative method using command line on Linux:
curl -v -i -F "firmware=@openwrt-xxxx-squashfs-factory.bin" 192.168.0.1

Signed-off-by: Mathieu Martin-Borret <mathieu.mb@protonmail.com>
[use of generic uimage-padhdr in image generation code]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-07-13 22:45:04 +02:00
Mathieu Martin-Borret
96761ecc2f kernel: mtdsplit_uimage: add SGE parser
Adding SGE parser for SGE (T&W) Shenzhen Gongjin Electronics
to add 96 bytes padding the the firmware image

Signed-off-by: Mathieu Martin-Borret <mathieu.mb@protonmail.com>
2020-07-13 22:45:04 +02:00
David Bauer
0485fb3925 rockchip: don't disable timer LED trigger
The timer LED trigger is enabled in all targets (except for lantiq
xway-legacy). It's necessary for the OpenWrt preinit LED pattern to
work.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-07-13 17:50:53 +02:00
David Bauer
875a04478c rockchip: use downstream GPIO button implementation
Use the OpenWrt netlink GPIO button implementation to forward button
presses to procd. This is necessary to make failsafe-mode access
using a button possible.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-07-13 17:50:35 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
eb15b0e0c9 bcm47xx: disable image for Linksys WRT160n v3
The device can only hold 3.6 MB, but newer images (since 18.06)
are bigger, so flashing a new version fails.

This disables default build for this device based on the bug report
referenced below.

Fixes: FS#1963

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-13 10:37:22 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
11478524a2 ramips: consolidate Netgear devices for mt7628
This creates a common DTSI and shared image definition for the
relatively similar Netgear devices for mt7628 platform.

As a side effect, this raises SPI flash frequency for the R6120,
as it's expected to work there as well if it works for R6080 and
R6020.

Based on the data from the other devices, it also seems probable
the 5g MAC address for R6120 could be extracted from the caldata,
and the mtd-mac-address there could be dropped.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-13 10:37:22 +02:00
Chuanhong Guo
28893f5878 ath79: fix dsa binding for TP-Link TL-WR941ND v2
upstream changed dt-bindings for marvell 88e6060 to use mdio-device
and dropped support for legacy bindings.
fix it in our local dts.

Fixes: FS#2524
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
2020-07-12 16:17:28 +08:00
Chuanhong Guo
0997342f24 ath79: qihoo,c301: use phy-supply for usb vbus
Linux phy subsystem provides support for a phy regulator defined via
phy-supply property. Use it to turn on usb power only when usb is
probed.

Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
2020-07-12 15:39:18 +08:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
2dc5ce622a mvebu: add support for MACCHIATObin Single Shot
Add support for Marvell MACCHIATObin Single Shot, cortex-a72 based
Marvell ARMADA 8040 Community board. Single Shot was broken as the
device tree is different on the Double Shot Board.

Specifications:
- Quad core Cortex-A72 (up to 2GHz)
- DDR4 DIMM slot with optional ECC and single/dual chip select support
- Dual 10GbE (1/2.5/10GbE) SFP+
  2.5GbE (1/2.5GbE) via SFP
  1GbE via copper
- SPI Flash
- 3 X SATA 3.0 connectors
- MicroSD connector
- eMMC
- PCI x4 3.0 slot
- USB 2.0 Headers (Internal)
- USB 3.0 connector
- Console port (UART) over microUSB connector
- 20-pin Connector for CPU JTAG debugger
- 2 X UART Headers
- 12V input via DC Jack
- ATX type power connector
- Form Factor: Mini-ITX (170 mm x 170 mm)

More details at http://macchiatobin.net

Installation:

Write the Image to your Micro SD Card and insert it in the
MACCHIATObin Single Shot SD Card Slot.

In the U-Boot Environment:
   1. reset U-Boot environment:
      env default -a
      saveenv

   2. prepare U-Boot with boot script:
      setenv bootcmd "load mmc 1:1 0x4d00000 boot.scr; source 0x4d00000"
      saveenv

   or manually (hanging lines indicate wrapped one-line command):
      setenv fdt_name armada-8040-mcbin-singleshot.dtb
      setenv image_name Image
      setenv bootcmd 'mmc dev 1; ext4load mmc 1:1 $kernel_addr
         $image_name;ext4load mmc 1:1 $fdt_addr $fdt_name;setenv
         bootargs $console root=/dev/mmcblk1p2 rw rootwait; booti
         $kernel_addr - $fdt_addr'
      saveenv

   On newer Bootloaders (18.12) the Variables have been changed, use:
      setenv fdt_name armada-8040-mcbin-singleshot.dtb
      setenv image_name Image
      setenv bootcmd 'mmc dev 1; ext4load mmc 1:1 $kernel_addr_r
         $image_name;ext4load mmc 1:1 $fdt_addr_r $fdt_name;setenv
         bootargs $console root=/dev/mmcblk1p2 rw rootwait; booti
         $kernel_addr_r - $fdt_addr_r'

Reported-by: Alexandra Alth <alexandra@alth.de>
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Tested-by: Alexandra Alth <alexandra@alth.de>
[add specs and installation as provided by Alexandra Alth]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-12 02:06:02 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
479adb0929 ramips: consolidate recipes with uimage_padhdr
There are already two very similar recipes using uimage_padhdr
in ramips target, and a third one is about to be added.

Make the recipe more generic, so redefinitions are not necessary
anymore.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> [Zyxel WAP6805]
2020-07-11 18:38:42 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
9faf9f8f23 mvebu: fix support for Marvell 8040 MACCHIATOBin
Between kernels 4.20 and 5.0, a new variant of this board has been
introduced ("Single Shot"), and the existing one has been renamed
with the appendix "Double Shot". [1]
This also adjusted the first compatible in the list:

marvell,armada8040-mcbin -> marvell,armada8040-mcbin-doubleshot

This patch updates the OpenWrt implementation of this device by
adjusting the relevant references to that compatible (i.e., our
board name).

To still provide support for 4.19 with our setup, this adds a
small patch to change the compatible there as well.

[1] https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/stable/linux.git/commit/?id=b1f0bbe2700051886b954192b6c1751233fe0f52

Cc: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Reviewed-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
2020-07-11 18:38:42 +02:00
Daniel González Cabanelas
cef9e5a49f bcm63xx: R5010UNv2: fix flash partitions for 16MB flash
The router Nucom R5010UN v2 has the partitions defined for a 8MB flash,
but the flash chip is 16MB size. We are wasting half of the flash.

Fix it and use generic names for partitions.

Fixes: 474cde6123 ("brcm63xx: probe SPI flash through DT")

Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
2020-07-11 15:47:46 +02:00
Roman Yeryomin
2ca084ccaa build: improve ccache support
Set CCACHE_DIR to $(TOPDIR)/.ccache and CCACHE_BASEDIR to $(TOPDIR).
This allows to do clean and dirclean. Cache hit rate for test build
after dirclean is ~65%.
If CCACHE is enabled stats are printed out at the end of building process.
CCACHE_DIR config variable allows to override default, which could be useful
when sharing cache with many builds.
cacheclean make target allows to clean the cache.

Changes from v1:
- remove ccache directory using CCACHE_DIR variable
- remove ccache leftovers from sdk and toolchain make files
- introduce CONFIG_CCACHE_DIR variable
- introduce cacheclean make target

Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
2020-07-11 15:19:53 +02:00
DENG Qingfang
23de93a521 ramips: mt7621: refactor set affinity script
The current one only looks for mt76x2e and mt7603e, and
does not work for 2 or more same Wi-Fi chips.
Refactor the script to cover those cases.

Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
2020-07-11 15:15:04 +02:00
Yangbo Lu
2a5460b11b layerscape: define IMAGE_SIZE and LS_SYSUPGRADE_IMAGE_SIZE
Define 64m IMAGE_SIZE for flash firmware.bin since the flash size
is 64MB. Define 48m LS_SYSUPGRADE_IMAGE_SIZE for flash sysupgrade.bin
which contains maximum 16MB kernel and 32MB rootfs according to
memory map.

Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
2020-07-11 14:44:23 +02:00
Yangbo Lu
0841b68c91 layerscape: support sysupgrade for SD card ext4 rootfs
Support sysupgrade for SD card ext4 rootfs.

Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
2020-07-11 14:44:23 +02:00
Yangbo Lu
c4d0e57e16 layerscape: support sysupgrade for squashfs rootfs
Support sysupgrade for all Layerscape boards with squashfs
rootfs.

Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
2020-07-11 14:44:22 +02:00
Yangbo Lu
3a99b624d8 layerscape: fix board name for SD card boot
Many Layerscape boards support both flash boot and SD card boot.
And different firmware and sysupgrade.bin are built for the two
boot methods. To identify them, a fix could be done on board name
by adding a postfix "-sdboot" for SD card boot.

Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
2020-07-11 14:44:22 +02:00
Yangbo Lu
3a3b9ded50 layerscape: add compatible for board ls1043ardb
Backport a dts patch which added compatible for ls1043ardb.

Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
2020-07-11 14:44:22 +02:00
Yangbo Lu
5ca8903631 layerscape: convert to squashfs rootfs for QSPI NOR boot
There had been an issue in Layerscape QSPI driver for very long
time, which made squashfs,jffs2 rootfs not work on QSPI NOR.
And the ubifs had been used as a workaround.
Now the issue has been fixed. So convert to use squashfs,jffs2
rootfs on QSPI NOR for Layerscape boards (LS1012ARDB/LS1046ARDB/
LS1088ARDB), and update u-boot bootargs for booting.

Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
2020-07-11 14:44:22 +02:00
Petr Štetiar
df09cc6ddb toolchain/wrapper.sh: fix remaining shellcheck warnings
Fixes following warnings:

 In target/toolchain/files/wrapper.sh line 18:
 REALNAME=$(readlink -f $0)
                        ^-- SC2086: Double quote to prevent globbing and word splitting.
 --
 In target/toolchain/files/wrapper.sh line 20:
 REALNAME_BASE=$(basename $REALNAME)
                          ^-------^ SC2086: Double quote to prevent globbing and word splitting.
 --
 In target/toolchain/files/wrapper.sh line 21:
 REALNAME_DIR=$(dirname $REALNAME)
                        ^-------^ SC2086: Double quote to prevent globbing and word splitting.
 --
 In target/toolchain/files/wrapper.sh line 74:
 		exec $TARGET_TOOLCHAIN_TRIPLET-$BINARY.bin $GCC_SYSROOT_FLAGS $TARGET_FUNDAMENTAL_CFLAGS $TARGET_ROOTFS_CFLAGS "$@"
                     ^-----------------------^ SC2086: Double quote to prevent globbing and word splitting.
 --
 In target/toolchain/files/wrapper.sh line 77:
 		exec $TARGET_TOOLCHAIN_TRIPLET-$BINARY.bin $LD_SYSROOT_FLAGS $TARGET_FUNDAMENTAL_LDFLAGS "$@"
                      ^-----------------------^ SC2086: Double quote to prevent globbing and word splitting.
 --
 In target/toolchain/files/wrapper.sh line 80:
 		exec $TARGET_TOOLCHAIN_TRIPLET-$BINARY.bin $TARGET_FUNDAMENTAL_ASFLAGS "$@"
                      ^-----------------------^ SC2086: Double quote to prevent globbing and word splitting.
 --
 In target/toolchain/files/wrapper.sh line 83:
 		exec $TARGET_TOOLCHAIN_TRIPLET-$BINARY.bin "$@"
                      ^-----------------------^ SC2086: Double quote to prevent globbing and word splitting.

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-07-11 13:33:28 +02:00
Rosen Penev
d8e6a92e7c toolchain/wrapper.sh: Replace read with read -r
Without -r, backslashes would get mangled.

Found with shellcheck.

Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
2020-07-11 13:33:28 +02:00
Alexey Dobrovolsky
ecda6b791b ramips: kernel: fix awake-rt305x-dwc2 patch
At this point in v5.4 kernel we cannot use dwc2_readl() and
dwc2_writel() since they rely on the value hsotg->needs_byte_swap
which cannot be obtained before the controller wakes up.
We should use readl() and writel() to wake up the controller before
calling dwc2_check_core_endianness().

Fixes: 6be0da90a1 ("ramips: refresh patches")
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobrovolsky <dobrovolskiy.alexey@gmail.com>
[fixed Fixes: tag]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-07-11 13:33:28 +02:00
Pawel Dembicki
67ce9aedd6 kirkwood: add support for Check Point L-50
This patch adds support for the Check Point L-50 from 600/1100 series
routers.

Specification:
-CPU: Marvell Kirkwood 88F6281 1200MHz
-RAM: 512MB
-Flash: NAND 512MB
-WiFi: mPCIe card based on Atheros AR9287 b/g/n
-WAN: 1 Gigabit Port (Marvell 88E1116R PHY)
-LAN: 9 Gigabit Ports (2x Marvell 88E6171(5+4))
-USB: 2x USB2.0
-Express card slot
-SD card slot
-Serial console: RJ-45 115200 8n1
-Unsupported DSL

Known issues:
-DSL not supported
-Expresscard not tested

Installation:

Step one -> backup:
make backup u-boot and env for revert stock posibility
make backup dsl_mac_addr, dmz_mac_addr, eth1addr, ethaddr and all lanX_mac_addr

Step two -> Use kwboot tool to upload openwrt u-boot to RAM:

run kwboot: "kwboot -B 115200 /dev/ttyUSB0 -b u-boot.kwb -p -t"
end start u-boot

Step three -> Restore macs (e.g. below):
setenv eth1addr 00:1C:XX:XX:XX:6C
setenv ethaddr 00:1C:XX:XX:XX:6B
setenv lan1_mac_addr 00:1C:XX:XX:XX:6C
setenv lan2_mac_addr 00:1C:XX:XX:XX:6D
setenv lan3_mac_addr 00:1C:XX:XX:XX:6E
setenv lan4_mac_addr 00:1C:XX:XX:XX:6F
setenv lan5_mac_addr 00:1C:XX:XX:XX:70
setenv lan6_mac_addr 00:1C:XX:XX:XX:71
setenv lan7_mac_addr 00:1C:XX:XX:XX:72
setenv lan8_mac_addr 00:1C:XX:XX:XX:73
setenv dmz_mac_addr 00:1C:XX:XX:XX:74
setenv dsl_mac_addr 00:1C:XX:XX:XX:75

Step four -> flash u-boot:
mw 0x0800000 0xffff 0x100000
nand erase 0x0 100000
tftp 0x0800000 openwrt-kirkwood-l50-u-boot.kwb
nand write 0x0800000 0x0 0x100000
saveenv

Step five -> run initramfs image:

tftpboot 0x02000000 openwrt.bin; bootm 0x02000000;

Step six -> install sysupgrade OpenWrt image:

copy to /tmp/ sysupgrade image
run sysupgrade

Back to stock:
Restore original u-boot end env.
Install factory image via stock u-boot.

Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
2020-07-11 13:33:28 +02:00
John Audia
039fd27173 kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.51
update via update_kernel.sh -v -u 5.4

Removed upstreamed patches:
 350-MIPS-Add-missing-EHB-in-mtc0-mfc0-sequence-for-DSPen.patch

Script refreshed patches:
 902-debloat_proc.patch
 904-debloat_dma_buf.patch

Attempted merge conflict in following patches:
 0024-MIPS-lantiq-revert-DSA-switch-driver-PMU-clock-chang.patch

Build system: x86_64
Build tested: ipq806x (Netgear R7800)

Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
[fixed sha256sum of the tarball]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-07-11 13:33:28 +02:00
Pawel Dembicki
f93267bccf ipq806x: enable Linksys EA8500 eth1 interface
At this moment Linksys EA8500 uses only eth0.

This patch change switch registers, which allow to use eth1 as lan
and eth0 as wan. The method work with similar Linksys EA7500V1
and it work with EA8500.

Suggested-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Tested-by: Brian Onn <brian.a.onn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Adrian Panella <ianchi74@outlook.com>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
2020-07-11 13:33:28 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
bc85cc2b42 ath79: disable TP-Link TL-WR941ND v2
The support for this device's Marvell MV88E6060 switch has been
reported to be broken with kernels 4.19/5.4 (see bug report).

Since this a 4/32 device and it has been confirmed to be working
with stable 19.07 release (kernel 4.14), and since fixing it does
not seem trivial, let's just disable it in master.

Fixes: FS#2524

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-11 11:47:47 +02:00
Tim Thorpe
edbc8e5512 ramips: add support for Netgear R6020
This adds support for the Netgear R6020, aka Netgear AC750.

The R6020 appears to be the same hardware as the Netgear R6080,
aka Netgear AC1000, but it has a slightly different flash layout,
and no USB ports.

Specification:

SoC: MediaTek MT7628 (580 MHz)
Flash: 8 MiB
RAM: 64 MiB
Wireless: 2.4Ghz (builtin) and 5Ghz (MT7612E)
LAN speed: 10/100
LAN ports: 4
WAN speed: 10/100
WAN ports: 1
UART (57600 8N1) on PCB

MAC addresses based on vendor firmware:
LAN      *:88   0x4
WAN      *:89
WLAN2    *:88   0x4
WLAN5    *:8a   0x8004

The factory partition might have been corrupted beforehand. However,
the comparison of vendor firmware and OpenWrt still allowed to retrieve
a meaningful assignment that also matches the other similar devices.

Installation:

Flashing OpenWRT from stock firmware requires nmrpflash. Use an ethernet
cable to connect to LAN port 1 of the R6020, and power the R6020 off.
From the connected workstation, run
`nmrpflash -i eth0 -f openwrt-ramips-mt76x8-netgear_r6020-squashfs-factory.img`,
replacing eth0 with the appropriate interface (can be identified by
running `nmrpflash -L`). Then power on the R6020. After flashing has finished,
power cycle the R6020, and it will boot into OpenWRT. Once OpenWRT has been
installed, subsequent flashes can use the web interface and sysupgrade files.

Signed-off-by: Tim Thorpe <timfthorpe@gmail.com>
[slightly extend commit message, fix whitespaces in DTS, align From:
with Signed-off-by]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-10 11:39:05 +02:00
Willem van den Akker
0df71e01cf lantiq: set correct gphy pins for Zyxel P-2812
This fixes the gphy LED pins for Zyxel P-2812 devices. The have
been accidentally altered during a tidy-up operation (see Fixes:
below).

No ports were available, dmesg reported:

[ 0.658577] pinctrl-xway 1e100b10.pinmux: pin io5 already requested by
            1e100bb0.stp; cannot claim for 1e108000.eth
[ 0.667566] pinctrl-xway 1e100b10.pinmux: pin-5 (1e108000.eth) status -22
[ 0.685238] lantiq,xrx200-net 1e108000.eth: Error applying setting,
            reverse things back
[ 0.693270] lantiq,xrx200-net: probe of 1e108000.eth failed with error -22

Fixes: FS#3188
Fixes: 660200e53d ("lantiq: dts: assign the GPHY LED pins to the
Ethernet controller node")

Suggested-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Signed-off-by: Willem van den Akker <wvdakker@wilsoft.nl>
[commit message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-10 10:06:34 +02:00
David Woodhouse
f632747704 mediatek: fix bashism in gen_banana_pi_img.sh
There was a bashism in the script. This fixes the script so that it
doesn't actually require bash, and can be run with any POSIX shell as
its shebang suggests.

Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
2020-07-09 11:11:31 +02:00
Sungbo Eo
36105880ee mediatek: re-add u3phy2 phy-switch patch
This patch is required for pcie@2,0 in mt7623 to work. The patch was originally
added in kernel 4.14, but it has not been ported to 4.19 and later.

Fixes: FS#3217
Tested-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-07-09 10:28:40 +02:00
Sungbo Eo
923792369e mediatek: do not create device nodes in uci-defaults script
Since commit 298814e6be ("base-files: config_generate: split macaddr with
multiple ifaces") uci MAC address setup will create a device node for each
member iface. But this script might override the device nodes and interfere
with the MAC address setup.

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-07-09 10:28:40 +02:00
Petr Štetiar
c7b750e7ac treewide: kernel: drop redundant USB_EHCI_HCD=n config symbol
Commit e53ec043ba ("kirkwood: move usb support to modules") has moved
this config symbol into generic configs, so it could be removed from
other configs.

Suggested-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-07-09 10:28:40 +02:00
Sebastian Schaper
361c670a46 ath79: add support for D-Link DAP-1330/DAP-1365 A1
Port device support for DAP-1330 from the ar71xx target to ath79.

Additionally, images are generated for the European through-socket
case variant DAP-1365. Both devices run the same vendor firmware, the
only difference being the DAP_SIGNATURE field in the factory header.
The vendor's Web UI will display a model string stored in the flash.

Specifications:

 * QCA9533, 8 MiB Flash, 64 MiB RAM
 * One Ethernet Port (10/100)
 * Wall-plug style case (DAP-1365 with additional socket)
 * LED bargraph RSSI indicator

Installation:

 * Web UI: http://192.168.0.50 (or different address obtained via DHCP)
   There is no password set by default
 * Recovery Web UI: Keep reset button pressed during power-on
   until LED starts flashing red, upgrade via http://192.168.0.50
 * Some modern browsers may have problems flashing via the Web UI,
   if this occurs consider booting to recovery mode and flashing via:
   curl -F \
     files=@openwrt-ath79-generic-dlink_dap-1330-a1-squashfs-factory.bin \
     http://192.168.0.50/cgi/index

The device will use the same MAC address for both wired and wireless
interfaces, however it is stored at two different locations in the flash.

Signed-off-by: Sebastian Schaper <openwrt@sebastianschaper.net>
2020-07-09 10:28:40 +02:00
Sungbo Eo
358aec7775 ath79: add support for Arduino Yun
Arduino Yun is a microcontroller development board, based on Atmel
ATmega32u4 and Atheros AR9331.

Specifications:
- MCU: ATmega32U4
- SoC: AR9331
- RAM: DDR2 64MB
- Flash: SPI NOR 16MB
- WiFi:
  - 2.4GHz: SoC internal
- Ethernet: 1x 10/100Mbps
- USB: 1x 2.0
- MicroSD: 1x SDHC

Notes:
- Stock firmware is based on OpenWrt AA.
- The SoC UART can be accessed only through the MCU.
  YunSerialTerminal is recommended for access to serial console.
- Stock firmware uses non-standard 250000 baudrate by default.
- The MCU can be reprogrammed from the SoC with avrdude linuxgpio.

Installation:
1.  Update U-Boot environment variables to adapt to new partition scheme.
    > setenv bootcmd "run addboard; run addtty; run addparts; run addrootfs; bootm 0x9f050000 || bootm 0x9fea0000"
    > setenv mtdparts "spi0.0:256k(u-boot)ro,64k(u-boot-env),15936k(firmware),64k(nvram),64k(art)ro"
    > saveenv
2.  Boot into stock firmware normally and perform sysupgrade with
    sysupgrade image.
    # sysupgrade -n -F /tmp/sysupgrade.bin

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-07-08 23:22:30 +02:00
David Woodhouse
af9932c9b7 mediatek: Implement sysupgrade support for Banana Pi R2
Based on work by Alexey Loukianov <lx2@lexa2.ru> and others.

Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
2020-07-08 23:22:30 +02:00
David Woodhouse
e19ffb25d9 mediatek: store MAC address in boot partition on Banana Pi R2
Like many boards, the Banana Pi R2 doesn't have permanant storage of
its MAC address, and we store the first random one that the kernel
generates in order to use it later and at least be consistent.

Store it in the FAT boot partition, just as the U7623 board (and others)
do.

Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
2020-07-08 23:22:30 +02:00
David Woodhouse
7adc29f59e mediatek: add SD card image creation for Banana Pi R2
Based on work by Alexey Loukianov <lx2@lexa2.ru> and others.

Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
2020-07-08 23:22:30 +02:00
David Woodhouse
91e43a1d7a mediatek: enable SATA for mt7623
The MT7623 SoC has the same SATA block as the MT7622, so enable it in
MT7623 builds too and add it to the DEVICE_PACKAGES for those boards.

Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
2020-07-08 23:22:30 +02:00
David Woodhouse
c848bc6cd5 mediatek/mt7623: unify features and packages, add ext4 and usb
The supported MT7623 boards are mostly identical (what with being a
System-on-Chip and all), so unify the DEVICE_PACKAGES for them, and add
ext4 and usb support for them.

Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
2020-07-08 23:22:30 +02:00
David Woodhouse
c07d0d7f3e mediatek: mt7623: refresh 5.4 kernel config
Some options were not explicitly specified, causing the kernel build to
drop to interactive mode. Set the missing options.

Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
2020-07-08 23:22:30 +02:00
Sebastian Schaper
14599c5945 ath79: add support for D-Link DCH-G020 Rev. A1
The DCH-G020 is a Smart Home Gateway for Z-Wave devices.

Specifications:

 * QCA9531, 16 MiB Flash, 64 MiB RAM
 * On-Board USB SD3503A Z-Wave dongle
 * GL850 USB 2.0 Hub (one rear port, internal Z-Wave)
 * Two Ethernet Ports (10/100)

Installation:

 * Web UI: http://192.168.0.60 (or different address obtained via DHCP)
   Login with 'admin' and the 6-digit PIN Code from the bottom label
 * Recovery Web UI: Keep reset button pressed during power-on
   until LED starts flashing red, upgrade via http://192.168.0.60
 * Some modern browsers may have problems flashing via the Web UI,
   if this occurs consider booting to recovery mode and flashing via:
   curl -F \
     files=@openwrt-ath79-generic-dlink_dch-g020-a1-squashfs-factory.bin \
     http://192.168.0.60/cgi/index

Known issues:

 * Real-Time-Clock is not working as there is currently no matching driver
   It is still included in the dts as compatible = "pericom,pt7c43390";
 * openzwave was tested on v19.07 (running MinOZW as a proof-of-concept),
   but the package grew too big as lots of device pictures were included,
   thus any use of Z-Wave is up to the user (e.g. extroot and domoticz)

The device will use the same MAC address for both wired and wireless
interfaces, however it is stored at two different locations in the flash.

Signed-off-by: Sebastian Schaper <openwrt@sebastianschaper.net>
2020-07-08 22:54:34 +02:00
John Audia
3e992ea790 ipq806x: compile in schedutil governor
Gives users a third option to augment ondemand and performance. Kernel
docs[1] explain differences and this PR empowers users w/ the choice to
select between the older ondemand and newer and more simplistic schedutil
should they wish to use one that is not the performance governor.

1. Documentation/admin-guide/pm/cpufreq.rst

Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
[fixed From: to match SoB:]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-07-08 22:54:13 +02:00
Furkan Alaca
541faf2c93 ramips: mt7621: use lzma-loader for ra21s & rg21s
The rg21s fails to boot if the kernel is larger than about
2,376 KiB. The ra21s is virtually identical hardware.
Enabling lzma-loader resolves the issue on both the rg21s
and ra21s (see FS#3057 on the issue tracker).

Fixes: FS#3057
Signed-off-by: Furkan Alaca <furkan.alaca@queensu.ca>
2020-07-08 22:52:40 +02:00
Sergei Burakov
4dc9ad4af8 ramips: add support for ZyXEL Keenetic Lite Rev.B
Device specification:

SoC: RT5350
CPU Frequency: 360 MHz
Flash Chip: Macronix MX25L6406E (8192 KiB)
RAM: Winbond W9825G6JH-6 (32768 KiB)
5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (4x LAN, 1x WAN)
1x external antenna
UART (J1) header on PCB (57800 8n1)
Wireless: SoC-intergated: 2.4GHz 802.11bgn
USB: None
8x LED, 2x button

Flash instruction:

Configure PC with static IP 192.168.99.8/24 and start TFTP server.
Rename "openwrt-ramips-rt305x-zyxel_keenetic-lite-b-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin"
to "rt305x_firmware.bin" and place it in TFTP server directory.
Connect PC with one of LAN ports, press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed until power LED start blinking.
Router will download file from TFTP server, write it to flash and reboot.

Signed-off-by: Sergei Burakov <senior.anonymous@ya.ru>
2020-07-08 22:52:40 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
9e6257c26c ramips: move adslr_g7 in image/mt7621.mk to keep sorting
Move this device to the top to maintain alphabetic sorting in the
file.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-08 21:20:19 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
7de08be913 ramips: add missing kmod-mt7615-firmware for TP-Link RE500 v1
Adding this has been overlooked when rebasing the commit prior to
merge.

Fixes: ba0f4f0cfd ("ramips: add support for TP-Link RE500 v1")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-08 21:20:19 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
f3921acdf0 ipq40xx: fix patches on dts Makefile
The patches for arch/arm/boot/dts/Makefile have not been updated
in a syntactically correct way (just body was changed). Fix it.

Fixes: 4a77a060ab ("ipq40xx: add support for Buffalo WTR-M2133HP")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-08 17:50:12 +02:00
Bjørn Mork
c1794d653c ramips: add support for ZyXEL WAP6805 (Altibox WiFi+)
Hardware
--------
SoC:   MediaTek MT7621ST
WiFi:  MediaTek MT7603
       Quantenna QT3840BC
Flash: 128M NAND
RAM:   64M
LED:   Dual colour red and green
BTN:   Reset
       WPS
Eth:   4 x 10/100/1000 connected to MT7621 internal switch
       MT7621 RGMII port connected to Quantenna module
GPIO:  Power/reset of Quantenna module

Quantenna module
----------------

The Quantenna QT3840BC (or QV840) is a separate SoC running
another Linux installation.  It is mounted on a wide mini-PCIe
form factor module, but is connected to the RGMII port of
the MT7621.  It loads both a second uboot stage and an os
image from the MT7621 using tftp.  The module is configured
using Quantenna specific RPC calls over IP, using 802.1q
over the RGMII link to support multiple SSIDs.

There is no support for using this module as a WiFi device
in OpenWrt. A package with basic firmware and management
tools is being prepared.

Serial ports
------------

Two serial ports with headers:

RRJ1 - 115200 8N1 - Connected to the Quantenna console
J1   -  57600 8N1 - Connected to the MT7621 console

Both share pinout with many other Zyxel/Mitrastar devices:

1 - NC (VDD)
2 - TX
3 - RX
4 - NC (no pin)
5 - GND

Dual system partitions
----------------------

The vendor firmware and boot loader use a dual partition
scheme storing a counter in the header of each partition. The
partition with the highest number will be selected for boot.

OpenWrt does not support this scheme and will always use the
first OS partition.  It will reset both counters to zero the
first time sysupgrade is run, making sure the first partition
is selected by the boot loader.

Installation from vendor firmware
---------------------------------

1. Run a DHCP server. The WAP6805 is configured as a client device
   and does not have a default static IP address. Make a note of
   which address it is assigned

2. tftp the OpenWrt initramfs-kernel.bin image to this address.
   Wait for the WAP6805 to reboot.

3. ssh to the OpenWrt initramfs system on 192.168.1.1. Make a
   backup of all mtd partitions now.  The last used OEM image is
   still present in either "Kernel" or "Kernel2" at this point,
   and can be restored later if you save a copy.

4. sysupgrade to the OpenWrt sysupgrade.bin image.

Installation from U-Boot
------------------------

This requires serial console access

1. Copy the OpenWrt initramfs-kernel.bin image as "ras.bin" to
   your tftp server directory.  Configure the server address as
   192.168.0.33/24

2. Hit ESC when the message "Hit ESC key to stop autoboot"
   appears

3. Type "ATGU" + Enter, and then "2" immediately after pressing enter.

4. Answer Y to the question "Erase Linux in Flash then burn new
   one. Are you sure?", and answer the address/filename questions.
   Defaults:
        Input device IP (192.168.0.2)
        Input server IP (192.168.0.33)
        Input Linux Kernel filename ("ras.bin")

5. Wait until after you see the message "Done!" and power cycle
   the device.  It will hang after flashing.

6. Continue with step 3 and 4 from the vendor firmware procedure.

Notes on the WAP6805 U-Boot
---------------------------
The bootloader has been modified with both ZyXELs zyloader and the
device specific dual partition scheme.  These changes appear to have
broken a few things.  The zyloader shell claims to support a number
of ZyXEL AT commands, but not all of them work.  The image selection
scheme is unreliable and inconsistent.  A limited U-Boot menu is
available - and used by the above U-Boot install procedure.  But
direct booting into an uploaded image does not work, neither with
ram nor with flash.  Flashing works, but requires a hard reset after
it is finished.

Reverting to OEM firmware
-------------------------

The OEM firmware can be restored by using mtd write from OpenWrt,
flashing it to the "Kernel" partition. E.g.

  ssh root@192.168.1.1 "mtd -r -e Kernel write - Kernel" < oem.bin

OEM firmwares for the WAP6805 are not avaible for public download,
so a backup of the original installation is required.  See above.

Alternatively, firmware for the WAP6806 (Armor X1) may be used. This
is exactly the same hardware.  But the branding features do obviously
differ.

LED controller
--------------

Hardware implementation is unknown.  The dual-color LED is controlled
by 3 GPIOs:

  4: red
  7: blinking green
 13: green

Enabling both red and green makes the LED appear yellow.

The boot loader enables hardware blinking, causing the green LED to blink
slowly on power-on, until the OpenWrt boot mode starts a faster software
blink.

Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
[fix alphabetic sorting for image build statement]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-07-08 16:07:05 +02:00
Pawel Dembicki
20c7abd4b7 ipq806x: add support for Linksys EA7500 V1
This patch adds support for the Linksys EA7500 V1 router.

Specification:
 - CPU: Qualcomm IPQ8064
 - RAM: 256MB
 - Flash: NAND 128MB
 - WiFi: QCA9982 an+ac + QCA9983 bgn
 - Ethernet: 5 GBE Ports (WAN+ 4xLAN) (QCA8337)
 - USB: 1x USB 3.0 1x USB2.0
 - Serial console: RJ-45 115200 8n1 (1V8 Voltage level)
 - 2 Buttons
 - 1 LED

Known issues:
 - Some devices won't flash via web gui

Installation:
- Newer stock images doesn't allow to install custom firmware.
- Please downgrade software to 1.1.2 version. Official firmware:
https://downloads.linksys.com/downloads/firmware/FW_EA7500_1.1.2.172843_prod.gpg.img
- Do it two times to downgrade all stored images.
- Apply factory image via web-gui.

Serial + TFTP method:
 - downgrade to 1.1.2 two times
 - connect ehternet and serial cable
 - set ip address of tftp server to 192.168.1.254
 - put openwrt factory image to tftp folder and rename it to macan.bin
 - stop device while booting in u-boot
 - run command: "run flashimg"
 - run command: "setenv boot_part 1"
 - run command "saveenv"
 - reset

Back to stock:
- Please use old non-gpg image like this 1.1.2:
https://downloads.linksys.com/downloads/firmware/FW_EA7500_1.1.2.172843_prod.img
- ssh to router and copy image to tmp
- use sysupgrade -n -F

Tested by github users: @jack338c and @grzesiczek1

Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[removed i2c4_pins, mdio0_pins, nand_pins, rgmii2_pins from DTSI]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-08 16:07:05 +02:00
Yanase Yuki
4a77a060ab ipq40xx: add support for Buffalo WTR-M2133HP
Buffalo WTR-M2133HP is a Tri-Band router based on IPQ4019.

Specification
-------------
- SoC: Qualcomm IPQ4019
- RAM: 512MiB
- Flash Memory: NAND 128MiB (MXIC MX30LF1G18AC)
- Wi-Fi: Qualcomm IPQ4019 (2.4GHz, 1ch - 13ch)
- Wi-Fi: Qualcomm IPQ4019 (5GHz, 36ch - 64ch)
- Wi-Fi: Qualcomm QCA9984 (2T2R, 5GHz, 100ch - 140ch)
- Ethernet: 4x 10/100/1000 Mbps (1x WAN, 3x LAN)
- LED: 4x white LED, 4x orange LED, 1x blue LED
- USB: 1x USB 3.0 port
- Input: 2x tactile switch, 2x slide switch (2x SP3T)
- Serial console: 115200bps, pinheader JP5 on PCB
- Power: DC 12V 2A

Flash instruction
-----------------
1. Set up a TFTP server (IP address: 192.168.11.10)
2. Rename "initramfs-fit-uImage.itb" to "WTR-M2133HP-initramfs.uImage"
   and put it into the TFTP server directory.
3. Connect the TFTP server and WTR-M2133HP.
4. Hold down the AOSS button, then power on the router.
5. After booting OpenWrt initramfs image, connect to the router by SSH.
6. Transfer "squashfs-nand-factory.ubi" to the router.
7. Execute the following commands.
    # ubidetach -p /dev/mtd15
    # ubiformat /dev/mtd15 -f /tmp/openwrt-ipq40xx-generic-buffalo_wtr-m2133hp-squashfs-nand-factory.ubi
    # fw_setenv bootcmd bootipq
8. Perform reboot.

Recover to stock firmware
-------------------------
1. Execute the following command.
    # fw_setenv bootcmd bootbf
2. Reboot and wait several minutes.

Signed-off-by: Yanase Yuki <dev@zpc.sakura.ne.jp>
2020-07-08 16:07:05 +02:00
Pawel Dembicki
d2c3131b3f kirkwood: add support for Zyxel NSA310S
Zyxel NSA310S is a NAS based on Marvell kirkwood SoC.

Specification:
 - Processor Marvell 88F6702 1 GHz
 - 256MB RAM
 - 128MB NAND
 - 1x GBE LAN port (PHY: Marvell 88E1318)
 - 2x USB 2.0
 - 1x SATA
 - 3x button
 - 7x leds
 - serial on J1 connector (115200 8N1) (GND-NOPIN-RX-TX-VCC)

Known issues:
 - no kernel module for RTC. [*]
 - buzzer (connected to MPP43) need to be drived by 1kHz signal
 - no kernel module for internal MCU connected via I2C[**]

[*]
Karoly Pocsi made simple, unofficial driver for HT1382.
It can be found here:
https://www.madadmin.com/zyxel-nsa320s-es-debian-linux-4-resz/

[**]
Karoly Pocsi found how CPU talk with MCU:
It is possible to query the MCU-controlled fan speed and temperature:
i2cget -y 0x0 0x0a 0x07
i2cget -y 0x0 0x0a 0x08
The first value (0x07) is the temperature in ° C, the second (0x08) is
the time in milliseconds to complete one fan revolution (rpm = 60,000 / value).
Info translated from:
https://www.madadmin.com/zyxel-nsa320s-es-debian-linux-4-resz/

Installation:

TFTP:
1. Run serial console and go to u-boot.
2. Copy u-boot via tftp and write to NAND:
	=> mw 0x0800000 0xffff 0x100000
	=> nand erase 0x0 100000
	=> setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.2
	=> setenv serverip 192.168.1.4
	=> tftp 0x0800000 nsa310s-u-boot.kwb
	=> nand write 0x0800000 0x0 0x100000
	=> reset
3. Run new u-Boot, repair bootcmd and restore MAC address from sticker
	=> setenv ethaddr AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:FF
	=> saveenv
4. Copy and run initramfs image
	=> setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.2
	=> setenv serverip 192.168.1.4
	=> tftpboot zyxel_nsa310s-initramfs-uImage
	=> bootm 0x800000
5. Download sysupgrade image and perform sysupgrade

USB:

1. Prepare usb fat32 drive with u-boot.kwb and initramfs image.
   Stick it to USB 2.0 port.
2. Run serial console and go to u-boot.
3. Copy u-boot from usb and write to NAND:
	=> mw 0x0800000 0xffff 0x100000
	=> nand erase 0x0 100000
	=> usb start
	=> fatload usb 0 0x0800000 u-boot.kwb
	=> nand write 0x0800000 0x0 0x100000
	=> reset
4. Run new u-Boot, repair bootcmd and restore MAC address from sticker
	=> setenv ethaddr AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:FF
	=> saveenv
5. Copy and run initramfs image:
	=> usb start
	=> fatload usb 0 0x0800000 initramfs-uImage
	=> bootm 0x800000
6. Download sysupgrade image and perform sysupgrade.

Based on work ThBexx <thomas.beckler@hotmail.com>
DTS based on dropped support in 0ebdf0c.

Tested-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[NSA310s -> NSA310S in DEVICE_MODEL]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-07-08 16:07:05 +02:00
Andrey Bondar
ba59021d64 ath79: add support for 8devices Lima board
Specification:

  • 650/600/216 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
  • 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
  • 32 MB of FLASH
  • 2T2R 2.4 GHz
  • 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
  • 1x USB 2.0 Host socket
  • 1x miniPCIe slot
  • UART for serial console
  • 14x GPIO

Flash instructions:

Upgrading from ar71xx target:

  • Upload image into the board:
    scp openwrt-ath79-generic-8dev_lima-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
    root@192.168.1.1/tmp/
  • Run sysupgrade
    sysupgrade -F /tmp/openwrt-ath79-generic-8dev_lima-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin

Upgrading from u-boot:

  • Set up tftp server with
    openwrt-ath79-generic-8dev_lima-initramfs-kernel.bin
  • Go to u-boot (reboot and press ESC when prompted)
  • Set TFTP server IP
    setenv serverip 192.168.1.254
  • Set device ip from the same subnet
    setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
  • Copy new firmware to board
    tftpboot 0x82000000 initramfs.bin
  • Boot OpenWRT
    bootm 0x82000000
  • Upload image openwrt-ath79-generic-8dev_lima-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin into
    the board
  • Run sysupgrade.

Signed-off-by: Andrey Bondar <a.bondar@8devices.com>
2020-07-08 16:07:05 +02:00
Sergio E. Nemirowski
645b1ec3e2 build: add 'make kernel_xconfig' command
This adds the kernel_xconfig make target.

Signed-off-by: Sergio E. Nemirowski <sergio@outerface.net>
2020-07-08 16:07:05 +02:00
Dongming Han
f103321349 ipq40xx: add support for GL.iNet GL-S1300
Specifications:
SOC:        Qualcomm IPQ4029 (DAKOTA) ARM Quad-Core
RAM:        512 MiB
FLASH1:     16 MiB NOR - SPI0
FLASH2:     8 GiB eMMC
ETH:        Qualcomm QCA8075
WLAN1:      Qualcomm Atheros QCA4029 2.4GHz 802.11b/g/n 2x2
WLAN2:      Qualcomm Atheros QCA4029 5GHz 802.11n/ac W2 2x2
INPUT:      Reset, WPS
LED:        Power, Mesh, WLAN
UART1:      On board pin header near to LED (3.3V, TX, RX, GND), 3.3V without pin - 115200 8N1
UART2:      On board with BLE module
SPI1:       On board socket for Zigbee module

Install via tftp
- NB: need to flash transition image firstly

Firstly install transition image:
(IPQ40xx) # tftpboot 0x84000000 s1300-factory-to-openwrt.img
(IPQ40xx) # sf probe && imgaddr=0x84000000 && source :script

Secondly install openwrt sysupgrade bin:
(IPQ40xx) # run lf

Revert to factory image:
(IPQ40xx) # tftpboot 0x84000000 s1300-openwrt-to-factory.img
(IPQ40xx) # sf probe && imgaddr=0x84000000 && source :script

The kernel and rootfs of factory firmware are on eMMC, and openwrt
firmware is on NOR flash. The transition image includes U-boot
and partition table, which decides where to load kernel and rootfs.
After you firstly install openwrt image, you can switch between
factory and openwrt firmware by flashing transition image.

Signed-off-by: Dongming Han <handongming@gl-inet.com>
2020-07-08 16:07:05 +02:00
Emir Efe Kucuk
53a1fede1f ramips: Add support for Xiaomi Mi Router(Black,R2100)
The Xiaomi Mi Router AC2100 is a *black* cylindrical router that shares many
characteristics (apart from its looks and the GPIO ports) with the 6-antenna
*white* "Xiaomi Redmi Router AC2100"

See the visual comparison of the two routers here:
https://github.com/emirefek/openwrt-R2100/raw/imgcdn/rm2100-r2100.jpg

Specification of R2100:
- CPU: MediaTek MT7621A
- RAM: 128 MB DDR3
- FLASH: 128 MB ESMT NAND
- WIFI: 2x2 802.11bgn (MT7603)
- WIFI: 4x4 802.11ac (MT7615)
- ETH: 3xLAN+1xWAN 1000base-T
- LED: Power, WAN in Yellow and Blue
- UART: On board (Don't know where is should be confirmed by anybody else)
- Modified u-boot

Hacking of official firmware process is same at both RM2100 and R2100.
Thanks to @namidairo

Here is the detailed guide Hack: https://github.com/impulse/ac2100-openwrt-guide
Guide is written for MacOS but it will work at linux.
needed packages: python3(with scapy), netcat, http server, telnet client

1. Run PPPoE&exploit to get nc and wget busybox, get telnet and wget firmware
2. mtd write openwrt-ramips-mt7621-xiaomi_mi-router-ac2100-kernel1.bin kernel1
3. nvram set uart_en=1
4. nvram set bootdelay=5
5. nvram set flag_try_sys1_failed=1
6. nvram commit
7. mtd -r write openwrt-ramips-mt7621-xiaomi_mi-router-ac2100-rootfs0.bin rootfs0

other than these I specified in here. Everything is same with:
f3792690c4
Thanks for all community and especially for this device:
@Ilyas @scp07 @namidairo @Percy @thorsten97 @impulse (names@forum.openwrt.com)

MAC Locations:
WAN *:b5 = factory 0xe006
LAN *:b6 = factory 0xe000
WIFI 5ghz *:b8 = factory 0x8004
WIFI 2.4ghz *:b7 = factory 0x0004

Signed-off-by: Emir Efe Kucuk <emirefek@gmail.com>
[refactored common image bits into Device/xiaomi-ac2100, fixed From:]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-07-08 16:07:05 +02:00
Thibaut VARÈNE
78fffc2dfd generic: platform/mikrotik: add partial AR71xx cpufreq support
This patch adds cpu frequency setting for AR724x and AR7161.
It is unknown if all the AR71xx devices support the same value range,
so support is only enabled for AR7161 at this stage.

Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
2020-07-08 16:07:05 +02:00
Thibaut VARÈNE
a874c87f4c generic: platform/mikrotik: add board_revision tag
Tag was discovered exploring the hard_config of a "r2" board.

Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
2020-07-08 16:07:05 +02:00
Thibaut VARÈNE
0217a9be0d generic: platform/mikrotik: graceful fallback for cpufreq_index
The current code would return an error on ath79 when the SoC isn't known
to the driver. Return the raw hex value instead, as happens with non
supported targets.
Also return the correctly incremented value from
sc_tag_cpufreq_ath79_arraysize()

Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
2020-07-08 16:07:05 +02:00
Thibaut VARÈNE
2714a4faab generic: platform/mikrotik: match RouterBOOT nomenclature
RouterBOOT cpu frequency settings are letter-indexed. Follow the
same logic for the sysfs interface.

Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
2020-07-08 16:07:05 +02:00
Thibaut VARÈNE
5c4b431a3c generic: platform/mikrotik: fix routerboot_tag_show_u32s()
The routine would only accurately print out the first word.

Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Fixes: 5ecf7d96 ("generic: routerboot sysfs platform driver")
2020-07-08 16:07:05 +02:00
Davide Fioravanti
8c13ebd3ad ramips: add support for Edimax Gemini RE23S
Hardware
--------
SoC:   Mediatek MT7621AT (880 MHz, 2 cores 4 threads)
RAM:   128MB
FLASH: 16MB NOR (Macronix MX25L12805D)
ETH:   1x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet (MT7530)
WIFI:
  - 2.4GHz: 1x MT7615 (4x4:4)
  - 5GHz:   1x MT7615 (4x4:4)
  - 4 antennas: 2 external detachable and 2 internal
BTN:
  - 1x Reset button
  - 1x WPS button
LEDS:
  - 1x Green led (Power)
  - 1x Green-Amber-Red led (Wifi)
UART:
  - 57600-8-N-1

Everything works correctly.

Installation
------------
Flash the factory image directly from OEM web interface.
(You can login using these credentials: admin/1234)

Restore OEM Firmware
--------------------
Flash the OEM "bin" firmware directly from LUCI.
The firmware is downloadable from the OEM web page.
Warning: Remember to not keep settings!
Warning2: Remember to force the flash.

Restoring procedure tested with RE23_1.08.bin

MAC addresses
-------------
factory 0x4     *:24
factory 0x8004  *:25
Cimage  0x07    *:24
Cimage  0x0D    *:24
Cimage  0x13    *:24
Cimage  0x19    *:25

No other addresses were found in factory partition.

Since the label contains both the 2.4GHz and 5GHz mac address I decided
to set the 5GHz one as label-mac-device. Moreover it also corresponds
to the lan mac address.

Notes
-----
The wifi led in the OEM firmware changes colour depending on the signal
strength. This can be done in OpenWrt but just for one interface.
So for now will not be any default action for this led.

If you want to open the case, pay attention to the antenna placed on
the bottom part of the front cover.
The wire is a bit short and it breaks easily. (I broke it)

Signed-off-by: Davide Fioravanti <pantanastyle@gmail.com>
[fix two typos and add extended MAC address section to commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-08 13:28:17 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
66e04abbb6 ar71xx: Fix mikrotik NAND compile problem
This Fixes the folowing compile error:
drivers/mtd/nand/rb91x_nand.c: In function 'rb91x_nand_remove':
drivers/mtd/nand/rb91x_nand.c:445:16: error: 'rbni' undeclared (first use in this function)
  nand_release(&rbni->chip);

Fixes: ce958dd88a ("kernel: Update kernel 4.14 to version 4.14.187")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-07-07 23:38:10 +02:00
Petr Štetiar
ae2d249056 ath79: nand: disable images for glinet_gl-ar750s
Fixes following build failures:

 WARNING: Image file glinet_gl-ar750s-nor-kernel.bin is too big
 WARNING: Image file glinet_gl-ar750s-nor-nand-kernel.bin is too big

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-07-07 19:47:24 +02:00
Andrey Bondar
326e488c7b ath79: add support for 8devices Rambutan board
Rambutan is a Wifi module based on QCA9550/9557
http://www.8devices.com/products/rambutan

Specification:

- 720/600/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of DDR2 RAM
- 128 MB of NAND Flash
- 1x 100Mbps Ethernet
- 1x 1000Mbps Ethernet (PHY on dev-kit)
- 1x Wifi radio 2x2 MIMO, dualband 2.4 and 5 GHz
- 2x U.FL connectors on module, chip antennas on dev-kit
- 1x miniPCIe slot
- 2x USB2.0 host
- 2x UART
- SPI, I2C, GPIO

Flash instructions:

Upgrade from ar71xx target:
 sysupgrade -F /tmp/openwrt-ath79-nand-8dev_rambutan-squashfs-sysupgrade.tar
or upgrade from GUI (don't save config)

Use factory image to flash from U-Boot:
 tftpboot 80060000 openwrt-ath79-nand-8dev_rambutan-squashfs-factory.ubi
 nand erase.part ubi
 nand write 80060000 ubi ${filesize}

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz> [copy&pasted missing commit description]
Signed-off-by: Andrey Bondar <a.bondar@8devices.com>
2020-07-07 19:47:24 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
7cb721c03f ramips: use WiFi LED DT triggers for TP-Link RE650 v1
This moves WiFi LED triggers from 01_leds to device tree.

While at it, convert the labels there to lower case; this is
more commonly used and the change will actually remove competition
between DT trigger and leftover uci config on already installed
systems.

Suggested-by: Georgi Vlaev <georgi.vlaev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-07 11:57:48 +02:00
David Bauer
d8ab3216e6 ath79: switch to kernel 5.4
As the reported major bugs are ironed out, switch to the new kernel to
begin testing with a broader audience.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-07-07 10:33:17 +02:00
Aleksander Jan Bajkowski
f496939f15 lantiq: set port numbers corresponding to reg value
Fix inconsistencies found in DTS files and sort ethernet ports based on
updated names.

Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
[squash two separate patches, rephrase commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-07 01:03:59 +02:00
Aleksander Jan Bajkowski
3866fefa38 lantiq: remove redundant includes from fritz736x DTS files
The removed lines are already included in vr9_avm_fritz736x.dtsi

Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
[rephrase commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-07 00:59:51 +02:00
Christoph Krapp
ba0f4f0cfd ramips: add support for TP-Link RE500 v1
This device uses the same hardware as RE650 v1 which got supported in
8c51dde.

Hardware specification:

- SoC 880 MHz - MediaTek MT7621AT
- 128 MB of DDR3 RAM
- 16 MB - Winbond 25Q128FVSG
- 4T4R 2.4 GHz - MediaTek MT7615E
- 4T4R 5 GHz - MediaTek MT7615E
- 1x 1 Gbps Ethernet - MT7621AT integrated
- 7x LEDs (Power, 2G, 5G, WPS(x2), Lan(x2))
- 4x buttons (Reset, Power, WPS, LED)
- UART header (J1) - 2:GND, 3:RX, 4:TX
  Serial console @ 57600,8n1

Flash instructions:

Upload
openwrt-ramips-mt7621-tplink_re500-v1-squashfs-factory.bin
from the RE500 web interface.

TFTP recovery to stock firmware:

Unfortunately, I can't find an easy way to recover the RE
without opening the device and using modified binaries. The
TFTP upload will only work if selected from u-boot, which
means you have to open the device and attach to the serial
console. The TFTP update procedure does *not* accept the
published vendor firmware binaries. However, it allows to
flash kernel + rootfs binaries, and this works if you have
a backup of the original contents of the flash. It's probably
possible to create special image out of the vendor binaries
and use that as recovery image.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Krapp <achterin@googlemail.com>
[remove dts-v1 in DTSI, do not touch WiFi LEDs for RE650, keep
state_default in DTS files, fix label-mac-device, use lower case
for WiFi LEDs]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-07 00:40:04 +02:00
Martin Blumenstingl
982468de35 lantiq: dts: Move the &usb_vbus nodes out of &gpio
Move the USB VBUS regulator nodes out of the GPIO controller node. This
fixes a problem where the "regulator-fixed" driver wasn't probed for
these regulators because the GPIO driver doesn't scan the child-nodes
and based on the dt-bindings documentation it's not supposed to.

This fixed the following error reported by Luca Olivetti:
  ...
  dwc2 1e101000.usb: DWC OTG Controller
  dwc2 1e101000.usb: new USB bus registered, assigned bus number 1
  dwc2 1e101000.usb: irq 62, io mem 0x1e101000
  dwc2 1e101000.usb: startup error -517
  dwc2 1e101000.usb: USB bus 1 deregistered
  dwc2 1e101000.usb: dwc2_hcd_init() FAILED, returning -517

Fixes: FS#1634
Cc: Luca Olivetti <luca@ventoso.org>
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
2020-07-06 20:23:33 +02:00
Matthew Gyurgyik
bb14d44039 kernel/pcengines-apu2: detect apuv4 board
Upstream commit 3d00da1de3 ("platform/x86: pcengines-apuv2: detect apuv4
board")

On 5.4, this module fails on APUv4 due to non-matching DMI data. With this
patch, the module will match DMI data for the APUv4.

Signed-off-by: Matthew Gyurgyik <matthew@gyurgyik.io>
[include upstream patch description]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-07-06 17:57:33 +02:00
Lars Wessels
f855eb91b3 lantiq: added switch-config for ARV752DPW
Add missing switch config (4 LAN-Ports + CPU).

Grey WAN port (used for ADSL) is not part of the switch.

Signed-off-by: Lars Wessels <software@bytebox.org>
[rework commit message]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-07-06 17:57:24 +02:00
Lars Wessels
702366a30b lantiq: wifi mac fix for ARV752DPW
Set wifi mac from flash partition 'board_config' to
match the label on the device (Easybox 802).

Currently the wifi mac is always set to 00:0c:43:28:60:00.
eth0 and WiFi will now share the same mac (as in original firmware).

Signed-off-by: Lars Wessels <software@bytebox.org>
[improve commit message]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-07-06 17:57:13 +02:00
Sunguk Lee
2d378703f1 ramips: reduce spi-max-frequency for ipTIME A8004T
Reduce spi-max-frequency for ipTIME A8004T and disable
m25p,fast-read option.

A8004T uses `en25qh128` for the MTD.
This flash memory would allow 80MHz, sometimes kernel received
wrong id value in initramfs installed router.
(kernel expected `1c 70 18 1c 70 18`, but one of cases, it
was `9c 70 18 1c 70 18`)

In this case, openwrt can't detect the partition information,
it would write the inccorect data to the firmware partition and
also it would occur the bootlooping after sysupgrade.

Signed-off-by: Sunguk Lee <d3m3vilurr@gmail.com>
[minor commit title/message adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-06 16:25:32 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
883250014d ipq806x: move serial0 to DTSI files
All device DTS files in the target set the serial0 property to the
same value (*). So, let's move the definitions to the DTSI files.

That's also where the kernel defines it (qcom-ipq8064-v1.0.dtsi).

* The only exception is ipq8064-db149, which defines
  "serial0 = &uart2;", but inside a block called "alias" instead of
  "aliases". It must be assumed that this is broken anyway, so we
  don't touch it here.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-06 16:24:30 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
74e339f118 ipq806x: move stdout-path to DTSI files
All device DTS files in the target set the stdout-path to the same
value. So, let's move the definitions to the DTSI files.

That's also where the kernel defines it (qcom-ipq8064-v1.0.dtsi).

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-06 16:23:23 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
ed761344d2 ipq806x: disentangle and clean up SoC DTSI files
So far, the DTSI files on ipq806x had a linear inheritance:

  qcom-ipq8064.dtsi
  v
  qcom-ipq8064-v1.0.dtsi
  v
  qcom-ipq8064-v2.0.dtsi
  v
  qcom-ipq8065.dtsi

This poses problems when one wants to set something that is specific
to an architecture closer to the top of the tree.

In this patch, we remove the chain-like inheritance and have all
other files derived from qcom-ipq8064.dtsi (changing this name to
something more generic is not possible due to upstream use).

The removal of inheritance will require a few entries to be copied
from qcom-ipq8064-v2.0.dtsi to qcom-ipq8065.dtsi. However, it also
opens an opportunity for some clean-up:

- Many definitions can be improved by just using the innermost labels.

- Instead of disabling the CPU_SPC node for ipq8065, it is now off by
  default and enabled where needed.

- Instead of patching phy-tx0-term-offset into qcom-ipq8064.dtsi and
  then having it changed for qcom-ipq8064-v2.0/qcom-ipq8065, just have
  the appropriate settings done in the lower DTSI files directly.

- For the opp_table0 adjustments for ipq8065, just redefine what's
  changed, but don't add all the untouched properties again.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-06 16:21:15 +02:00
Sungbo Eo
19c8f11d92 ipq806x: move common pinmux nodes to SoC DTSI
As almost same pinmux nodes are repeated in each device dts,
let's define them once in the ipq8064 dtsi and remove the rest.

* uart0_pins : Did not touch.
* i2c4_pins  : This node seems to be not used at all in dts.
               Added the most common form in the dtsi. Did not touch rpm_pins.
* spi_pins   : The common mux node is already present in the dtsi.
               Removed the duplicate nodes from dts.
* nand_pins  : Moved the entire node.
* mdio0_pins : Moved the common mux node.
* rgmii2_pins: Moved the common mux node. "pins" property is overrided in ap161.

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-07-06 16:08:18 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
014d3f593a ar71xx: Fix mikrotik NAND compile problem
There is one closing bracket too much.

Fixes: ce958dd88a ("kernel: Update kernel 4.14 to version 4.14.187")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-07-06 00:07:38 +02:00
Scott Roberts
d31bbe40e2 mvebu: config define i2c pxa slave
We are setting CONFIG_I2C_PXA is not set
If you do set pxa to y then you have issues if you do not have
CONFIG_I2C_PXA_SLAVE is not set

Fixes: dd13add3ce ("kernel: i2c-pxa: remove slave")
Signed-off-by: Scott Roberts <ttocsr@gmail.com>
2020-07-04 21:12:42 +02:00
Daniel González Cabanelas
a902e6a657 mvebu: LS421DE: use automatic fan control with thermal zones
The Buffalo Linkstation LS421DE has a chassis fan for cooling two internal
hard drives. Currently there is no control over this fan, running always
at fixed medium speed.

With the recent jump to the kernel 5.4, now we can monitor the hard drive
temperature and control the fan with thermal zones.

Install the kmod-hwmon-drivetemp module and wire up a thermal zone on the
dts file to allow automatic fan control by the kernel.

Tested succesfully using a single Crucial BX500 SSD drive.

Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
2020-07-04 21:12:42 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
68d9cb8214 kernel: Update kernel 5.4 to version 5.4.50
Run tested: ath79, ipq40xx
Build tested: ath79, ipq40xx

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-07-04 21:12:42 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
6062d85892 kernel: Update kernel 4.19 to version 4.19.131
Fixes:
- CVE-2020-10757

The "mtd: rawnand: Pass a nand_chip object to nand_release()" commit was
backported which needed some adaptations to other code.

Run tested: ath79
Build tested: ath79

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-07-04 21:12:42 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
ce958dd88a kernel: Update kernel 4.14 to version 4.14.187
Fixes:
- CVE-2020-10757

The "mtd: rawnand: Pass a nand_chip object to nand_release()" commit was
backported which needed some adaptations to other code.

Build tested: ramips

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-07-04 21:12:42 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
4bb5e331a7 kernel: Fix ath79 DSP exception at bootup
This resolves a hazard between a mtc0 and a mfc0 instruction after
activating the DSP support. Without this fix the CPU could use the old
value again and the DSP support would not be active.

Fixes: FS#2928, FS#2899
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de> [ath79/tl-wdr3600; ath79/tl-wdr4300]
Tested-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net> [ocedo_koala/ocedo_raccoon]
2020-07-04 16:04:21 +02:00
Antti Seppälä
a175bc8f36 ath79: add support for GL.iNet GL-MiFi
Add support for the ar71xx supported GL.iNet GL-MiFi to ath79.

Specifications:
 - Atheros AR9331
 - 64 MB of RAM
 - 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
 - 2x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
 - 2.4GHz (AR9330), 802.11b/g/n
 - 1x USB 2.0 (vbus driven by GPIO)
 - 4x LED, driven by GPIO
 - 1x button (reset)
 - 1x mini pci-e slot (vcc driven by GPIO)

Flash instructions:

Vendor software is based on openwrt so you can flash the sysupgrade
image via the vendor GUI or using command line sysupgrade utility.
Make sure to not save configuration over reflash as uci settings
differ between versions.

Note on MAC addresses:

Even though the platform is capable to providing separate MAC addresses
to the interfaces vendor firmware does not seem to take advantage of
that. It appears that there is only single unique pre-programmed
address in the art partition and vendor firmware uses that for
every interface (eth0/eth1/wlan0). Similar behaviour has also been
implemented in this patch.

Note on GPIOs:

In vendor firmware the gpio controlling mini pci-e slot is named
3gcontrol while it actually controls power supply to the entire mini
pci-e slot. Therefore a more descriptive name (minipcie) was chosen.
Also during development of this patch it became apparent that the
polarity of the signal is actually active low rather than active high
that can be found in vendor firmware.

Acknowledgements:

This patch is based on earlier work[1] done by Kyson Lok. Since the
initial mailing-list submission the patch has been modified to comply
with current openwrt naming schemes and dts conventions.

[1] http://lists.openwrt.org/pipermail/openwrt-devel/2018-September/019576.html

Signed-off-by: Antti Seppälä <a.seppala@gmail.com>
2020-07-03 20:48:05 +02:00
John Audia
472f5b1474 ipq806x: refresh config
Based on "make kernel_menuconfig CONFIG_TARGET=generic" and 5.4.49

CONFIG_LEDS_TRIGGER_DISK has been removed by the refresh and added
back manually in order to not revert f93fcf8923 ("ipq806x: enable
disk-activity LED trigger").

Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
[extend commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-03 20:38:06 +02:00
Sungbo Eo
91472dc2ce kirkwood: support for button in Pogoplug V4
Pogoplug V4 has a reset button on a GPIO pin.
To use it, kmod-gpio-button-hotplug package needs to be installed.

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-07-03 19:48:51 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
b123ffdf6e ath79: drop redundant status for gpio target-wide
All definitions of gpio in SoC DTSI files do not set status, i.e.
have it enabled. This drops all remaining redundant "status = okay"
definitions in descendent files (mostly older ones).

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-03 17:37:02 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
dc1280ef65 ath79: enable gpio on ar933x by default
All other SoC DTSI files have gpio enabled by default, only
ar9330/ar9331 disable it by default, only to have it enabled again
afterwards for each individual device.

So, do not disable it in the first place, and drop all device-specific
status statements afterwards.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-03 17:37:02 +02:00
Leon M. George
a0bb356612 ath79: add support for Compex WPJ344
Specifications:

SoC: AR9344
DRAM: 128MB DDR2
Flash: 16MB SPI-NOR
2 Gigabit ethernet ports
2×2 2.4GHz on-board radio
miniPCIe slot that supports 5GHz radio
PoE 48V IEEE 802.3af/at - 24V passive optional
USB 2.0 header

Installation:

To install, either start tftp in bin/targets/ath79/generic/ and use
the u-boot prompt over UART:

tftpboot 0x80500000 openwrt-ath79-generic-compex_wpj344-16m-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
erase 0x9f030000 +$filesize
erase 0x9f680000 +1
cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f030000 $filesize
boot

The cpximg file can be used with sysupgrade in the stock firmware (add
SSH key in luci for root access) or with the built-in cpximg loader.
The cpximg loader can be started either by holding the reset button
during power up or by entering the u-boot prompt and entering 'cpximg'.
Once it's running, a TFTP-server under 192.168.1.1 will accept the image
appropriate for the board revision that is etched on the board.

For example, if the board is labelled '6A08':

tftp -v -m binary 192.168.1.1 -c put openwrt-ath79-generic-compex_wpj344-16m-squashfs-cpximg-6a08.bin

MAC addresses:

<&uboot 0x2e010>  *:99  (label)
<&uboot 0x2e018>  *:9a
<&uboot 0x2e020>  *:9b
<&uboot 0x2e028>  *:9c

Only the first two are used (for ethernet), the WiFi modules have
separate (valid) addresses. The latter two addresses are not used.

Signed-off-by: Leon M. George <leon@georgemail.eu>
[minor commit message adjustments, drop gpio in DTS, DTS style fixes,
sorting, drop unused cpximg recipe]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-03 17:37:02 +02:00
Sungbo Eo
736995ce19 ath79: rearrange nand node by register address
All other nodes in the DTS are placed in order of address space. Harmonize
the nand nodes as well.

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-07-02 21:34:37 +02:00
Rowan Border
33fae8421e ramips: add support for TP-Link RE220 v2
TP-Link RE220 v2 is a wireless range extender with Ethernet and 2.4G and 5G
WiFi with internal antennas. It's based on MediaTek MT7628AN+MT7610EN.

This port of OpenWRT leverages work done by Andreas Böhler <dev@aboehler.at>
for the TP-Link RE200 v2 as both devices share the same SoC, flash layout
and GPIO pinout.

Specifications

MediaTek MT7628AN (580 Mhz)
64 MB of RAM
8 MB of FLASH
2T2R 2.4 GHz and 1T1R 5 GHz
1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
UART header on PCB (57600 8n1)
8x LED (GPIO-controlled), 2x button
There are 2.4G and 5G LEDs in red and green which are controlled separately.

Web Interface Installation

It is possible to upgrade to OpenWrt via the web interface. Simply flash
the -factory.bin from OEM. In contrast to a stock firmware, this will not
overwrite U-Boot.

Signed-off-by: Rowan Border <rowanjborder@gmail.com>
2020-06-30 17:23:32 +02:00
Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant
d59dc14515 kernel: cake: backport upstream tweaks & fixes
From upstream:
b8392808eb3f sch_cake: add RFC 8622 LE PHB support to CAKE diffserv handling
3f608f0c4136 sch_cake: fix a few style nits
8c95eca0bb8c sch_cake: don't call diffserv parsing code when it is not needed
9208d2863ac6 sch_cake: don't try to reallocate or unshare skb unconditionally

From netdev not yet accepted:
sch_cake: fix IP protocol handling in the presence of VLAN tags

The VLAN tag handling is actually wider than just cake so upstream are
working out how to fix it generically.  We fix it here just for cake.

Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
2020-06-30 16:09:18 +01:00
Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant
77cd8f64ca kernel: cake: backport unused var patch to 5.4
This was backported to 4.19 and I clearly expected it to land in 5.4 but
it didn't (5.5) so backport it to 5.4 for consistency.

Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
2020-06-30 09:34:24 +01:00
Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant
4ca4c94267 kernel: cake: skb hash backport to 419
Commit 7b4877c204 backported to 5.4 only,
backport to 4.19 as well.

Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
2020-06-30 09:34:17 +01:00
Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant
3fda01a51e kernel: cake: renumber backport patches
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
2020-06-30 09:34:06 +01:00
David Bauer
5667ccbf16 ramips: remove duplicate MAC assignment case
Cudy WR1000 and Wavlink WL-WN577A2 store WAN as well as label MAC address
at the same position in flash.

Suggested-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-06-29 15:55:55 +02:00
David Bauer
1ba0466d43 package: add ravpower-mcu package
This package allows to read battery status information and control the
power state of the RAVPower RP-WD009 power management IC.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-06-29 12:24:04 +02:00
David Bauer
e959048c12 ramips: add support for RAVPower RP-WD009
The RAVPower RP-WD009 is a batter-powered pocket sized router with SD
card lot and USB port.

Hardware
--------
CPU:   MediaTek MT7628AN
RAM:   64M DDR2
FLASH: 16M GigaDevices SPI-NOR
WLAN:  MediaTek MT7628AN 2T2R b/g/n
       MediaTek MT7610E  1T1R n/ac
ETH:   1x FastEthernet
SD:    SD Card slot
USB:   USB 2.0

Custom PMIC on the I2C bus (address 0x0a).

Installation
------------

1. Press and hold down the reset button.

2. Power up the Device. Keep pressing the reset button for 10
   more seconds until the Globe LED lights up.

3. Attach your Computer to the Ethernet port. Assign yourself the
   address 10.10.10.1/24.

4. Access the recovery page at 10.10.10.128 and upload the OpenWrt
   factory image.

5. The flashing will take around 1 minute. The device will reboot
   automatically into OpenWrt.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-06-29 12:24:01 +02:00
David Bauer
f49063ba92 ath79: replace custom uImageArcher generation
The replaces the custom uImageArcher build step with the generic uImage
build step. The only different between these two is the difference in
the generated name.

Tested on: TP-Link Archer C59 v1

Acked-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-06-29 01:08:09 +02:00
Lars Wessels
dbaf0d20bb ramips: add support for WAVLINK WL-WN577A2
This commit adds support for the Wavlink WL-WN577A2 (black case) dual-band
wall-plug wireless router. In Germany this device is sold under the brand
name Maginon WL-755 (white case):

Device specifications:

- CPU: MediaTek MT7628AN (580MHz)
- Flash: 8MB
- RAM: 64MB
- Bootloader: U-Boot
- Ethernet: 2x 10/100 Mbps (Ralink RT3050)
- 2.4 GHz: 802.11b/g/n SoC
- 5 GHz: 802.11a/n/ac MT7610E
- Antennas: internal
- 4 green LEDs: 1 programmable (WPS) + LAN, WAN, POWER
- Buttons: Reset, WPS
- Small sliding power switch

Flashing instructions (U-boot):

- Configure a TFTP server on your PC/Laptop and set its IP
  to 192.168.10.100

- Rename the OpenWrt image to firmware.bin and place it in the
  root folder of the TFTP server

- Power off (using the small sliding power switch on the left
  side) the device and connect an ethernet cable from its LAN
  or WAN port to your PC/Laptop

- Press the WPS button (and keep it pressed)

- Power on the device (using the small power switch)

- After a few seconds, when the WAN/LAN LED stops blinking
  very fast, release the WPS button

- Flashing OpenWrt takes less than a minute, system will
  reboot automatically

- After reboot the WPS LED will indicate the current OpenWrt
  running status

Signed-off-by: Lars Wessels <software@bytebox.org>
[removed unused labels - fix whitespace errors - wrap commit message]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-06-29 01:08:01 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
5234593462 mvebu: move definition of factory.img out of Device/Default
The Device/Default definition in mvebu defines an IMAGE/factory.img
which is not included in IMAGES, and only used twice in the
individual definitions. Move it out of the default definition
to keep it closer to the reassignment of IMAGES and make it more
consistent with respect to other values of IMAGE/factory.img

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-06-28 14:07:57 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
0127de9547 ipq806x: set IMAGES in Device/Default definition
The Device/Default definition sets a default IMAGE/sysupgrade.bin,
but does not enable it by setting IMAGES. This is not consistent,
and has led to IMAGES being defined at various other places in the
file.

Thus, this patch consolidates the default value for IMAGES by putting
it in Device/Default. Since it's still overwritten where necessary,
this patch is cosmetic.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-06-28 14:07:50 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
e8afeaabc0 ipq40xx: set IMAGES in Device/Default definition
The Device/Default definition sets a default IMAGE/sysupgrade.bin,
but does not enable it by setting IMAGES. This is not consistent,
and has led to IMAGES being defined at various other places in the
file.

Thus, this patch consolidates the default value for IMAGES by putting
it in Device/Default. Since it's still overwritten where necessary,
this patch is cosmetic.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-06-28 14:07:43 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
8819faff47 ath79: do not build TP-Link tiny images by default
For quite some time, the tiny (4M flash) TP-Link sysupgrade and
factory images cannot be built anymore by the buildbots, just
the initramfs-kernel.bin files are still there.

Disable these images for the buildbots and prevent useless builds.

Note that these devices still build fine with default settings,
even for kernel 5.4.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-06-28 00:33:44 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
89bb4ee450 mvebu: remove non-existant board name solidrun,clearfog-a1
In 02_network, the board name solidrun,clearfog-a1 is used in a
case, but it does not seem to be used/exist anywhere else in OpenWrt.

The valid strings are:
- solidrun,clearfog-pro-a1
- solidrun,clearfog-base-a1

Fixes: 12795ec9f1 ("mvebu: split interface configuration for
clearfog pro and base")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-06-28 00:32:29 +02:00
Leon M. George
9f261e36de ath79: build Compex WPJ531 cpximg files
Generate additional images that are compatible to the cpximg loader.
The cpximg loader can be started either by holding the reset button during
power up or by entering the u-boot prompt and entering 'cpximg'.
Once it's running, a TFTP-server under 192.168.1.1 will accept the image
appropriate for the board revision that is etched on the board.

For example, if the board is labelled '7A04':

tftp -v -m binary 192.168.1.1 -c put openwrt-ath79-generic-compex_wpj531-16m-squashfs-cpximg-7A04.bin

These files can also be used with the sysupgrade utility in stock images (add
SSH key in luci for root access).

Signed-off-by: Leon M. George <leon@georgemail.eu>
[fix sorting of definitions]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-06-28 00:26:39 +02:00
Leon M. George
e10dd48360 ath79: add support for Compex WPJ531 (16M)
Specifications:

SoC: QCA9531
DRAM: 128MB DDR2
Flash: 16MB SPI-NOR
2 100MBit ethernet ports
2×2 2.4GHz on-board radio
miniPCIe slot that supports 5GHz radio
PoE 24V - 48V IEEE 802.3af optional
USB 2.0 header

Installation:

To install, start a tftp server in bin/targets/ath79/generic/ and use the
u-boot prompt over UART:

tftpboot 0x80500000 openwrt-ath79-generic-compex_wpj531-16m-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
erase 0x9f030000 +$filesize
erase 0x9f680000 +1
cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f030000 $filesize
boot

The cpximg file can be used with sysupgrade in the stock firmware (add SSH key
in luci for root access).

Another way is to hold the reset button during power up or running 'cpximg' in
the u-boot prompt.
Once the last LED starts flashing regularly, a TFTP-server under 192.168.1.1
will accept the image appropriate for the board revision that is etched on the
board.

For example, if the board is labelled '7A04':

tftp -v -m binary 192.168.1.1 -c put openwrt-ath79-generic-compex_wpj531-16m-squashfs-cpximg-7A04.bin

MAC addresses:

<&uboot 0x2e010>  *:cb  (label)
<&uboot 0x2e018>  *:cc
<&uboot 0x2e020>  *:cd
<&uboot 0x2e028>  *:ce

Only the first two are used (for ethernet), the WiFi modules have
separate (valid) addresses. The latter two addresses are not used.

Signed-off-by: Leon M. George <leon@georgemail.eu>
[commit title/message facelift, fix rssileds, add led aliases]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-06-28 00:26:39 +02:00
Jan Hoffmann
b1d5ab1a69 ramips: add support for NETGEAR WAC124
The WAC124 hardware appears to be identical to R6260/R6350/R6850.

SoC:   MediaTek MT7621AT
RAM:   128M DDR3
FLASH: 128M NAND (Macronix MX30LF1G18AC)
WiFI:  MediaTek MT7603 bgn 2T2R
       MediaTek MT7615 nac 4T4R
ETH:   SoC Integrated Gigabit Switch (1x WAN, 4x LAN)
USB:   1x USB 2.0
BTN:   Reset, WPS
LED:   Power, Internet, WiFi, USB (all green)

Installation:
The factory image can be flashed from the stock firmware web interface
or using nmrpflash. With nmrpflash it is also possible to revert to
stock firmware.

Signed-off-by: Jan Hoffmann <jan@3e8.eu>
2020-06-27 00:33:29 +02:00
Alex Lewontin
bd49f2c984 ramips: add support for Netgear R6080
This adds support for the Netgear R6080, aka Netgear AC1000.

The R6080 has almost the same hardware as the Netgear R6120,
aka Netgear AC1200, but it lacks the USB port, has only 8 MiB flash and
uses a different SERCOMM_HWID.

Specification:

SoC: MediaTek MT7628 (580 MHz)
Flash: 8 MiB
RAM: 64 MiB
Wireless: 2.4Ghz (builtin) and 5Ghz (MT7612E)
LAN speed: 10/100
LAN ports: 4
WAN speed: 10/100
WAN ports: 1
UART (57600 8N1) on PCB

Installation:

Flashing OpenWRT from stock firmware requires nmrpflash. Use an ethernet
cable to connect to LAN port 1 of the R6080, and power the R6080 off.
From the connected workstation, run
`nmrpflash -i eth0 -f openwrt-ramips-mt76x8-netgear_r6080-squashfs-factory.img`,
replacing eth0 with the appropriate interface (can be identified by
running `nmrpflash -L`). Then power on the R6080. After flashing has finished,
power cycle the R6080, and it will boot into OpenWRT. Once OpenWRT has been
installed, subsequent flashes can use the web interface and sysupgrade files.

Signed-off-by: Alex Lewontin <alex.c.lewontin@gmail.com>
[rebase and adjust for 5.4]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-06-27 00:29:45 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
4c3b81b75d ath79: Fix ubnt_edgeswitch-8xp DEVICE_PACKAGES
switch-bcm53xx-mdio does not exists, use kmod-switch-bcm53xx-mdio
instead.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Cc: Tobias Schramm <tobleminer@gmail.com>
2020-06-27 00:19:13 +02:00
Daniel González Cabanelas
0cca96284a mvebu: LS421DE: dts file improvements
- Delete useless HDD presence inputs: they aren't buttons, and probably
  they are outputs in the stock firmware.
- Change the Function Button keycode: the current one isn't mapped by
  the kernel module.
- Use the recommended property names for the ethernet stuff.
- Add missing i2c pinmux.
- Minor cosmetic changes.

Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
2020-06-27 00:19:13 +02:00
Aleksander Jan Bajkowski
58a6f06978 lantiq: remove unused PHY drivers on xrx200
All boards on xrx200 use builtin switch and there is no supported device
with external switch.
It was copy paste from xway subtarget and was added in commit 18b76c66fb.

Save 20.3 kB flash memory.

Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
2020-06-27 00:19:13 +02:00
Qin Wei
cd6515c2e8 ramips: fix sd polling
This is fixed in 18.06, it appears again in 19.07.
Currently mt7628 sdcard driver do not support polling mode which is for
the device do not have card-detect pin to detect sd card insert. Without
this patch, device will not detect sdcard is inserted. This patch is a
fix of that.

Signed-off-by: Qin Wei <support@vocore.io>
2020-06-27 00:19:13 +02:00
Rogan Dawes
9c85153b87 sunxi: add text referencing Allwinner H3 and H5 CPUs
This makes it a little easier to figure out which options to choose.

Signed-off-by: Rogan Dawes <rogan@dawes.za.net>
2020-06-27 00:19:13 +02:00
Gregory L. Dietsche
f3cb1636ab x86: Support Intel 10 Gigabit Ethernet Cards
Support Intel 10 Gigabit Ethernet Cards in x86/64 images by default.
This ensures that systems with cards such as the Intel x520 will work properly.

Signed-off-by: Gregory L. Dietsche <Gregory.Dietsche@cuw.edu>
2020-06-27 00:19:05 +02:00
Florian Eckert
5596452cd4 target/hack-5.4: platform/x86/pcengines: revert led simswich compromise
With this change the LED subsystem is abused in the kernel to switch the
simswap. This change will be reverted, so we could use again the gpio
subsystem.

Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
2020-06-26 20:54:53 +02:00
Florian Eckert
f3c5c09e5a kernel: add pcengines-apu2 module description
Add a module description for the new pcengnies-apu2 device driver.
This driver supports the front button and LEDs on the PC Engines
APUv2/APUv3 boards.

Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
2020-06-26 20:54:53 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
635f111148 ath79: drop and consolidate redundant chosen/bootargs
In ath79, for several SoCs the console bootargs are defined to the
very same value in every device's DTS. Consolidate these definitions
in the SoC dtsi files and drop further redundant definitions elsewhere.

The only device without any bootargs set has been OpenMesh OM5P-AC V2.
This will now inherit the setting from qca955x.dtsi

Note that while this tidies up master a lot, it might develop into a
frequent pitfall for backports.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-06-25 23:09:05 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
54b19e213a ramips: drop redundant chosen/bootargs
chosen/bootargs are defined to the same value in device DTS files
that is already set in the SoC DTSI. Remove the redundant definitions.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-06-25 22:33:36 +02:00
Natalie Kagelmacher
8ff631feff ath79: add support for AVM FRITZ!WLAN Repeater DVB-C
This commit adds support for the AVM FRITZ!WLAN Repeater DVB-C

SOC:   Qualcomm Atheros QCA9556
RAM:   64 MiB
FLASH: 16 MB SPI-NOR
WLAN:  QCA9556 3T3R 2.4 GHZ b/g/n and
       QCA9880 3T3R 5 GHz n/ac
ETH:   Atheros AR8033 1000 Base-T
DVB-C: EM28174 with MaxLinear MXL251 tuner
BTN:   WPS Button
LED:   Power, WLAN, TV, RSSI0-4

Tested and working:
 - Ethernet (correct MAC, gigabit, iperf3 about 200 Mbit/s)
 - 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi (correct MAC)
 - 5 GHz Wi-Fi (correct MAC)
 - WPS Button (tested using wifitoggle)
 - LEDs
 - Installation via EVA bootloader (FTP recovery)
 - OpenWrt sysupgrade (both CLI and LuCI)
 - Download of "urlader" (mtd0)

Not working:
 - Internal USB
 - DVB-C em28174+MxL251 (depends on internal USB)

Installation via EVA bootloader (FTP recovery):
Set NIC to 192.168.178.3/24 gateway 192.168.178.1 and power on the device,
connect to 192.168.178.1 through FTP and sign in with adam2/adam2:

ftp> quote USER adam2
ftp> quote PASS adam2
ftp> binary
ftp> debug
ftp> passive
ftp> quote MEDIA FLSH
ftp> put openwrt-sysupgrade.bin mtd1

Wait for "Transfer complete" together with the transfer details.
Wait two minutes to make sure flash is complete (just to be safe).

Then restart the device (power off and on) to boot into OpenWrt.
Revert your NIC settings to reach OpenWrt at 192.168.1.1

Signed-off-by: Natalie Kagelmacher <nataliek@pm.me>
[fixed sorting - removed change to other board -
prettified commit message]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-06-25 02:35:35 +02:00
Edward Matijevic
6da3194127 bcm47xx: add support for NETGEAR R6200 V1
This patch adds supports for the NETGEAR R6200 V1
This device is mainlined in Linux as of 5.4

Specification:
   - SOC: Broadcom BCM4718A1 (480 MHz)
   - Flash: 16MB (Macronix MX25L128)
   - RAM: 128MB DDR2
   - SWITCH: BCM53125
   - Ethernet: 5x GE (1 WAN + 4 LAN, Inverted order)
   - WLAN 2.4G: In SOC
   - WLAN 5GHz: miniPCIe card, BCM4352 (ID: 4360)
   - USB: 1x USB 2.0 port (Type A)
   - Buttons: Reset, WLAN, WPS
   - LED: Amber for Power, others need a workaround
   - UART: 1x UART on PCB

LED Issues: They are controlled by a 74HC164 via bit banging(GPIO 6/7)

Firmware Install Instructions
=============================
Using the device specific .chk, use that file to perform
a normal device upgrade in the OEM admin page.

Signed-off-by: Edward Matijevic <motolav@gmail.com>
2020-06-24 00:17:49 +02:00
Alex Lewontin
2e47a05d87 ramips: clean up Netgear R6120 code formatting
This commit performs minor janitorial work to clean up some code
formatting for the Netgear R6120.

Signed-off-by: Alex Lewontin <alex.c.lewontin@gmail.com>
2020-06-23 21:56:44 +02:00
Alex Lewontin
888afe7c69 ramips: move Netgear R6120 LED trigger to DTS
This moves the trigger for the Netgear R6120's wlan2g_green LED from
base-files/etc/board.d/01_leds to the device-tree file.

This has been applied to R6120 based on findings for the very similar
Netgear R6080.

Signed-off-by: Alex Lewontin <alex.c.lewontin@gmail.com>
[merge case in 01_leds, slightly adjust commit message/title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-06-23 21:53:22 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
3c20bb0644 mvebu: consolidate DTS files
The DTS files in files-4.19 and files-5.4 are exactly identical
except for one file (armada-3720-uDPU.dts), which is only present
for 4.19, as it has been upstreamed before 5.4.

Since there is no point in maintaining all these identical files
twice, this patch moves them to the "files" directory, only keeping
the named exception to files-4.19.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-06-23 21:02:40 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
fa6d53261a ipq40xx: consolidate DTS files
The DTS files in files-4.19 and files-5.4 are exactly identical
except for one file (qcom-ipq4018-emr3500.dts), which is only
present for 5.4.

Since there is no point in maintaining all these identical files
twice, this patch moves them to the "files" directory.

If there ever was a new kernel with substantial DTS changes, a
new folder would need to be introduced anyway and could easily be
done.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-06-23 21:02:26 +02:00
Jose Olivera
d0e8b8310f mvebu: fix default EU regdomain for Linksys WRT AC devices
The mwlwifi driver sets the default country code for EU (fi-
rmware region code 0x30) certified devices to FR (France),
not DE (Germany). Whilst this is a trivial fix, novice users
may not know how mwlwifi negatively reacts to a non-matching
country code and may leave the setting alone. Especially si-
nce it is under the advanced settings section in LuCI.

Relevant mwlwifi driver code:
0a550312dd

The mwlwifi driver readme states "Please don't change country
code and let mwlwifi set it for you." However, OpenWrt's current
behaviour does not adhere to this with its default, 'just flashed
from factory' setting for EU devices.

Signed-off-by: Jose Olivera <oliverajeo@gmail.com>
[rebase, extend commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-06-23 15:01:17 +02:00
Petr Štetiar
472b8fc91b armvirt,x86: fix build breakage of crypto ccp module
Upstream in commit f9f8f0c24203 ("crypto: ccp -- don't "select"
CONFIG_DMADEVICES") removed dependency on CONFIG_DMADEVICES symbol which
leads to build breakage of ccp crypto module, so fix this by adding that
symbol back in the kernel config.

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-06-23 09:29:00 +02:00
Daniel González Cabanelas
3f27a6e640 bcm63xx: AV4202N: add missing PCI pinmux
The ADB P.DG AV4202N device has a wifi chipset connected via PCI. But the
PCI pinmux is missing and without it the wifi won't work properly.

Add the pinctrl_pci to enable the missing PCI pins for this device.

Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
2020-06-22 15:43:41 +02:00
Petr Štetiar
e44e60b290 kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.48
Resolved merge conflict in the following patches:

 layerscape: 701-net-0213-dpaa2-eth-Add-CEETM-qdisc-support.patch
 ramips: 0013-owrt-hack-fix-mt7688-cache-issue.patch

Refreshed patches, removed upstreamed patch:

 bcm63xx: 020-v5.8-mtd-rawnand-brcmnand-fix-hamming-oob-layout.patch

Run tested: qemu-x86-64
Build tested: x86/64

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-06-22 12:51:22 +02:00
Petr Štetiar
ceeece9ffa ath79: image: fix initramfs for safeloader devices
Currently it's not possible to tftpboot initramfs image on archer-c7-v5
as the image contains tplink-v1-header which leads to:

 ath> bootm
 ## Booting image at 81000000 ...
 Bad Magic Number

as U-Boot expects uImage wrapped image. This is caused by following
inheritance issue:

  define Device/Init
    KERNEL_INITRAMFS = $$(KERNEL)

  define Device/tplink-v1
    KERNEL := kernel-bin | append-dtb | lzma
    KERNEL_INITRAMFS := kernel-bin | append-dtb | lzma | tplink-v1-header

  define Device/tplink-safeloader
    $(Device/tplink-v1)

  define Device/tplink-safeloader-uimage
    $(Device/tplink-safeloader)
    KERNEL := kernel-bin | append-dtb | lzma | uImageArcher lzma

  define Device/tplink_archer-c7-v5
    $(Device/tplink-safeloader-uimage)

where tplink-v1 defines KERNEL_INITRAMFS with tplink-v1-header and it's
then used by all devices inheriting from tplink-safeloader. Fix this by
overriding KERNEL_INITRAMFS to KERNEL variable again.

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-06-22 12:51:22 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
340de1d154 lantiq: fritz7312: set maximum speed to 100 mbit on 5.4
The fritz 7312 does not support 1000 gbit. Advertising it makes it
worse. Some NIC will change to 1000 gibt and turn off and on again for
ever.

The previous patch in 36f628910b was only applied to the 4.19 file,
so let's just make it consistent with this patch.

Cc: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-06-21 21:30:36 +02:00
Lech Perczak
708c6772f6 ath79: fix input type for TP-Link TL-WR902AC v1 mode switch
Inputs assigned to "mode select" switch on the side of the device
were missing linux,input-type property.
This would cause them do incorrectly generate EV_KEY events.
Fix this by setting the linux,input-type = <EV_SW> property on them.

Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
2020-06-21 21:29:51 +02:00
INAGAKI Hiroshi
3a8d65010d ramips: add support for ELECOM WRC-2533GST2
ELECOM WRC-2533GST2 is a 2.4/5 GHz band 11ac (Wi-Fi 5) router, based
on MT7621A.

Specification:

- SoC		: MediaTek MT7621A
- RAM		: DDR3 256 MiB
- Flash		: SPI-NOR 32 MiB
- WLAN		: 2.4/5 GHz 4T4R (2x MediaTek MT7615)
- Ethernet	: 10/100/1000 Mbps x5
  - Switch	: MediaTek MT7530 (SoC)
- LED/keys	: 4x/6x (2x buttons, 1x slide-switch)
- UART		: through-hole on PCB
  - J4: 3.3V, GND, TX, RX from ethernet port side
  - 57600n8
- Power		: 12VDC, 1.5A

Flash instruction using factory image:

1. Boot WRC-2533GST2 normally
2. Access to "http://192.168.2.1/" and open firmware update page
   ("ファームウェア更新")
3. Select the OpenWrt factory image and click apply ("適用") button
4. Wait ~150 seconds to complete flashing

Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
2020-06-21 20:56:42 +02:00
INAGAKI Hiroshi
39f2f9b1bf ramips: add MT7615 wireless support for ELECOM WRC-GST devices
ELECOM WRC-1900GST and WRC-2533GST have two MT7615 chips for 2.4/5 GHz
wireless.

Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
[WRC-1900GST]
Acked-by: NOGUCHI Hiroshi <drvlabo@gmail.com>
2020-06-21 20:52:30 +02:00
INAGAKI Hiroshi
b5ae70d053 ramips: increase SPI frequency for ELECOM WRC-GST devices
Increase the SPI frequency for ELECOM WRC-1900GST and WRC-2533GST
to 40 MHz by updating the common DTSI file.

Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
[WRC-1900GST]
Acked-by: NOGUCHI Hiroshi <drvlabo@gmail.com>
[split patch, adjust commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-06-21 20:48:46 +02:00
INAGAKI Hiroshi
5aae0c7862 ramips: add label-mac-device for ELECOM WRC-GST devices
Update the dtsi for ELECOM WRC-1900GST and WRC-2533GST to add
label-mac-device alias.

Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
[WRC-1900GST]
Acked-by: NOGUCHI Hiroshi <drvlabo@gmail.com>
[split patch, adjust commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-06-21 20:48:17 +02:00
Andrew Cameron
d93da0d016 ath79: add support for TP-Link CPE610 v2
TP-Link CPE610 v2 is an outdoor wireless CPE for 5 GHz with
one Ethernet port based on Atheros AR9344

Specifications:
 - 560/450/225 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
 - 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
 - 64 MB of DDR2 RAM
 - 8 MB of SPI-NOR Flash
 - 23dBi high-gain directional 2×2 MIMO antenna and a
   dedicated metal reflector
 - Power, LAN, WLAN5G green LEDs
 - 3x green RSSI LEDs

Flashing instructions:
 Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI
 or through TFTP
 To get to TFTP recovery just hold reset button while powering on for
 around 4-5 seconds and release.
 Rename factory image to recovery.bin
 Stock TFTP server IP:192.168.0.100
 Stock device TFTP adress:192.168.0.254

Signed-off-by: Andrew Cameron <apcameron@softhome.net>
2020-06-20 13:03:39 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
9a477b833a ath79: add support for TP-Link TL-WA801ND v3/v4
This ports support for these devices from ar71xx.

Specification:

- System-On-Chip: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9533
- CPU/Speed: v3: 560 MHz, v4: 650 MHz
- Flash: 4096 KiB
- RAM: 32 MiB
- Ethernet: 1 port @ 100M
- Wireless: SoC-integrated: QCA9533 2.4GHz 802.11bgn

In contrast to the implementation in ar71xx (reset and WiFi button),
the device actually features reset and WPS buttons.

Flashing instructions:

Upload the ...-factory.bin file via OEM web interface.

TFTP Recovery:

1. Set PC to fixed IP address 192.168.0.66
2. Download *-factory.bin image and rename it to
   wa801ndv3_tp_recovery.bin
3. Start a tftp server with the image file in its root directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold Reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time
   the firmware should be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery.

TFTP recovery has only been tested with v3, and the Wiki states
that the procedure won't work for v4, which cannot be verified
or falsified at the moment.

Tested by Tim Ward (see forum):
https://forum.openwrt.org/t/ath79-support-for-tp-link-tl-wa901nd-v3-v4-v5/61246/13

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-06-19 15:50:29 +02:00
Daniel González Cabanelas
583b3e4025 bcm63xx: DGND3700v1: fix port order
Fix the switch LAN labels for the DGND3700v1/DGND3800B router,
the order is reversed.

Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
[cut out of bigger patch, adjust commit title/message accordingly]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-06-19 13:54:16 +02:00
Daniel González Cabanelas
2c3bdef4bd bcm63xx: HG622: enable LAN LEDs
The Huawei Echolife HG622 has hardware controlled LAN LEDs.

Add the ephy led pinctrl to let the router show LAN activity on these
LEDs.

Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
2020-06-19 13:43:42 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
be56b29707 ath79: set &eth1 status for TP-Link CPE devices in parent DTSI
The status is set to "okay" for all devices on ar9344, so just move
this to the parent DTSI.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-06-18 22:34:09 +02:00
Hannu Nyman
9c16c46e58 ath79: define CONFIG_MFD_RB4XX_CPLD to fix build breakage
Define the kernel config symbol CONFIG_MFD_RB4XX_CPLD=n
to fix build breakage on non-mikrotik targets.

The driver was added for all ath79, but the symbol was only
defined for mikrotik subtarget.

Fixes: fa70b3a4bb ("ath79: add Mikrotik rb4xx series drivers")

Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
[rearrange commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-06-17 19:50:54 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
ef9cee4980 lantiq: drop "CONFIG_HZ_100 is not set"
CONFIG_HZ_100 is not set to "y" in generic config anymore since
3a761c90af ("treewide: Don't diverge from upstream default HZ
settings on 4.19"), so we don't need to disable it anymore either.

This was the only remaining case in the entire tree.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-06-17 14:26:09 +02:00
Aleksander Jan Bajkowski
27724c2f54 lantiq: switch to 5.4
Runtime tested on BT Home Hub 5A and D-Link DWR-966.

Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
2020-06-17 00:50:45 +02:00
Petr Štetiar
90f930e0c2 kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.46
Refreshed patches.

Run tested: qemu-x86-64, wrt3200acm
Build tested: x86/64, imx6, mvebu/cortexa9, sunxi/a53

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-06-16 23:36:26 +02:00
Petr Štetiar
014c101e0b mvebu: fix bootloader kernel commandline mangling
Currently I'm unable to boot initramfs image with `console=ttyS0,115200`
kernel commandline as the kernel commandline mangling resets kernel
commandline if there is no `root=` option provided, efectively clearing
whatever I pass to the kernel, making the `root=` option mandatory.

So if the kernel commandline mangling is not appropriate just leave the
kernel commandline as it is.

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-06-16 23:36:26 +02:00
Sungbo Eo
c4037a5b9e mediatek: mt7623: refresh kernel 5.4 config
By running make kernel_oldconfig and selecting relevant options.

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-06-16 15:54:58 +02:00
Daniel González Cabanelas
e3eaf52ba3 bcm63xx: use the generic nand upgrade on Sercomm devices
The Sercomm devices don't need the jffs2 cleanmarkers for the kernel
partition. With the stock firmware they are only added when the
bootloader partition is upgraded.

Furthermore, on the Sercomm H500-s, the specific cfe_jffs2_upgrade_tar
function causes OOB corruption. As a result of this, combined with the
nature of the mtdsplit driver, the upgrade procedure ends in a bricked
device.

Use the generic nand_do_upgrade provided by the OpenWrt common functions.

Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
2020-06-16 14:55:02 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
636b62e8e2 mediatek: fix IPv4-only corner case and commit in 99-net-ps
The uci config section network.globals set up in /bin/config_generate
will only be created if /proc/sys/net/ipv6 exists.

Correspondingly, lacking IPv6 support, the command
uci set network.globals.packet_steering=1
will fail with "uci: Invalid argument" as the network.globals config
has not been set up.

Fix that by adding the setup there as well.

While at it, limit the uci commit to the network config file.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-06-16 14:46:42 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
866ad46662 ath79: add support for the TP-Link WBS210 v1
Specifications:
- SoC: Atheros AR9344
- RAM: 64MB
- Storage: 8 MB SPI NOR
- Wireless: 2.4GHz N based built into SoC
- Ethernet: 1x 10/100 Mbps with 24V POE IN, 1x 10/100 Mbps

Installation:
Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI
or through TFTP
To get to TFTP recovery just hold reset button while powering on for
around 4-5 seconds and release.
Rename factory image to recovery.bin
Stock TFTP server IP:192.168.0.100
Stock device TFTP adress:192.168.0.254

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-06-16 14:42:15 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
48c1fdd046 treewide: drop shebang from non-executable target files
This drops the shebang from all target files for /lib and
/etc/uci-defaults folders, as these are sourced and the shebang
is useless.

While at it, fix the executable flag on a few of these files.

This does not touch ar71xx, as this target is just used for
backporting now and applying cosmetic changes would just complicate
things.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-06-16 14:26:33 +02:00
Christopher Hill
b7a8a54542 ath79: add support for MikroTik RouterBOARD 493G (rb4xx series)
This patch adds support for the MikroTik RouterBOARD RB493G, ported
from the ar71xx target.

See https://routerboard.com/RB493G for details

Specification:
- SoC Qualcomm Atheros AR7161
- RAM: 256 MiB
- Storage: 128MiB NAND
- Ethernet: 9x 1000/100/10 Mbps
- USB 1x 2.0 / 1.0 type A
- PCIe: 3x Mini slot
- MicroSD slot

Working:
- Board/system detection
- Ethernet
- SPI
- NAND
- LEDs
- USB
- Sysupgrade

Enabled (but untested due to lack of hardware):
- PCIe - ath79_pci_irq struct has the slot/pin/IRQ mappings if needed

Installation methods:
- tftp boot initramfs image, scp then flash via "sysupgrade -n"
- nand boot existing OpenWrt, scp then flash via "sysupgrade -n"

Notes:
- initramfs image will not work if uncompressed image size over ~8.5Mb
- The "rb4xx" drivers have been enabled

Signed-off-by: Christopher Hill <ch6574@gmail.com>
2020-06-15 21:16:18 +02:00
Christopher Hill
fa70b3a4bb ath79: add Mikrotik rb4xx series drivers
This adds 3 Mikrotik rb4xx series drivers as follows:

rb4xx-cpld: This is in the mfd subsystem, and is the parent CPLD device
that interfaces between the SoC SPI bus and its two children below.
rb4xx-gpio: This is the GPIO expander.
rb4xx-nand: This is the NAND driver.

The history of this code comes in three phases.

1. The first is a May 2015 attempt to push the equivalient ar71xx rb4xx
drivers upstream. See https://lore.kernel.org/patchwork/patch/940880/.

Module-author: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Module-author: Imre Kaloz <kaloz@openwrt.org>
Module-author: Bert Vermeulen <bert@biot.com>

2. Next several ar71xx patches were applied bringing the code current.

commit 7bbf4117c6
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>

commit af79fdbe4a
commit 889272d92d
commit e21cb649a2
commit 7c09fa4a74
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>

3. Finally a heavy refactor to split the driver into the three new
subsystems, and updated to work with the device tree configuration, plus
updates and review feedback incorporated

Reviewed-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Signed-off-by: Christopher Hill <ch6574@gmail.com>
2020-06-15 21:16:18 +02:00
Christopher Hill
344e75eb2b ath79: patch upstream Mikrotik rb4xx-spi driver to be device tree aware
Backport upstream patches that make drivers/spi/spi-rb4xx.c device tree
aware, plus a null pointer fix.

Signed-off-by: Christopher Hill <ch6574@gmail.com>
2020-06-15 21:16:18 +02:00
Daniel González Cabanelas
d64d5ed142 bcm63xx: a226m-fwb: fix linux partition offset
The Pirelli A226M-FWB has a wrong linux partition offset, caused
by a copy-paste error. As of result of this, OpenWrt is currently
broken in this unit.

Fix it.

While at it, also use generic node names and fix the addresses
there as well.

Fixes: a27d59bb42 ("brcm63xx: switch to new partition layout
specification")

Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
[also fix/update node names, extend commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-06-15 20:59:10 +02:00
David Bauer
fa412c9354 ath79: ag71xx: don't warn on RGMII_RXID and RGMII_TXID
Currently, ag71xx will trigger a warning when TX xor RX-Delay modes are
enabled.

Handle them identical to the already implemented RGMII modes, as they
are only different for the attached PHY.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-06-15 20:41:06 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
03a0b7b7e5 ramips: fix IPv4-only corner case in 01_enable_packet_steering
The uci config section network.globals set up in /bin/config_generate
will only be created if /proc/sys/net/ipv6 exists.

Correspondingly, lacking IPv6 support, the command
uci set network.globals.packet_steering=1
will fail with "uci: Invalid argument" as the network.globals config
has not been set up.

Fix that by adding the setup there as well.

Fixes: dfd62e575c ("ramips: enable packet steering by default on mt7621")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-06-15 00:04:35 +02:00
Pawel Dembicki
1461eabda3 Revert "kirkwood: disable image for Linksys EA3500 (Audi)"
This reverts commit d9ff499671.

At this moment kernel can be fitted in EA3500 image.

Tested by onefreeman (OpenWrt forum user)
Tested-by: Jacks <jack338c@gmail.com> (Github user @jack338c)
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
2020-06-14 21:16:20 +02:00
Pawel Dembicki
28f4ae2e4b kirkwood: refresh kernel config
It was made by running "make kernel_oldconfig".

Suggested-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-06-14 21:16:20 +02:00
Pawel Dembicki
987292b20a kirkwood: move ext4 support to modules
Ext4 support is built in kirkwood kernel.

This patch moves ext4 support to modules and enables it for devices
with SATA interface.

Reviewed-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[rebase]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-06-14 21:16:20 +02:00
Pawel Dembicki
e53ec043ba kirkwood: move usb support to modules
USB support built in kernel isn't required for booting.
This patch move USB support to modules.

CONFIG_USB_STORAGE is removed because it can be found in kmod-usb-storage
and all usb support for this targed is moved to kmods.

Tested-by: Cezary Jackiewicz <cezary@eko.one.pl> [nsa310]
Tested-by: Alberto Bursi <bobafetthotmail@gmail.com> [nsa325, ea4500]
Reviewed-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[keep CONFIG_SCSI]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-06-14 21:16:20 +02:00
Pawel Dembicki
c5356d10c0 kirkwood: move mmc/sd features to modules
All devices are using nand images. Built-in MMC/SD modules are not needed
anymore.

Run tested: pogo v4

Reviewed-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
2020-06-14 21:16:20 +02:00
Pawel Dembicki
73c3ba23a4 kirkwood: move sata features to modules
All devices are using nand images. Built-in SATA modules are not needed
anymore.

Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[only move CONFIG_SATA_MV]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com> [pogo v4]
2020-06-14 21:16:20 +02:00
Pawel Dembicki
bbe7124945 kirkwood: move led triggers to dts
This patch moves led trigger settings from 01_leds file to dts.

Now "linux,default-trigger" property is used.

Tested-by: Alberto Bursi <bobafetthotmail@gmail.com> [nsa310,nsa325]
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
2020-06-14 21:16:20 +02:00
David Bauer
373f446049 ipq40xx: check kernel-size for NBG6617
The ZyXEL NBG6617 has a separate kernel partition which is 4MiB large.

Add the kernel size to validate the kernel won't be bigger than this
fixed limit.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-06-14 13:10:00 +02:00
David Bauer
5b50895a63 ipq40xx: add image size checks for several devices
This adds image size checks for various devies using an automatic
mtdsplit.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-06-14 13:09:59 +02:00
David Bauer
b8ed898f1b ipq40xx: use zImage for EX6100v2 and EX6150v2
The NETGEAR EX61500v2 and EX6150v2 U-Boot does not support booting LZMA
compressed images. Currently, they are using GZIP compressed kernels,
which results in ledd flash being available to the root and overlay
filesystems.

Using a zImage results in a smaller kernel and therefore increases
available space for rootfs and overlayfs.

Size reduced: ~1.1 MiB

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-06-13 16:57:53 +02:00
DENG Qingfang
752cee796d ipq40xx: disable DSA and Switchdev
ipq40xx is still using swconfig based switch management. This might
change in he future, however disable the DSA and Switchdev support for
now.

Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
[rephrased commit message]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-06-13 16:57:15 +02:00
Yen-Ting-Shen
3f61e5e1b9 ipq40xx: add support for EnGenius EMR3500
SOC:     IPQ4018 / QCA Dakota
CPU:     Quad-Core ARMv7 Processor rev 5 (v7l) Cortex-A7
DRAM:    256 MiB
NOR:     32 MiB
ETH:     Qualcomm Atheros QCA8072 (2 ports)
USB:     1 x 2.0 (Host controller in the SoC)
WLAN1:   Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 2.4GHz 802.11bgn 2:2x2
WLAN2:   Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 5GHz 802.11a/n/ac 2:2x2
INPUT:   RESET Button
LEDS:    White, Blue, Red, Orange

Flash instruction:

From EnGenius firmware to OpenWrt firmware:

In Firmware Upgrade page, upgrade your openwrt-ipq40xx-generic-engenius_emr3500-squashfs-factory.bin directly.

From OpenWrt firmware to EnGenius firmware:

1. Setup a TFTP server on your computer and configure static IP to 192.168.99.8
   Put the EnGenius firmware in the TFTP server directory on your computer.
2. Power up EMR3500. Press 4 and then press any key to enter u-boot.
3. Download EnGenius firmware
   (IPQ40xx) # tftpboot 0x84000000 openwrt-ipq40xx-emr3500-nor-fw-s.img
4. Flash the firmware
   (IPQ40xx) # imgaddr=0x84000000 && source 0x84000000:script
5. Reboot
   (IPQ40xx) # reset

Signed-off-by: Yen-Ting-Shen <frank.shen@senao.com>
[squashed update patch, updated to 5.4, dropped BOARD_NAME,
migrated to SOC]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-06-13 14:38:03 +02:00
Sven Eckelmann
6785695056 ipq40xx: essedma: Disable TCP segmentation offload for IPv6
It was noticed that the the whole MAC can hang when transferring data from
one ar40xx port (WAN ports) to the CPU and from the CPU back to another
ar40xx port (LAN ports). The CPU was doing only NATing in that process.

Usually, the problem first starts with a simple data corruption:

  $ wget https://cdimage.debian.org/debian-cd/current/amd64/iso-cd/debian-10.4.0-amd64-netinst.iso -O /dev/null
  ...
  Connecting to saimei.ftp.acc.umu.se (saimei.ftp.acc.umu.se)|2001:6b0:19::138|:443... connected.
  ...
  Read  error at byte 48807936/352321536 (Decryption has failed.). Retrying.

But after a short while, the whole MAC will stop to react. No traffic can
be transported anymore from the CPU port from/to the AR40xx PHY/switch and
the MAC has to be resetted.

Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2020-06-13 14:38:03 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
5549b84388 ramips: drop useless label-mac-device for RouterBOARD 750Gr3
With the new driver, MAC addresses are not set up in DTS anymore,
and therefore label-mac-device will be useless there.

Setup is done properly in 02_network, so this just removes the
obsolete alias.

Fixes: 5e50515fa6 ("ramips/mt7621: mikrotik: don't use
mtd-mac-address in DTS")

Suggested-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-06-13 13:53:27 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
1226113fe2 bcm47xx: move device definitions to subfiles
With several subtargets, the image/Makefile becomes crowded after a
while. Many targets have moved their device definitions to $subtarget.mk
files to have them more organized, let's do this here as well.

Cc: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-06-12 19:01:47 +02:00
J. Scott Heppler
feb55fd3ec ramips: fix port display for TRENDnet TEW-810DR
This updates the display port order for the TEW-810DR to be in line
with the DIR-810L. Both share the same board and pictures on the
vendors' pages indicate the same external numbering scheme as well.

Signed-off-by: J. Scott Heppler <shep971@centurylink.net>
[replace commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-06-12 18:10:37 +02:00
Pawel Dembicki
221d8a1c60 ramips: mt7621: add support for NETGEAR WAC104
NETGEAR WAC104 is an AP based on castrated R6220, without WAN
port and USB.

SoC: MediaTek MT7621ST
RAM: 128M DDR3
FLASH: 128M NAND
WiFi: MediaTek MT7612EN an+ac
MediaTek MT7603EN bgn
ETH: MediaTek MT7621ST (4x LAN)
BTN: 1x Connect (WPS), 1x WLAN, 1x Reset
LED: 7x (3x GPIO controlled)

Installation:

Login to netgear webinterface and flash factory.img

Back to stock:

Use nmrpflash to revert stock image.

Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
2020-06-12 14:13:32 +02:00
Stijn Tintel
cd09f26660 ath79: add support for D-Link DAP-2695-A1
Hardware:
* SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9558
* RAM: 256MB
* Flash: 16MB SPI NOR
* Ethernet: 2x 10/100/1000 (1x 802.3at PoE-PD)
* WiFi 2.4GHz: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9558
* WiFi 5GHz: Qualcomm Ahteros QCA9880-2R4E
* LEDS: 1x 5GHz, 1x 2.4GHz, 1x LAN1(POE), 1x LAN2, 1x POWER
* Buttons: 1x RESET
* UART: 1x RJ45 RS-232 Console port

Installation via stock firmware:
* Install the factory image via the stock firmware web interface

Installation via bootloader Emergency Web Server:
* Connect your PC to the LAN1(PoE) port
* Configure your PC with IP address 192.168.0.90
* Open a serial console to the Console port (115200,8n1)
* Press "q" within 2s when "press 'q' to stop autoboot" appears
* Open http://192.168.0.50 in a browser
* Upload either the factory or the sysupgrade image
* Once you see "write image into flash...OK,dest addr=0x9f070000" you
  can power-cycle the device. Ignore "checksum bad" messages.

Setting the MAC addresses for the ethernet interfaces via
/etc/board.d/02_network adds the following snippets to
/etc/config/network:

config device 'lan_eth0_1_dev'
        option name 'eth0.1'
        option macaddr 'xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx'

config device 'wan_eth1_2_dev'
        option name 'eth1.2'
        option macaddr 'xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx'

This would result in the proper MAC addresses being set for the VLAN
subinterfaces, but the parent interfaces would still have a random MAC
address. Using untagged VLANs could solve this, but would still leave
those extra snippets in /etc/config/network, and then the device VLAN
setup would differ from the one used in ar71xx. Therefore, the MAC
addresses of the ethernet interfaces are being set via preinit instead.

The bdcfg partition contains 4 MAC address labels:
 - lanmac
 - wanmac
 - wlanmac
 - wlanmac_a

The first 3 all contain the same MAC address, which is also the one on
the label.

Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Reviewed-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-06-11 19:44:45 +03:00
Stijn Tintel
7e287ff89d ath79: enable wrgg MTD splitter
This is required for the D-Link DAP-2695-A1.

Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
2020-06-11 19:44:36 +03:00
INAGAKI Hiroshi
8f3b176e86 kernel: rtl8367b: fix external interface modes
The interface mode number of RGMII_33V is 7 on RTL8367, but it's 9 on
RTL8367B.

the external interface modes for RTL8367 are follows:

- 0, Disabled
- 1, RGMII
- 2, MII_MAC
- 3, MII_PHY
- 4, TMII_MAC
- 5, TMII_PHY
- 6, GMII
- 7, RGMII_33V

the external interface modes for RTL8367B are follows:

- 0, Disabled
- 1, RGMII
- 2, MII_MAC
- 3, MII_PHY
- 4, TMII_MAC
- 5, TMII_PHY
- 6, GMII
- 7, RMII_MAC
- 8, RMII_PHY
- 9, RGMII_33V

But the driver in U-Boot of RT-N56U GPL tar blocks using RGMII_33V (9)
mode and it seems to be unsupported on RTL8367B, so drop it from
switch-case in rtl8367b_extif_set_mode.

ref (RTL8367):

- TL-WR2453ND v1

ref (RTL8367B):

- ASUS RT-N56U
- TP-Link Archer C2 v1

Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
2020-06-11 21:50:01 +08:00
Paul Spooren
941ec28b35 imagebuilder: Remove json_info_files/ before build
The folder `json_info_files` contains multiple JSON files which describe
created firmware images. The folder is not removed between builds as the
ImageBuilder does not use `image.mk`.

Not removing the JSON files result in a merged `profiles.json` file
containing entries for outdated or non-existing images.

This commit adds the `json_info_files/` cleanup step to the ImageBuilder
Makefile.

Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
2020-06-11 11:12:56 +01:00
Paul Spooren
4f38063640 imagebuilder: pass IB=1 on checking requirements
The patch 4a1a58a3  build, imagebuilder: Do not require libncurses-dev
was supposed to remove libncurses as a requirement for the ImageBuilder.
However as the IB=1 is only exported during building, not for checking
requirements, it did never actually work.

This commit export IB=1 to the requirement check.

Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
2020-06-11 10:49:18 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
efde716d14 ramips: fix port display for D-Link DIR-810L
The port order displayed in LuCI is currently inverted for this
devices:

LuCI - Device
LAN1 - LAN4
LAN2 - LAN3
LAN3 - LAN2
LAN4 - LAN1

Fix it.

Strangely, the owner of a TRENDnet TEW-810DR reports that the
initial port order is correct, while both devices share the
same board and look similar from the outside. Since I cannot
investigate this without having any of the devices, this does
only touch the DIR-810L for now.

While at it, also merge in the case for zbtlink,zbt-we2026, as
the display port specified for WAN there won't have any effect
anyway.

Reported-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-06-11 10:21:17 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
ce33ef997c bcm63xx: switch to upstream NAND patches
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-06-11 09:07:04 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
e6d4744f9a ramips: fix WAN LED for D-Link DIR-810L/TRENDnet TEW-810DR
The WAN LED on DIR-810L was actually blinking on LAN1 port
activity. This has already been improved for the TEW-810DR, where
the GPIO has been set up explicitly rather than having it controlled
by the switch.

This patch also applies this setup to the DIR-810L.

In addition, the trigger in 01_leds is set up with
ucidef_set_led_switch for both devices now, so state changes should
be displayed correctly as well.

Reported-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net> [DIR-810L]
Tested-by: J. Scott Heppler <shep971@centurylink.net> [TEW-810DR]
2020-06-11 01:51:34 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
11db48f89a apm821xx: move device definitions to subfiles
With several subtargets, the image/Makefile becomes crowded after a
while. Many targets have moved their device definitions to $subtarget.mk
files to have them more organized, let's do this here as well.

While at it, also move subtarget-specific build recipes.

Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-06-11 01:44:13 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
bb39fea11a treewide: simplify inclusion of subtarget image files
Many target use a repetitive if-include scheme for their subtarget
image files, though their names are consistent with the subtarget
names.

This patch removes these redundant conditions and just uses the
variable for the include where the target setup allows it.

For sunxi, this includes a trivial rename of the subtarget image
Makefiles.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-06-11 01:44:13 +02:00
Renaud Lepage
108df3eabb ath79: add support for the Netgear WNDRMAC v1
The Netgear WNDRMAC v1 is a hardware variant of the Netgear WNDR3700 v2

Specifications
==============
* SoC: Atheros AR7161
* RAM: 64mb
* Flash on board: 16mb
* WiFi: Atheros AR9220 (a/n), Atheros AR9223 (b/g/n)
* Ethernet: RealTek RTL8366SR (1xWAN, 4xLAN, Gigabit)
* Power: 12 VDC, 2.5 A
* Full specs on [openwrt.org](https://openwrt.org/toh/hwdata/netgear/netgear_wndrmac_v1)

Flash Instructions
==================
It is possible to use the OEM Upgrade page to install the `factory`
variant of the firmware.

After the initial upgrade, you will need to telnet into the router
(default IP 192.168.1.1) to install anything. You may install LuCI
this way. At this point, you will have a web interface to configure
OpenWRT on the WNDRMAC v1.

Please use the `sysupgrade` variant for subsequent flashes.

Recovery Instructions
=====================
A TFTP-based recovery flash is possible if the need arises. Please refer
to the WNDR3700 page on openwrt.org for details.

https://openwrt.org/toh/netgear/wndr3700#troubleshooting_and_recovery

Signed-off-by: Renaud Lepage <root@cybikbase.com>
[update DTSI include name]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-06-11 01:44:13 +02:00
Renaud Lepage
7f297e740b ath79: add support for the Netgear WNDRMAC v2
The Netgear WNDRMAC v2 is a hardware variant of the Netgear WNDR3800

Specifications
==============
* SoC: Atheros AR7161
* RAM: 128mb
* Flash on board: 16mb
* WiFi: Atheros AR9220 (a/n), Atheros AR9223 (b/g/n)
* Ethernet: RealTek RTL8366SR (1xWAN, 4xLAN, Gigabit)
* Serial console: Yes, 115200 / 8N1 (JTAG)
* USB: 1x2.0
* Power: 12 VDC, 2.5 A
* Full specs on [openwrt.org](https://openwrt.org/toh/hwdata/netgear/netgear_wndrmac_v2)

Flash Instructions
==================
It is possible to use the OEM Upgrade page to install the `factory`
variant of the firmware.

After the initial upgrade, you will need to telnet into the router
(default IP 192.168.1.1) to install anything. You may install LuCI
this way. At this point, you will have a web interface to configure
OpenWRT on the WNDRMAC v2.

Please use the `sysupgrade` variant for subsequent flashes.

Recovery Instructions
=====================
A TFTP-based recovery flash is possible if the need arises. Please refer
to the WNDR3800 page on openwrt.org for details.

https://openwrt.org/toh/netgear/wndr3800#recovery_flash_in_failsafe_mode

Signed-off-by: Renaud Lepage <root@cybikbase.com>
[do not add device to uboot-envtools, update DTSI name]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-06-11 01:44:13 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
bc75954cca ath79: rename DTSI for Netgear WNDR devices based on ar7161
This renames the DTSI for Netgear WNDR devices based on ar7161 to
indicate that the file is not limited to WNDR3700 models.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-06-11 01:44:13 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
2c198ea162 ramips: limit uci commit to the changed config file
Since 01_enable_packet_steering only touches the network config,
limit the uci commit to this as well.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-06-11 01:43:41 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
338c64937f ramips: use amber LED for boot/failsafe on Netgear EX3700/EX6130
According to the manual, the amber power LED is used to indicate boot,
while the green LED is meant to indicate a running system.

While at it, also adjust the DT node names for all LEDs.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-06-11 01:41:43 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
fbb46b7bcc ramips: add support for Netgear EX6120
Specifications:
* SoC: MT7620A
* CPU: 580 MHz
* RAM: 64 MB DDR
* Flash: 8MB NOR SPI flash
* WiFi: MT7612E (5GHz) and builtin MT7620A (2.4GHz)
* LAN: 1x100M

The device is identical to the EX6130 except
for the mains socket and the hardware ID.

Installation:
The -factory images can be flashed from the
device's web interface or via nmrpflash.

Notes:
MAC addresses were set up based on the EX6130 setup.

This is based on prior work of Adam Serbinski and Mathias Buchwald.

Tested by Mathias Buchwald.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-06-11 01:41:43 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
69f6fc7b15 ramips: add mt7621 ethernet driver improvements
- Speed up MDIO bus access
- Improve performance on tx completion

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-06-10 16:17:12 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
2c82862068 kernel: backport upstream DSA GRO support
Should improve performance

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-06-10 16:17:12 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
dfd62e575c ramips: enable packet steering by default on mt7621
It provides a significant performance boost, especially with flow offloading
enabled

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-06-10 16:17:12 +02:00
Christian Lamparter
61307544d1 ath79: wndr3700 series: fix wifi range & throughput
This patch adds ar71xx's GPIO setup for the 2.4GHz and 5GHz antennae
demultiplexer:

| 158         /* 2.4 GHz uses the first fixed antenna group (1, 0, 1, 0) */
| 159         ap9x_pci_setup_wmac_gpio(0, (0xf << 6), (0xa << 6));
| 160
| 161         /* 5 GHz uses the second fixed antenna group (0, 1, 1, 0) */
| 162         ap9x_pci_setup_wmac_gpio(1, (0xf << 6), (0x6 << 6));

This should restore the range and throughput of the 2.4GHz radio
on all the derived wndr3700 variants and versions with the AR7161 SoC.
A special case is the 5GHz radio. The original wndr3700(v1) will
benefit from this change. However the wndr3700v2 and later revisions
were unaffected by the missing bits, as there is no demultiplexer
present in the later designs.

This patch uses gpio-hogs within the device-tree for all
wndr3700/wndr3800/wndrmac variants.

Notes:

Based on the PCB pictures, the WNDR3700(v1) really had eight
independent antennae. Four antennae for each radio and all of
those were printed on the circut board.

The WNDR3700v2 and later have just six antennae. Four of those
are printed on the circuit board and serve the 2.4GHz radio.
Whereas the remaining two are special 5GHz Rayspan Patch Antennae
which are directly connected to the 5GHz radio.

Hannu Nyman dug pretty deep and unearthed a treasure of information
regarding the history of how these values came to be in the OpenWrt
archives: <https://dev.archive.openwrt.org/ticket/6533.html>.

Mark Mentovai came across the fixed antenna group when he was looking
into the driver:

    fixed_antenna_group 1, (0, 1, 0, 1)
    fixed_antenna_group 2, (0, 1, 1, 0)
    fixed_antenna_group 3, (1, 0, 0, 1)
    fixed_antenna_group 4, (1, 0, 1, 0)

Fixes: FS#3088

Reported-by: Luca Bensi
Reported-by: Maciej Mazur
Reported-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Debugged-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-06-09 21:10:45 +02:00
Daniel Golle
fd0cc72d9c oxnas: build with 8021Q VLAN support
CONFIG_VLAN_8021Q was explicitely disabled in oxnas kernel config.
Don't do that, so VLANs can be used on the target.

Fixes: dcc34574ef ("oxnas: bring in new oxnas target")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2020-06-09 16:47:24 +01:00
Petr Štetiar
e5aa498acb kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.45
Fixes CVE-2020-10757 via upstream commit df4988aa1c96 ("mm: Fix mremap
not considering huge pmd devmap").

Resolved merge conflict in the following patches:

 bcm27xx: 950-0128-gpiolib-Don-t-prevent-IRQ-usage-of-output-GPIOs.patch

Refreshed patches, removed upstreamed patch:

 generic: 751-v5.8-net-dsa-mt7530-set-CPU-port-to-fallback-mode.patch
 generic: 754-v5.7-net-dsa-mt7530-fix-roaming-from-DSA-user-ports.patch

Run tested: qemu-x86-64
Build tested: x86/64, imx6, sunxi/a53

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-06-09 16:59:33 +02:00
Perry Melange
22468cc40c ramips: erx and erx-sfp: fix missing WAN interface
This partially reverts commit 5acd1ed0be ("ramips: mt7621: fix
Ubiquiti ER-X ports names and MAC addresses"), this change was discussed
in https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/2901#discussion_r407238452

With commit 5acd1ed0be ("ramips: mt7621: fix Ubiquiti ER-X ports names
and MAC addresses"), all the ports were put into the LAN bridge, with
the argument that the OEM firmware does not have a WAN port enabled.  In
the default OEM setup, all of the ports except eth0 are dead and eth0 is
set to a static IP address without providing DHCP services when
connected.  It is only after the wizard has been run that eth0 becomes
the WAN port and all the rest of the ports belong to LAN with DHCP
enabled.

Having all of the ports set to the LAN bridge does not mirror the default
OEM setup.  To accomplish that, then only eth0 would be in the LAN bridge.
But this is not the expected behaviour of OpenWrt.

Therefore this proposal to set eth0 to WAN and eth1-N to LAN provides
the expected behaviour expected from OpenWrt, maintains the current
documentation as up-to-date, and does not require the user to manually
detach eth0 from the LAN bridge, create the WAN(6) interface(s), and set
eth0 to the WAN(6) interface(s).

Fixes: 5acd1ed0be ("ramips: mt7621: fix Ubiquiti ER-X ports names and MAC addresses")
Signed-off-by: Perry Melange <isprotejesvalkata@gmail.com>
[commit subject and description tweaks]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-06-09 16:59:33 +02:00
John Crispin
c37487a63d mediatek: fix image/mt7622.mk
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2020-06-07 20:59:39 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
6fca1646dd bcm63xx: bcm6328: switch to upstream boot sel patch
BCM6328 boot selection fix has been upstreamed.

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-06-07 20:26:17 +02:00
Daniel González Cabanelas
ff2c96333f bcm63xx: add support for the Sercomm H500-s
Sercomm H500-s is an xDSL dual band wireless router based on Broadcom
BCM63167 SoC.

Hardware:
   SoC:          Broadcom BCM63167
   CPU:          BMIPS4350 V8.0, 400 MHz, 2 cores
   Flash:        NAND 128 MiB
   RAM:          DDR3 128 MiB
   Ethernet:     4x 10/100/1000 Mbps
   Switch:       BCM53134S
   Wireless:     802.11b/g/n: BCM435f (integrated)
                 802.11ac:    Quantenna QT3740BC (onboard SoC)
   USB:          1x 2.0
   LEDs/Buttons: 11x / 2x

Flash instruction, web UI:
  1. Reset to defaults using the reset button if the admin password is
     unknown
  2. Login into the web UI as admin.
     Address:  http://192.168.0.1
     User:     admin
     Password: VF-ESVodafone-H-500-s or l033i-h500s
  3. Go to Settings -> Firmware Update, and select the Openwrt factory
     firmware
  4. Update the firmware.
  5. Wait until it finish, the device will reboot with Openwrt installed
     on the alternative image partitions keeping the stock firmware in
     the former.

Notes:
  - The patch also adds support for the lowi version. Only the factory
    firmware is different.
  - The integrated Wifi in the Broadcom Soc isn't still supported.
  - The Quantenna 802.11ac wifi works ok, but needs to be configured with
    the Quantenna client application. It can't be configured with Luci
    nor any iw command since it's a separated subsystem linked via
    ethernet.
  - The BCM53134S external switch is managed via MDIO which isn't
    supported in this target. Therefore it will behave as a dumb switch.

Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
2020-06-07 20:26:17 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
9eb9d0baa0 bcm63xx: image: support device-specific load address
Some CFEs are located at the address currently used for relocation and lzma
loader load address, so we need to provide a way to override it.

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-06-07 20:26:17 +02:00
Daniel González Cabanelas
27c20a1ef5 bcm63xx: image: don't add the CFE to the sercomm factory
There is no need to include the CFE bootloader in the Sercomm factory
images.

There might be a case when this could be useful:
  - We are running the stock firmware on the first Sercomm image
  - The second partition storing the botloader was erased (unlikely)
Even in this case flashing an image without a bootlader is harmless.

Don't include the bootloader in the factory image creation and rid of the
risk of flashing factory images with an untested bootloader partition.

Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
2020-06-07 20:26:17 +02:00
Daniel González Cabanelas
598ba5b169 bcm63xx: kernel: add BCM63167 cpuid variant
The BCM63167 is a BCM63268 SoC with a different physical packaging.

Add the CPU ID to allow supporting routers with this SoC (i.e Sercomm
H500-s)

Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
2020-06-07 20:26:17 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
66f7062160 bcm63xx: vr-3032u: add missing compatible property
SoC is a BCM63168.

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-06-07 20:26:17 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
57dce7c8f3 bcm63xx: vg-8050: add missing compatible property
SoC is a BCM63169.

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-06-07 20:26:17 +02:00
John Crispin
ad39d06df7 mediatek: add mt7531 DSA support
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2020-06-07 19:10:51 +02:00
John Crispin
f72a2b004c mediatek: add bpi-r64 emmc support
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2020-06-07 17:53:37 +02:00
John Crispin
55b97b6885 mediatek: make emmc image generation work on mt7622
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2020-06-07 17:52:21 +02:00
John Crispin
127ad76311 mediatek: switch over to extended upstream eip97 driver
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2020-06-07 17:52:21 +02:00
Sungbo Eo
3559b46b62 mediatek: tidy up image subtarget Makefiles
- sort device recipes alphabetically
- adjust board name of ELECOM WRC-2533GENT
- harmonize line wrapping

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[rebased]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-06-07 15:23:16 +02:00
Stijn Tintel
050c31fa26 bcm27xx: fix unmounting /boot after sysupgrade
Due to a typo, /boot is not properly unmounted after copying the backup
file to it. Fix the typo to solve this.

Fixes: 246916ddf4 ("brcm2708: use x86's upgrade scripts for all rpi targets")
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
2020-06-07 06:00:08 +03:00
Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant
7b4877c204 kernel: sch_cake: use skb hash improve wireguard compatibility
While the other fq-based qdiscs take advantage of skb->hash and doesn't
recompute it if it is already set, sch_cake does not.

This was a deliberate choice because sch_cake hashes various parts of the
packet header to support its advanced flow isolation modes. However,
foregoing the use of skb->hash entirely loses a few important benefits:

- When skb->hash is set by hardware, a few CPU cycles can be saved by not
  hashing again in software.

- Tunnel encapsulations will generally preserve the value of skb->hash from
  before the encapsulation, which allows flow-based qdiscs to distinguish
  between flows even though the outer packet header no longer has flow
  information.

It turns out that we can preserve these desirable properties in many cases,
while still supporting the advanced flow isolation properties of sch_cake.
This patch does so by reusing the skb->hash value as the flow_hash part of
the hashing procedure in cake_hash() only in the following conditions:

- If the skb->hash is marked as covering the flow headers (skb->l4_hash is
  set)

AND

- NAT header rewriting is either disabled, or did not change any values
  used for hashing. The latter is important to match local-origin packets
  such as those of a tunnel endpoint.

The immediate motivation for fixing this was the recent patch to WireGuard
to preserve the skb->hash on encapsulation. As such, this is also what I
tested against; with this patch, added latency under load for competing
flows drops from ~8 ms to sub-1ms on an RRUL test over a WireGuard tunnel
going through a virtual link shaped to 1Gbps using sch_cake. This matches
the results we saw with a similar setup using sch_fq_codel when testing the
WireGuard patch.

Fixes: 046f6fd5daef ("sched: Add Common Applications Kept Enhanced (cake) qdisc")
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
2020-06-05 21:03:26 +01:00
DENG Qingfang
898969636d mvebu: remove ClearFog Pro SUPPORTED_DEVICES
A direct upgrade from previous swconfig version with
incompatible settings to DSA will break the internet.
Remove SUPPORTED_DEVICES so users cannot upgrade directly.

Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
[rebase after Linksys rename, adjust title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-06-05 21:54:53 +02:00
Paul Spooren
df6f3090c4 mvebu: rename Linksys devices based on their common names
The Linksys devices in mvebu target feature a mixed naming,
where parts are based on the official product name (device
node, image; e.g. WRT3200ACM) and parts are based on the
internal code name (DTS file name, compatible, LED labels;
e.g. rango). This inconsistent naming has been perceived
as quite confusing.

A recent attempt by Paul Spooren to harmonize this naming
in kernel has been declined there. However, for us it still
makes sense to apply at least a part of these changes
locally.

Primarily, this patch changes the compatible in DTS and thus
the board name used in various scripts to have them in line
with the device, model and image names. Due to the recent
switch from swconfig to DSA, this allows us to drop
SUPPORTED_DEVICES and thus prevent seamless upgrade between
these incompatible setups.

However, this does not include the LED label rename from
Paul's initial patch: I don't think it's worth keeping the
enormous diff locally for this case, as we can implement
this much easier in 01_leds if we have to live with the
inconsistency anyway.

Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
[rebase, extend to all devices, drop DT LED changes]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-06-05 21:54:43 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
8c31afb978 kernel: b53: fix compilation with kernels 5.5+
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2020-06-05 12:42:45 +02:00
DENG Qingfang
5b9ba4a93e generic: mt7530: support adjusting EEE
Add support for adjusting EEE with ethtool

Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
2020-06-04 22:21:42 +02:00
DENG Qingfang
7c47f6601d generic: mt7530: fix roaming from DSA user ports
When a client moves from a DSA user port to a software port in a bridge,
it cannot reach any other clients that connected to the DSA user ports.
That is because SA learning on the CPU port is disabled, so the switch
ignores the client's frames from the CPU port and still thinks it is at
the user port.

Fix it by enabling SA learning on the CPU port.

To prevent the switch from learning from flooding frames from the CPU
port, set skb->offload_fwd_mark to 1 for unicast and broadcast frames,
and let the switch flood them instead of trapping to the CPU port.
Multicast frames still need to be trapped to the CPU port for snooping,
so set the SA_DIS bit of the MTK tag to 1 when transmitting those frames
to disable SA learning.

Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
2020-06-04 22:21:42 +02:00
DENG Qingfang
dc4ffaa5ab generic: fix DSA VLAN filtering
Currently enabling VLAN filtering blocks all traffic in the bridge
immediately. That is because DSA ignores all VLAN setup when VLAN
filtering is disabled, and when it is enabled, there is no VLAN entry
in the VLAN table, causing all traffic to be blocked.

Add patches to allow VLAN setup even if VLAN filtering is disabled.

Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
2020-06-04 22:21:42 +02:00
DENG Qingfang
d56d05f01f generic: mt7530: set CPU port to fallback mode
Currently, setting a bridge's self PVID to other value and deleting
the default VID 1 renders untagged ports of that VLAN unable to talk to
the CPU port:

	bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 2 pvid untagged self
	bridge vlan del dev br0 vid 1 self
	bridge vlan add dev sw0p0 vid 2 pvid untagged
	bridge vlan del dev sw0p0 vid 1
	# br0 cannot send untagged frames out of sw0p0 anymore

That is because the CPU port is set to security mode and its PVID is
still 1, and untagged frames are dropped due to VLAN member violation.

Set the CPU port to fallback mode so untagged frames can pass through.

Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
2020-06-04 22:21:42 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
81b59efefd ramips/mediatek: select kmod-mt7615-firmware where kmod-mt7615e is selected
The new mt76 version splits out the firmware, because the driver can also be
used for MT7663/MT7613

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-06-04 21:52:57 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
2dd26fda16 kernel: fix portability issue with perf on linux 5.4
Remove dependencies on core kernel headers in host tools used to build perf,
which break on any non-linux system

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-06-04 21:52:57 +02:00
DENG Qingfang
712e00877d mvebu: rename Linksys Mamba WAN port
Rename it to wan to match Linksys Armada 385 series

Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
2020-06-03 20:34:15 +02:00
DENG Qingfang
5a49cbf6c4 mvebu: remove swconfig package
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
2020-06-03 20:34:15 +02:00
DENG Qingfang
24410595e9 generic: backport mv88e6xxx port mirroring support
Backport port mirroring support for mv88e6xxx

Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
2020-06-03 20:34:15 +02:00
DENG Qingfang
be309bfd74 mvebu: drop 06_set_iface_mac preinit script
MAC address is set in board.d script
Interface swapping is not needed anymore as switching to DSA breaks
previous configuration anyway

Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
2020-06-03 20:34:15 +02:00
DENG Qingfang
9b34ea4f62 mvebu: use ucidef to set up MAC address
Use ucidef to set up MAC address instead of preinit script

Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
2020-06-03 20:34:15 +02:00
DENG Qingfang
4149d2b91c mvebu: use eth0 as DSA CPU port for Linksys WRT
eth0 has HW MAC address while eth2 does not.
Use eth0 instead so we don't have to set LAN MAC manually.
Disable unused eth2, until multi CPU port is supported.

Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
2020-06-03 20:34:14 +02:00
DENG Qingfang
f799c65946 mvebu: update default config for DSA
Update network/LED configuration for DSA driver.
sysupgrade from images prior to this commit with config preserved
will break the ethernet.

Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
2020-06-03 20:34:14 +02:00
DENG Qingfang
6058035e37 mvebu: remove swconfig symbols from kernel config
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
2020-06-03 20:34:14 +02:00
DENG Qingfang
a2bca5c922 mvebu: drop swconfig patches
Drop swconfig patches for Clearfog and Linksys WRT

Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
2020-06-03 20:34:14 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
5fcb0723a3 mvebu: switch to kernel 5.4
Last reports with kernel 5.4 have all been positive [1], so let's open
this to a wider range of testers.

[1] https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/2804

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-06-03 20:34:14 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
8421ea7de1 bcm63xx: vg-8050: fix WFI partition size
Each image can take up to 0x3d60000, which means 128k more per image.

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-06-03 19:06:22 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
e8aac7013a bcm63xx: vr-3032u: fix WFI partition size
Each image can take up to 0x3d60000, which means 128k more per image.

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-06-03 19:03:42 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
6c7cbf1420 kernel: mtdsplit: bcm_wfi: always add img partitions
This is useful when booting OpenWrt from ramdisks in order to have both
images partitions defined.
Furthermore, instead of always using img2 for the inactive image, let's use
img1 or img2 accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-06-03 18:50:58 +02:00
Tobias Schramm
2f5a242f67 ramips: mt7621: use higher SPI clock speed on Mikrotik rbm11g and rbm33g
Previously the dts were using a value determined by empirical testing,
because of a spi driver/clock bug. The bug was fixed quite some time
ago. 33 MHz is the default clock frequency used by RouterBOOT and thus
safe.

Signed-off-by: Tobias Schramm <t.schramm@manjaro.org>
2020-06-03 16:49:28 +02:00
Sungbo Eo
6ea87d35c6 bcm47xx: fix brcm-wl module loading
_dma_cache_wback_inv needs to be exported to load wl module successfully.

root@OpenWrt:/# insmod wl
[  363.867779] wl: Unknown symbol _dma_cache_wback_inv (err -2)
failed to insert /lib/modules/5.4.40/wl.ko

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Cc: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2020-06-03 16:49:28 +02:00
Tim Harvey
0cf101d6b3 octeontx: fix mcp251x can controller
Update the can-mcp251x-convert-to-half-duplex-SPI patch to fix reception

Some SPI host controllers such as the Cavium Thunder TX do not support
full-duplex SPI. Using half-duplex transfers allows the driver to work
with those host controllers.

This patch fixes the fact that mcp251x_hw_rx_frame was still relying on
a full-duplex transfer where bits were being shifted on MOSI at the same time
as MISO. After splitting the transaction into a spi_write_then_read() care
must be taken to ignore the first byte.

Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
2020-06-03 16:49:28 +02:00
Tim Harvey
3fd8e86079 octeontx: fix gpio irq request
This fixes a regression in 5.4 that causes a crash when a driver requests
an ARM GPIO for an IRQ.

Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
2020-06-03 16:49:28 +02:00
Tim Harvey
c3f9598339 octeontx: refresh kernel 5.4 config
refresh kernel config by running make kernel_menuconfig and saving changes

Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
2020-06-03 16:49:28 +02:00
Tim Harvey
0562037c3b imx6: image: increase max ubifs file-system size
The latest 2GiB NAND flash parts used by Gateworks ventana are 2K page-size.

Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
2020-06-03 16:49:28 +02:00
Tim Harvey
3b1e99d23e imx6: backport v5.8 imx6qdl-gw dt patches
- add fxos8700 support to GW52xx/GW53xx/GW54xx
- add USB_OTG support to GW552x
- add LSM9DS1 IMU support to GW560x
- add LSM9DS1 IMU support to GW5904
- add CC1352 UART to GW5910
- add BCM4330 support to GW5910
- fix wlan regulator for GW5910

Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
2020-06-03 16:49:28 +02:00
Florian Eckert
0b3e1205df kernel: add gpio-it87
Since commit 910df3f06c we have build in
on all X86/64 platforms the gpio-it87 driver.

Since this change I am getting the following error message on boot.
 > kern.err kernel: [    1.009416] gpio_it87: no device

I do not have this device on my system. To prevent the nonsensical
message and the loading of the module I have added this as a package, so
that it can be installed later or during image building.

Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
Reviewed-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
2020-06-03 16:49:28 +02:00
Johann Neuhauser
1d9812f48a ath79: phy-ar7200-usb: do not print error on defered init
This is only a cosmetic correction, as the driver works as expected.
However, the error message confuses users about a missing reset definition.

On a defered init we don't see the following error message now:
[    0.078292] ar7200-usb-phy usb-phy: phy reset is missing

Tested-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johann Neuhauser <johann@it-neuhauser.de>
2020-06-03 16:49:28 +02:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
cf69472fb1 mvebu: espressobin: fix SATA and USB 3.0 ports detection
This commit removes changes from upstream commits:
8e18c8e58da6 arm64: dts: marvell: armada-3720-espressobin: declare SATA
PHY property
bd3d25b07342 arm64: dts: marvell: armada-37xx: link USB hosts with their
PHYs
For most boards which have factory bootloader this caused that devices
connected to USB 3.0 and SATA port were not detected. For them to
function users would need to upgrade the bootloader to version with ARM
Trusted Firmware 2.1 or later. Unfortunately there is no official
bootloader image with updated ATF component, therefore drop these
properties from nodes. This change was also tested briefly with
bootloader with updated ATF and the ports functioned properly.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
2020-06-03 16:49:28 +02:00
Thomas Albers
f93fcf8923 ipq806x: enable disk-activity LED trigger
Enable the disk-activity LED trigger for ipq806x, since this SoC has an
onboard SATA controller.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Albers <thomas.gameiro@googlemail.com>
[split into separate commit]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-06-03 16:49:28 +02:00
Thomas Albers
e23859765c linux/generic: remove obsolete config option LEDS_TRIGGER_IDE_DISK
Kernel config option LEDS_TRIGGER_IDE_DISK was renamed in kernel 4.8 to
CONFIG_LEDS_TRIGGER_DISK in upstream commit eb25cb9956cc ("leds: convert
IDE trigger to common disk trigger").

Removing it as it should be added only on targets which has usage for
this trigger.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Albers <thomas.gameiro@googlemail.com>
[commit description facelift]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-06-03 16:49:28 +02:00
Alexey Dobrovolsky
0a182fcba6 ramips: add kmod-usb-dwc2 to ZyXEL Keenetic image
ZyXEL Keenetic has a USB port. Thus, DWC2 USB controller driver should
be in the default image for this device.

Fixes: a7cbf59e0e ("ramips: add new device ZyXEL Keenetic as kn")
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobrovolsky <dobrovolskiy.alexey@gmail.com>
[fixed whitespace issue]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-06-03 16:49:28 +02:00
Alexey Dobrovolsky
ab841b4393 ramips: remove patches for USB-dwc2
In FS#2738 we can see that patch first introduced in
e8ebcff ("ramips: add a explicit reset to dwc2")
breaks USB functionality since 18.06. Thus, this patch should be removed.

Removed:
- 0032-USB-dwc2-add-device_reset.patch

Fixes: FS#2738
Fixes: FS#2964

Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobrovolsky <dobrovolskiy.alexey@gmail.com>
2020-06-03 16:49:28 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
04373e20cb apm821xx: set DEVICE_TYPE to "nas" for sata subtarget
Since DEVICE_TYPE cannot be set per device, just set DEVICE_TYPE
to "nas" for the entire subtarget, which only contains this single
device.

Note that while this looks like a cosmetic change in combination
with the previous patches, this particular patch actually changes
the packages for the device.

Suggested-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Cc: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Cc: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-06-03 15:41:09 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
057e5f6ede treewide: provide consistent basic DEVICE_TYPE
While the effective "default" based on frequent use is "router", the
DEVICE_TYPE variable actually provides a "basic" configuration without
selecting any additional packages.

This is currently set up with the identifier "bootloader", which seems
to be not used at all. However, the only targets not using "router" or
"nas" are actually archs38 and arc770, which use their own value
"developerboard" for DEVICE_TYPE which seems to have been invented when
these targets where added. The latter is not implemented in target.mk,
though, and will fall back to the "basic" set of packages then.

So, to clean this up and make it more readable, let's just define a
DEVICE_TYPE "basic" and use it for the aforementioned cases.

Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Cc: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Cc: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-06-03 15:41:09 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
64ebf74c05 treewide: drop DEVICE_TYPE when used as device variable
DEVICE_TYPE is a target/subtarget variable, and it does not have
any effect when set in a device definition. It can only be set
in a target's or subtarget's Makefile.

Consequently, having it set anyway is misleading, so this drops
all cases.

This effectively reverts the following commits:
7a1497fd60 ("apm821xx: MBL: set DEVICE_TYPE to NAS")
5b4765c93a ("gemini: Classify Raidsonic NAS IB-4220-B as a NAS")
cdc6de460b ("gemini: D-Link DNS-313 is a NAS")

For the following commit, the variable was set when adding device
support:
27b2f0fc0f ("kirkwood: add support for Iomega Storcenter ix2-200")

Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Cc: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Cc: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-06-03 15:41:09 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
6dc01cdee8 bcm63xx: lzma-loader: allow bigger ramdisks
Some (older) CFEs are loaded at 0x80401000 and ramdisks are loaded at
0x80010000, which means that ramdisk size limit is 0x3F1000 (almost 4M).
Therefore, current ramdisks (~4MB) are overwritting CFE in these devices,
which results in a crash.

This commit changes the address where ramdisks are loaded to 0x80a00000,
which is the same address where kernel is loaded when booting from the flash.
Therefore, lzma-loader will now be loaded at 0x80a00000, but it will still
decompress the kernel at 0x80010000.

Tested with huawei,hg556a-b, which has its CFE loaded at 0x80401000.

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-06-03 15:33:04 +02:00
Daniel Golle
646bfe0842 malta: add missing symbols for kernel 5.4
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2020-06-03 10:50:01 +01:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
231f728f69 bcm63xx: ad1018: remove cfe.bin image support
Apparently, Sercomm allows loading a BCM WFI image via CFE, but this image
destroys "serial" and "protect" nand partitions, which is wrong.
It will also set both bootflags to the same value, which causes booting
issues with cferam (cferom will alternatively boot from cferam1 or cferam2
each time the device is rebooted).
Now that OEM Sercomm images are supported it's time to remove this hacky
cfe.bin image support.

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-06-03 11:34:28 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
39f44be1dc bcm63xx: ad1018: add missing partitions
This partitions were missing when support for this device was added.

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-06-03 11:18:11 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
b302a44206 bcm63xx: stop using legacy lzma for all devices
BCM6368 and newer devices are compatible with any lzma compression parameters.
Add a new legacy device definition and use it on BCM6358 and older devices.

Compressed kernel size is reduced by ~1.35%.

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-06-03 09:50:00 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
e73c61a978 bcm63xx: vg-8050: switch to bcm-wfi-split
Allows to keep a backup firmware in case active firmware is corrupted.
Also fix hsspi address warning.

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-06-02 18:25:44 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
b1d375b744 bcm63xx: vr-3032u: switch to bcm-wfi-split
Allows to keep a backup firmware in case active firmware is corrupted.

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-06-02 18:23:40 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
82cf488819 bcm63xx: nand: order devices alphabetically
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-06-02 18:23:40 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
824cb78cf3 bcm63xx: nand: add CFE_WFI_VERSION values for each device
CFE_WFI_VERSION should be defined per device instead of using a generic value.

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-06-02 18:23:40 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
18d2eeab8e kernel: mtdsplit: support Broadcom WFI bootflags
When firmware is flashed, cferam.000 extension is renamed to the next number.
When booting, CFE scans the NAND and picks the partition with the highest
cferam extension and ignores the other one.

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-06-02 18:23:40 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
1fd3dabfaf kernel: mtdsplit: improve JFFS2 scan
Allow retrieving full file name and length by parameters.

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-06-02 18:23:40 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
eed8a927ee kernel: mtdsplit: bcm_wfi: refactor code
Create new parse_bcm_wfi function with common code from current parsers.

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-06-02 18:23:40 +02:00
Petr Štetiar
392c64d8fd kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.43
Refreshed patches, removed upstreamed patch:

 bcm27xx: 950-0642-component-Silence-bind-error-on-EPROBE_DEFER.patch

Run tested: qemu-x86-64
Build tested: x86/64, imx6, sunxi/a53

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-06-02 17:46:51 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
e238c85e57 bcm63xx: nand: sercomm: switch to sercomm-load script
xxd is not a valid dependency and shouldn't be used.
Fixes buildbot failure.

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-06-02 13:10:00 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
a47acae319 bcm63xx: ad1018: support Sercomm factory images
This images can be flashed from the official firmware, as opposed to CFE
images, which can only be flashed from CFE and require opening the case.

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-06-02 09:16:49 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
f263a0f9ff bcm63xx: nand: support Sercomm firmwares
Add support for Sercomm factory firmwares (AES 256 CBC encrypted).

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-06-02 09:12:05 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
4b2fe12953 kernel: mtdsplit: bcm_wfi: remove brcm,wfi-sercomm compatibility
The only Sercomm WFI user has been migrated to a dedicated firmware parser.
Keep support for no cferam partition based on a boolean DT property.

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-06-02 09:08:38 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
80d8114802 bcm63xx: ad1018: switch to Sercomm WFI
Support Sercomm firmware partition split.
WFI partition must be defined after bootflag partitions in order for the
parser to properly find bootflag1 and bootflag2 partitions.

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-06-02 09:08:36 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
fce7380e0e kernel: mtdsplit: bcm_wfi: support Sercomm bootflags
Sercomm uses 2 bootflag partitions and boots the firmware with the highest
bootflag. Support splitting the firmware partition while keeping support for
unsplitted layout.

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-06-02 09:08:30 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
cd81d105d5 kernel: mtdsplit: bcm_wfi: code refactoring
- Rename master to mtd.
- Pass mtd size as an argument.
- Rename of_match_table.

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-06-02 08:50:15 +02:00
David Bauer
b017a016cc ar71xx: correct button type for TL-MR3020 mode slider
The TP-Link TL-MR3020 has a three-state mode slider which was previously
integrated as a button (EV_KEY). This led to spurious activations of
failsafe mode.

Set the type for the button to switch (EV_SW), to avoid unintended
activations of failsafe mode.

Related: commit 27f3f493de ("gpio-button-hotplug: unify polled and
interrupt code")

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-05-31 15:53:01 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
91b1a625f4 ath79: add label MAC address for TP-Link RE450 v2/v3
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-05-31 15:44:05 +02:00
Andreas Wiese
c764c512ac ath79: add support for TP-Link RE450 v3
TP-Link RE450 v3 is a dual band router/range-extender based on
Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9563 + QCA9880.

This device is nearly identical to RE450 v2 besides a modified flash
layout (hence I think force-flashing a RE450v2 image will lead to at
least loss of MAC address).

Specification:

- 775 MHz CPU
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 3T3R 5 GHz
- 1x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet (AR8033 PHY)
- 7x LED, 4x button-
- possible UART header on PCB¹

Flash instruction:
Apply factory image in OEM firmware web-gui.

¹ Didn't check to connect as I didn't even manage to connect on
  RE450v2 (AFAIU it requires disconnecting some resistors, which I was
  too much of a coward to do).  But given the similarities to v2 I
  think it's the same or very similar procedure (and most likely also
  the only way to debrick).

Signed-off-by: Andreas Wiese <aw-openwrt@meterriblecrew.net>
[remove dts-v1 and compatible in DTSI]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-05-31 15:44:05 +02:00
Lech Perczak
7e513136c6 ath79: add support for TP-Link TL-WR802N V1 and V2
Specification:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9533 (560 MHz, MIPS 24Kc)
- RAM: 32 MiB
- Storage: 4 MiB of Flash on board
- Wireless: Built into QCA9533 (Honey Bee), PHY modes b/g/n
- Ethernet: 1x100M (port0)

Installation through OEM Web Interface:
- Connect to TL-WR802N by Ethernet or Wi-Fi
- Go to web interface:
  [V1] http://192.168.0.1
  [V2] http://192.168.0.254
  Default user is "admin" & password is "admin".
  On V2, there is no DHCP server running by default, so remember to set
  IP manually.
- Go to "System Tools -> Firmware Upgrade"
- Browse for firmware:
  [V1] "*.factory.bin"
  [V2] "*.factory-us.bin" or  "*.factory-eu.bin" for eu model
  Web interface may complain if filename is too long. In such case,
  rename .bin to something shorter.
- Click upgrade

Installation through tftp:
Note: T_OUT, T_IN and GND on the board must be connected to USB TTL
      Serial Configuration 115200 8n1

- Boot the TL-WR802N
- When "Autobooting in 1 seconds" appears type "tpl" followed by enter
- Connect to the board Ethernet port
    (IPADDR: 192.168.1.1, ServerIP: 192.168.1.10)
- tftpboot 0x80000000 <Firmware Image Name>
- Record the result of "printenv bootcmd"
- Enter "erase <Result of 'printenv bootcmd'> +0x3c0000"
    (e.g erase 0x9f020000 +0x3c0000)
- Enter "cp.b 0x80000000 <Result of 'printenv bootcmd'> 0x3c0000"
    (e.g cp.b 0x80000000 0x9f020000 0x3c0000)
- Enter "bootm <Result of 'printenv bootcmd'>"
    (e.g bootm 0x9f020000)

Notes:

When porting from ar71xx target to ath79, I found out that on V2,
reset button is on GPIO12 and active low, instead of GPIO11 and
active high. By cross-flashing V1 firmware to V2, I confirmed
the same is true for V1.
Also according to manual of V1, this one also has green
LED instead of blue - both of those issues were fixed accordingly.

The MAC address assignment has been checked with OEM firmware.

Installation manual based on ar71xx support by Thomas Roberts

Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
[slightly adjust commit message, add MAC address comment]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-05-31 15:44:05 +02:00
Lech Perczak
f841e70640 ar71xx: fix reset key for TP-Link TL-WR802N V1/V2
During porting support for this router to ath79 target
it was discovered that GPIO mapping was incorrect (GPIO11 active high).
Correct mapping for both V1 and V2 is GPIO12 active low.

Default configuration from GPL source for V2 explicitly states this, and
this was confirmed experimentally on ath79 by looking on
/sys/kernel/debug/gpio. Correctness of this was also validated for V1 by
cross-flashing vendor firmware for V1 on V2 hardware, in which reset
button also worked.

Fix it.

Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
[slightly adjust commit title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-05-31 15:44:05 +02:00
Roger Pueyo Centelles
95caa3436d ath79: update WA/XC devices UBNT_VERSION to 8.5.3
Ubiquiti WA devices with newer hw version 2011K require UBNT_VERSION
to be at least 8.5.3, otherwise the image is rejected:

   New ver: WA.ar934x.v8.5.0-42.OpenWrt-r10947-65030d81f3
   Versions: New(525568) 8.5.0, Required(525571) 8.5.3
   Invalid version 'WA.ar934x.v8.5.0-42.OpenWrt-r10947-65030d81f3'

For consistency, also increase version number for XC devices.

Tested-by: Pedro <pedrowrt@cas.cat>
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
2020-05-31 15:44:05 +02:00
Samantha Collard
0f910a8c4c ipq806x: EA8500 fix boot partition detection
Remove extraneous code that disabled boot partition detection.

Fixes: b3770eaca3 ("mtd: base-files: Unify dual-firmware devices (Linksys)")
Signed-off-by: Samantha Collard <sammyrc34@gmail.com>
2020-05-31 15:44:05 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
705fe43522 ath79: fix LEDs for GL.inet GL-AR150
Since the wireless LED was used for boot and set up with a DT
trigger, the WiFi indication hasn't worked on ath79 at all.

In addition, a look into the manual revealed that the OEM
configuration is as follows:

LED 1 (green): power
LED 2 (green): configurable
LED 3 (red): wireless

So, let's just keep the WiFi trigger and convert the rest to its
"intended" use.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-05-31 15:44:05 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
c3742ce38c bcm53xx: remove support for kernel 4.14
We currently support three kernel versions on this target, let's
just get rid of the oldest one.

Cc: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-05-30 11:30:06 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
06feb09e54 bcm47xx: remove support for kernel 4.14
We currently support three kernel versions on this target, let's
just get rid of the oldest one.

Cc: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-05-30 11:30:06 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
a7b07f8ba8 ar71xx: fix splitting firmware partition for TL-WR902AC v1
The -O option for the tplink-v1-header was missing for the TP-Link
TL-WR902AC v1, while safeloader and MTDPARTS where set up with a
single firmware partition.

This led to bootloops after using sysupgrade.

Fixes: FS#3118

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-05-30 00:35:24 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
77e97abf12 bcm27xx: update to latest patches from RPi foundation
Also removes random module and switches to new bcm2711 thermal driver.
Boot tested on RPi 4B v1.1 4G.

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-05-28 19:12:43 +02:00
Jakov Petrina
3dbb658d26 linux: mvebu: backport mvneta XDP support fixes
This patch backports additional fixes for XDP support in the mvneta driver. These
changes are found upstream as commits:

b37fa92e20ef2 net: mvneta: fix build skb for bm capable devices
f383b2950070c net: mvneta: rely on page_pool_recycle_direct in mvneta_run_xdp
79572c98c554d mvneta driver disallow XDP program on hardware buffer management
44efc78d0e464 net: mvneta: fix XDP support if sw bm is used as fallback

Signed-off-by: Jakov Petrina <jakov.petrina@sartura.hr>
2020-05-28 11:43:13 +02:00
Jakov Petrina
76f9aa6f4b linux: mvebu: backport mvneta XDP support
This patch backports XDP support in the mvneta driver used by Marvell ARMADA 37x,
38x and 37xx series SoCs. Supported actions are:

- XDP_DROP
- XDP_PASS
- XDP_REDIRECT
- XDP_TX

Patches are present upstream as following commits:

* b0a43db9087a net: mvneta: add XDP_TX support
* 9e58c8b41065 net: mvneta: make tx buffer array agnostic
* fa383f6b77a2 net: mvneta: move header prefetch in mvneta_swbm_rx_frame
* 0db51da7a8e9 net: mvneta: add basic XDP support
* 8dc9a0888f4c net: mvneta: rely on build_skb in mvneta_rx_swbm poll routine
* 568a3fa24a95 net: mvneta: introduce page pool API for sw buffer manager
* ff519e2acd46 net: mvneta: introduce mvneta_update_stats routine

Signed-off-by: Jakov Petrina <jakov.petrina@sartura.hr>
2020-05-28 11:43:13 +02:00
Thibaut VARÈNE
f10da7cb4d packages/boot: remove rbcfg
The new sysfs soft_config driver makes buggy rbcfg obsolete and
entirely replaces it.

Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
2020-05-28 11:09:10 +02:00
Thibaut VARÈNE
48b14b9cbe generic: routerboot sysfs: soft_config support for ath79 cpufreq
This commit introduces support for R/W access to the CPU frequency
setting of routerboot on ath79 hardware.

On unsupported hardware, the sysfs attribute will expose the raw tag
value (read-only) to help with reverse engineering its meaning.

Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Tested-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
2020-05-28 11:09:10 +02:00
Thibaut VARÈNE
89226b8666 generic: routerboot sysfs: move tag_show_u32()
This routine will be shared between hard and soft config drivers.

Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Tested-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
2020-05-28 11:09:10 +02:00
Thibaut VARÈNE
f36e710e2d generic: routerboot sysfs: add support for soft_config
This driver exposes the data encoded in the "soft_config" flash segment
of MikroTik RouterBOARDs devices. It presents the data in a sysfs folder
named "soft_config" through a set of human-and-machine-parseable
attributes. Changes can be discarded by writing 0 to the 'commit'
attribute, or they can be committed to flash storage by writing 1.

This driver does not reuse any of the existing code previously found in
the "rbcfg" utility and makes this utility obsolete by providing a clean
sysfs interface.

Like "rbcfg", this driver requires 4K_SECTORS support since the flash
partition in which these parameters are stored is typically 4KB in size.

Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Tested-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
2020-05-28 11:09:10 +02:00
Thibaut VARÈNE
dac18f66fb generic: routerboot sysfs: move tag_show_string()
This routine will be shared between hard and soft config drivers.
Also use scnprintf() instead of snprintf().

Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Tested-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
2020-05-28 11:09:10 +02:00
Thibaut VARÈNE
39ec3c5986 generic: platform/mikrotik: rb_hardconfig.c minor fixes
For the sake of strictly typed code, add a missing const qualifier.
Add a missing return value in error path.
Check the return value of mtd_read(), for good measure.
Also demote the error printks of failed sysfs file creation to warn
level since they are not fatal in the init() sequence.
Finally, add a note regarding PAGE_SIZE and clarify a comment.

Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Tested-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
2020-05-28 11:09:10 +02:00
Thibaut VARÈNE
429fbc96a4 generic: platform/mikrotik: reorder Kconfig
The depends and select should apply to the sysfs driver, not the meta
config.

Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Tested-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
2020-05-28 11:09:10 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
584d4bf1d3 bcm27xx: update patches from RPi foundation
bcm2708: boot tested on RPi B+ v1.2
bcm2709: boot tested on RPi 3B v1.2
bcm2710: boot tested on RPi 3B v1.2
bcm2711: boot tested on RPi 4B v1.1 4G

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-05-28 10:36:27 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
745c447579 bcm27xx: remove linux 4.19 support
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-05-28 10:36:27 +02:00
Pavel Balan
ad84c09502 ath79: add support for COMFAST CF-E130N v2
This patch adds support for the COMFAST CF-E130N v2, an outdoor wireless
CPE with a single Ethernet port and a 802.11bgn radio.

Specifications:

 - QCA9531 SoC
 - 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet with PoE-in support
 - 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
 - 16 MB of FLASH
 - 5 dBi built-in antenna
 - POWER/LAN/WLAN green LEDs
 - 4x RSSI LEDs (2x red, 2x green)
 - UART (115200 8N1) and GPIO (J9) headers on PCB

Flashing instructions:

 The original firmware is based on OpenWrt so a sysupgrade image can be
 installed via the stock web GUI.

 The U-boot bootloader also contains a backup TFTP client to upload the
 firmware from. Upon boot, it checks its ethernet network for the IP
 192.168.1.10. Host a TFTP server and provide the image to be flashed as
 file firmware_auto.bin.

MAC address setup:

The art partition contains four consecutive MAC addresses:

0x0    aa:bb:cc:xx:xx:c4
0x6    aa:bb:cc:xx:xx:c6
0x1002 aa:bb:cc:xx:xx:c5
0x5006 aa:bb:cc:xx:xx:c7

However, the manufacturer in its infinite wisdom decided that one address
is enough and both eth0 and WiFi get the MAC address from 0x0 (yes, that's
overwriting the existing and valid address in 0x1002). This is obviously
also the address on the device's label.

Signed-off-by: Pavel Balan <admin@kryma.net>
[fix configs partition, fix IMAGE_SIZE, add MAC address comment, rename
ATH_SOC to SOC]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-05-28 01:47:54 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
2b92ee36ae ath79: replace tab after DT label by space
The common separator in this case is a single space.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-05-28 00:48:39 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
e8fbb98c6d ramips: fix LED DT label for Zyxel Keenetic Start
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-05-27 18:31:46 +02:00
Sebastian Schaper
64d088d8f9 ath79: increase spi clock for D-Link DIR-842
AHB is 258 MHz for this device (CPU_PLL / 3), but there is no difference
between 64 MHz and 50 MHz for spi-max-frequency, thus increase to 50 MHz.

Tested on revisions C1 and C3.

Signed-off-by: Sebastian Schaper <openwrt@sebastianschaper.net>
2020-05-26 22:49:18 +02:00
Sebastian Schaper
8643c0b53d ath79: define switch reset-gpios for D-Link DIR-842
GPIO 11 needs to be pulled high for the external gigabit switch to work,
this is currently solved via gpio-hog. Replace with phy0 reset-gpios.

Tested on revisions C1 and C3. Reset button is still working for reboot,
to enter failsafe, and to enter bootloader http recovery.

Signed-off-by: Sebastian Schaper <openwrt@sebastianschaper.net>
2020-05-26 22:49:18 +02:00
Sebastian Schaper
6ce1e299be ath79: fix LEDs for D-Link DIR-842
The device has a total of 8 LEDs, 5 of which are controlled by the switch
(LAN 1-4, WAN). Only power, wifi and wps are controlled by the SoC.

 * led_power is on GPIO 5 (not 15), boot flashing sequence is now visible
 * remove led 'internet', since it is only connected to the switch
 * remove ucidef_set_led_switch for WAN from 01_leds, as it has no effect

Tested on revisions C1 and C3.

Signed-off-by: Sebastian Schaper <openwrt@sebastianschaper.net>
[adjust commit title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-05-26 22:49:18 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
0225018d8b ramips: create shared DTSI for DIR-810L and TEW-810DR
These devices seem to have the same board, so let's have a common
file.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-05-26 22:04:11 +02:00
J. Scott Heppler
168e4c91d8 ramips: add support for TRENDnet TEW-810DR
Specifications:

* MediaTek MT7620A (580 Mhz)
* 8 MB of FLASH
* 64 MB of RAM
* 2.4Ghz and 5.0Ghz radios
* 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (1 WAN and 4 LAN)
* UART header on PCB (57600 8n1)
* Green/Orange Power LEDs illuminating a Power-Button Lens
* Green/Orange Internet LEDs GPIO controlled illuminating a Globe/Internet Lens
* 3x button - wps, power and reset
* U-boot bootloader

Installation:

The sysupgrade.bin image is reported to be OEM web flashed with an ncc_att_hwid
appended.  ncc_att_hwid is a 32bit binary in the GPL Source download for either
the TEW-810DR or DIR-810L and is located at
source/user/wolf/cameo/ncc/hostTools.

The invocation is: ncc_att_hwid -f tew-810dr-squashfs-factory.bin -a -m "TEW-810DR" -H "1.0R" -r "WW" -c "1.0"

This may need to be altered if your hardware version is "1.1R".

The image can also be directly flashed via serial tftp:
1.  Load *.sysupgrade.bin to your tftp server directory and rename for
    convenience.
2.  Set a static ip 192.168.10.100.
3.  NIC cable to a lan port.
4.  Serial connection parameters 57600,8N1
5.  Power on the TEW-810 and press 4 for a u-boot command line prompt.
6.  Verify IP's with U-Boot command "printenv".
7.  Adjust tftp settings if needed per the tftp documentation
8.  Boot the tftp image to test the build.
9.  If the image loads, reset your server ip to 192.168.1.10 and restart network.
10. Log in to Luci, 192.168.1.1, and flash the *sysupgrade.bin image.

Notes:

The only valid MAC address is found in 0x28 of the factory partition.
Other typical offsets/caldata only contain example data: 00:11:22:00:0f:xx

Signed-off-by: J. Scott Heppler <shep971@centurylink.net>
[remove "link rx tx" in 01_leds, format and extend commit message,
fix DTS led node names]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-05-26 22:04:11 +02:00
Roger Pueyo Centelles
8383e63808 ath79/mikrotik: add missing kernel config symbol for 5.4
The UBIFS_FS_ZSTD is exposed when UBIFS is enabled.

Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
[adjust commit title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-05-26 11:46:46 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
4661b05390 kernel: properly insert local mtd partition parsers
Between 4.19 and 5.4, the kernel moved the partition parsers into
the parsers subdirectory. This led to some necessary rebasing of
our local patches for parsers, which partially has been performed
without caring about where the code was inserted.

This commit tries to adjust our local patches so that parsers are
inserted at the "proper" positions with respect to alphabetic sorting
(if possible). Thus, the commit is cosmetic.

While this might look useless now, it will make life easier when
adding other parsers in the future or for rebasing on kernel changes.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-05-25 21:11:47 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
b91b7d8963 kernel: remove a bunch of trailing whitespaces
These trailing whitespaces were reported during kernel patch refresh.

While at it, harmonize a few indents as well.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-05-25 21:11:47 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
807366af38 kernel: drop backported gpio emulated open drain output fix
This patch has been backported to stable kernel 5.4 already.

Remove our local patch explicitly now, as by applying the patch
(or refreshing) the relevant code is actually added a second time.

Refresh remaining patches as well.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-05-25 21:10:44 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
1b2144e81f octeon: set 5.4 as default kernel
octeon has provided 5.4 as testing kernel for some time now, let's
switch to 5.4 to have a bigger audience for testing.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-05-25 12:04:55 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
73936e77ea octeontx: remove support for kernel 4.14
Kernel 5.4 is stable for about two months now and there is only a few
patches anyway, so this is mostly upstream stuff. Therefore, it does
not look like we need to keep old 4.14 around any longer.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-05-25 12:03:17 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
0efa8cb0a8 archs38: remove support for kernel 4.14
Kernel 5.4 is stable for about two months now and there is only one
patch anyway, so this is mostly upstream stuff. Therefore, it does
not look like we need to keep old 4.14 around any longer.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-05-25 12:03:02 +02:00
Yangbo Lu
4bbc0e7357 layerscape: remove support for kernel 4.14
Remove support for kernel 4.14, and NXP Layerscape SDK
had not supported kernel 4.14 since LSDK-20.04 either.

Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
2020-05-25 11:48:54 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
b1604b744b bcm63xx: ar-5315u: expose LEDs through controller
Exposing LEDs through LED controller instead of gpio-leds takes
advantage of HW blinking.

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-05-24 20:19:21 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
d361aa2ebd bcm63xx: ar-5387un: expose LEDs through controller
Exposing LEDs through LED controller instead of gpio-leds takes
advantage of HW blinking.

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-05-24 20:17:34 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
09b7922aaa bcm63xx: ar-5381u: expose LEDs through controller
Exposing LEDs through LED controller instead of gpio-leds takes
advantage of HW blinking.

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-05-24 20:16:30 +02:00
INAGAKI Hiroshi
7b01567976 ramips: add alternative name for Buffalo WSR-2533DHP
Buffalo WSR-2533DHP is identical to the WSR-2533DHPL, Buffalo sold it
with renaming.

Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
2020-05-24 18:14:59 +02:00